2023 MEN’S AND WOMEN’S

ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR REGULATIONS

Mid-Year Update: 26 May 2023

 CONTENTS

Please note that where amendments have been made in these Regulations for the beginning of 2023
the text is underlined and for those made Mid-Year, the text is underlined in blue.

MEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR

I. PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY 3

II. DEFINITIONS 9
III. MEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR TOURNAMENTS 14
IV. FINANCIAL 21
V. SINGLES ENTRIES AND WITHDRAWALS 22
VI. DOUBLES ENTRIES AND WITHDRAWALS 36
VII. SYSTEMS OF MERIT 41
VIII. DRAWS 48
IX. PLAYERS’ REST 53
X. ORDER OF PLAY AND SUBMISSION OF RESULTS 54
XI. DATA RIGHTS 55
XII. PRIZE MONEY AND ATP/ITF POINTS 55
XIII. ATP RANKINGS 57
XIV. ITF WORLD TENNIS RANKING 60

WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR

I. PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY 62

II. DEFINITIONS 69
III. WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TOUR TOURNAMENTS 73
IV. FINANCIAL 81
V. SINGLES ENTRIES AND WITHDRAWALS 83
VI. DOUBLES ENTRIES AND WITHDRAWALS 99
VII. SYSTEMS OF MERIT 104
VIII. DRAWS 111
IX. PLAYERS’ REST 116
X. ORDER OF PLAY AND SUBMISSION OF RESULTS 117
XI. DATA RIGHTS 118
XII. PRIZE MONEY AND WTA/ITF POINTS 118
XIII. WTA RANKINGS 122
XIV. ITF WORLD TENNIS RANKING 126

1
 APPENDICES

A Grand Slam Development Fund / ITF funding 128

B Transgender Players 129
C WTA Age Eligibility 130
D 2022 Junior Exempt Project/Accelerator Programme 131
E Medical, Extreme Weather Conditions and Toilet/Change of
of Attire Breaks 133
F Media, Commercial and Data Rights 141
G Player Analysis Technology (“PAT”) Data Rights 147
H Men’s Prize Money Tables 148
I ATP / ITF World Tennis Ranking Point Tables 149
J Women’s Prize Money Tables 150
K WTA / ITF World Tennis Ranking Point Tables 154
L Contacts 156

CODE OF CONDUCT

Article I : General 157

Article II : Men’s Entry Offences 158
Article III : Women’s Entry Offences 164
Article IV : On-Site Offences 171
Article V : Tennis Anti-Corruption Program 181
Article V-1 : Covid-19 Protocols (Covered Person) 182
Article VI : Major Offences 183
Article VII : Medical Control – Anti-Doping Policy 186
Article VIII : Tournament Offences 186
Article IX : Reciprocity 189
Article X : Interpretations 190
Article XI : Notice 190
Article XII : Amendments 190
Article XIII : Welfare Policy 191

APPENDIX
Appendix : Fines Guidelines 192

2
 MEN’S
ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR

RULES & REGULATIONS

2023
© ITF Limited t/a International Tennis Federation
All rights reserved
2022
 MEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR
RULES AND REGULATIONS 2023

I. PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY

A. General

ITF Limited trading as the International Tennis Federation promulgates these Tournament
Regulations for the purpose of providing fair and reasonable rules for the orderly and uniform
conduct of international professional tennis Tournaments sanctioned by the ITF. All references to
the International Tennis Federation or ITF in these Regulations shall mean ITF Limited. These
Regulations shall be applicable to all Tournaments sanctioned as part of the Men’s ITF World Tennis
Tour as well as the overall umbrella of the ITF World Tennis Tour.

These Regulations are subject to change during the 2023 edition of the World Tennis Tour with the
introduction of the ITF World Tennis Number as a global rating applicable to ITF tournaments. Upon
incorporation into these Regulations, the ITF World Tennis Number may be relied on for the
purposes of entry to and seeding at ITF World Tennis Tour tournaments. For the avoidance of doubt,
the ITF World Tennis Number shall not replace, supersede or otherwise override ATP ranking and ITF
World Tennis Ranking.

For these Regulations, the following definitions shall apply:

• Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour comprises all Men’s Tournaments offering $15,000 and
$25,000 in prize money including events providing complimentary hospitality (“+H”). These
tournaments are referred to as “M15” and “M25” in terms of naming and branding but will
be referred to in full by their prize money in these Regulations.
• ITF World Tennis Tour comprises all ITF World Tennis Tour Junior Tournaments, Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournaments as well as Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments.
• Regulations refer to Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Rules and Regulations including the Code
of Conduct, Appendices, ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements, and the ITF
Rules of Tennis, which are approved by the ITF Board of Directors to provide fair and
reasonable rules for the orderly and uniform conduct by players and Tournament
Organisers. These Regulations can be amended from time to time by the ITF Board of
Directors.
• ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements also known as Organisational
Requirements are the Regulations that a Tournament Organiser must follow when running
an event on the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour.

Further definitions can be found in II. DEFINITIONS

Each player entrant in a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament agrees as a condition of such
Entry to abide by and be subject to these Regulations.

Page 3 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Any sanctioning National Association and the Tournament Organiser where separate (jointly the
“Applicant”) awarded a one (1) year sanction on the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Calendar shall be
subject to and shall be bound by and comply with the Regulations and the ITF Guide to
Recommended Health Care Standards, each of which may be amended from time to time.

Approval to sanction a Men’s ITF Word Tennis Tour Tournament may be subject to conditions
imposed by the ITF in its sole discretion.

The ITF reserves the right to refuse approval of or cancel any previously sanctioned Tournament or
series of Tournaments for reasons of health, safety, security or any other potential threat to any
persons attending the Tournament(s) or to the successful running of the Tournament(s).

The ITF bears no liability to any Applicant, Tournament Organiser, Host, National Association, Player,
Related Person, Covered Person or any other person or entity for any loss incurred as a result of a
delayed, rescheduled, postponed or cancelled Tournament. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the
ITF nor the Applicant shall be liable to any Player, Related Person, Covered Person or any other persons
or entities for any costs that they might have incurred in relation to such delayed, rescheduled,
postponed or cancelled Tournaments, including, without limitation, any travel, transport and/or
accommodation costs. This decision (to refuse approval of or cancel any Tournament) will be made on
behalf of the ITF by the ITF World Tennis Tour Committee, or by the ITF Executive if the Committee so
delegates its decision-making power, and may be appealed by the Applicant only, to the Independent
Tribunal.

B. Classification of Men’s Tournaments

• Professional Tournaments are the Grand Slam Tournaments, ATP Tour, ATP Challenger and
Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments.
• ITF Professional Tournaments are the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments and
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments.
• ITF Sanctioned Tournaments are any Tournament sanctioned by the ITF that are not ITF
Professional Tournaments (including Tournaments on the ITF World Tennis Tour Juniors, ITF
Masters Tour, ITF Wheelchair Tour and ITF Beach Tour).
• ITF Team Competitions are Davis Cup, Junior Davis Cup, Hopman Cup and other such team
events sanctioned by the ITF.
• Other Tournaments are those tournaments not covered above, which include exhibition
tournaments, national league tournaments, national association/federation tournaments,
etc.

Unless otherwise specified, references to “Tournament” on its own in these Regulations shall be to a
Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament.

C. National Association and Tournament Personnel

1. National Association
National Associations are those countries and/or member institutions as defined by the Constitution
of the ITF Limited. National Associations are responsible for appointing the Tournament Organiser

Page 4 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

and ensuring that the ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements are fully complied with by
the Tournament Organiser.

In order for a Tournament to be approved and sanctioned by the ITF for inclusion on the Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Calendar, the Tournament must have all necessary approvals from the relevant
National Association and, if appropriate, the Regional Association. The National Association is
responsible for submitting the application form(s) and remains ultimately responsible for the proper
organisation and running of the Tournament.

2. Tournament Administrator
The National Association(s) organising the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament shall designate
a Tournament Administrator to handle all aspects of administration of the Tournament. The
Tournament Administrator shall be the point of contact for the ITF.

3. Tournament Organiser
The National Association must also designate a Tournament Organiser (sometimes referred to as the
tournament director) who will be responsible for all aspects of the organisation of the Tournament,
with the exception of all matters relating to the rules of competition as stated in the Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Rules and Regulations, Code of Conduct, the Rules of Tennis and all on-court
issues, which are the responsibility of the ITF Supervisor and/or the ITF. The Tournament Organiser
is responsible for following the 2023 ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements.

4. Officials
All Tournaments on the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour must have an approved ITF Supervisor and the
appropriate number of officials as set out in the Officiating Requirements provided in the 2023 ITF
World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements.

a) ITF Supervisor

The ITF Supervisor must be available throughout the Tournament Week. The ITF Supervisor
must be available at least 2 hours before the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline until the
completion of the Tournament, unless otherwise approved by the ITF.

The ITF Supervisor is the individual responsible for all aspects of play during a Tournament.
The ITF Supervisor will act as final on-site authority for the interpretation of the applicable
Regulations, Code of Conduct, Rules of Tennis and the Duties and Procedures for Officials as
to all matters arising that require immediate resolution at the Tournament site.

Each Tournament must provide at its sole expense an official certified as a Gold or Silver
Badge ITF Supervisor.

b) ITF Chair Umpire

The ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements provide details on the minimum
requirements for Chair Umpires at $15,000 and $25,000 levels.

Page 5 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 National Associations that wish to supply a higher certification level of official, or more
officials than the minimum requirements, are encouraged to do so.

c) Approval of Officials

Each Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament shall submit a list of officials to fulfil the
requirements as set forth above to the ITF’s Officiating department at least 8 weeks (56
days) prior to the Tournament. Any request for these officiating requirements to be waived
should be made to the ITF at least 8 weeks (56 days) prior to the Tournament.

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations, the Code of Conduct for Officials
or the Tennis Anti-Corruption Programme, the ITF has the absolute right to deny approval of
any official's appointment to officiate at any ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament(s), and to
revoke any previously given approval. The ITF may exercise that right as it sees fit, with or
without providing reasons (but reasons may include for integrity or performance-related
reasons).

5. Tournament Doctor and Sports Physiotherapist

Each Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament must appoint and pay all costs for an English-
speaking medical doctor (tournament doctor), to be available on call at all times during playing
hours.

The Tournament must also appoint an English-speaking Sports Physiotherapist (as defined in the ITF
Guide to Recommended Health Care Standards), to be available on-site during play, to provide
treatment to players. It is recommended that all reasonable off-court treatment is provided free of
charge to players. The Sports Physiotherapist must be on-site sixty minutes before matches
commence until completion of all matches.

Further requirements are set out in the ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements and the
ITF Guide to Recommended Health Care Standards.

D. Related Regulations

The ITF Rules of Tennis shall apply in all Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament matches.

To the extent not covered herein the Constitution of ITF Limited 2023 and the 2023 ITF Duties and
Procedures for Officials shall be applicable to all Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments. Such
applicability shall not affect the right of Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments to promulgate
and enforce their own special regulations insofar as they are consistent with the applicable
provisions of these Rules and Regulations and have been approved by the ITF.

E. Enforcement of Regulations and resolution of disputes

1. On-site enforcement
It is the responsibility of the ITF Supervisor to enforce these Regulations on site.

2. First instance proceedings

Page 6 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

The ITF Supervisor shall have exclusive jurisdiction, in the first instance, over the following matters:

a) unless expressly referred elsewhere, an allegation that a player has committed an offence
under the Code of Conduct that is not a Major Offence or a breach of the Welfare Policy;
b) any disputes or questions of interpretation that arise on-site at a Tournament (to be
resolved in accordance with the Rules of Tennis); and
c) any other decisions, disputes, questions of interpretation or other matters that are
entrusted under these Regulations to the ITF Supervisor.

The ITF World Tennis Tour Committee or other person/entity designated under these Regulations
may decide any issues entrusted to them (respectively) under these Regulations. Unless expressly
provided otherwise, there will be no right of appeal from their respective decisions.

The ITF Internal Adjudication Panel shall have exclusive jurisdiction, in the first instance, over the
following matters (to be determined in accordance with its Procedural Rules):

a) any request for a decision that is entrusted under these Regulations (including the Code of
Conduct) to the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel;
b) any dispute or question about the proper interpretation of these Regulations (including
reviewing as appropriate any on-site interpretation by the ITF Supervisor);
c) any dispute or question about player eligibility arising under these Regulations;
d) any allegation that a Covered Person has committed a breach of the Welfare Policy;
e) any allegation that a player, Related Person or other person or entity bound by these
Regulations has failed to comply with any other aspect of these Regulations (unless
expressly referred elsewhere); and
f) any other dispute arising out of or relating in any way to these Regulations that is referred to
it by the Board.

The Independent Tribunal shall have exclusive jurisdiction, in the first instance, over the following
matters (to be determined in accordance with its Procedural Rules):

a) any request for a decision that is entrusted under these Regulations to the Independent
Tribunal;
b) an allegation that a player, Related Person or other person participating on the Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour has breached the Tennis Anti-Doping Programme;
c) an allegation that a player or Related Person has committed a Major Offence under the Code
of Conduct;
d) any allegation that a Tournament Offence has been committed under the Code of Conduct;
and
e) any other dispute arising out of or relating in any way to these Regulations that is referred to
it by the Board.

The Procedural Rules for both the Internal Adjudication Panel and the Independent Tribunal are
available online at www.itftennis.com, or a hard-copy can be requested in writing to the ITF.

The Anti-Corruption Hearing Officer shall have exclusive jurisdiction, in the first instance, over any
allegation that a Player, Related Person or other person participating on the Men’s ITF World Tennis
Tour has breached the Tennis Anti-Corruption Program.

Page 7 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

3. Sanctions
Where the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel and/or Independent Tribunal upholds an allegation of
breach of these Regulations, it will determine the sanctions for such breach in accordance with the
sanction’s provisions in its Procedural Rules, unless these Regulations specify other sanctions for
such breach, in which case it will apply the specific sanctions.

4. Appeals
Save where provided otherwise under these Regulations:

a) decisions by the ITF Supervisor under these Regulations may only be challenged by way of
appeal to the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel, to be determined in accordance with its
Procedural Rules (save that there shall be no right of appeal against the ITF Internal
Adjudication Panel's decision);
b) subject to article I.E.4(a) above, decisions of the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel under these
Regulations may only be challenged by way of appeal to the Independent Tribunal, in
accordance with the Independent Tribunal's Procedural Rules (in particular, the section
applicable to the Independent Tribunal sitting as an appeal panel);
c) decisions of the Independent Tribunal (sitting as a first instance tribunal) may only be
challenged by way of appeal to the Court of Arbitration for Sport, as set out in the
Independent Tribunal Procedural Rules.

Such appeals may only be brought by one of the following persons:

a) the person or entity that is the subject of the decision being appealed; and/or
b) the ITF.

5. Governing Law
These Regulations and any dispute arising out of or in connection with them (including any dispute
or claim relating to non-contractual obligations) shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with English law, without regard to the conflict of law principles.

Each Player, Covered Person, Nation and each of its Team Members, directors, officials, officers,
members of staff, employees, contractors, agents, and representatives agrees to submit any
disputes or claims or other matters arising in relation to the Regulations (including any non-
contractual disputes or claims) to arbitration pursuant to the resolution of disputes process provided
for in this Section I.E (as applicable), to the exclusion of any other court or forum.

F. Amendment of Regulations
These Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Rules and Regulations may only be amended, repealed or
otherwise modified, in whole or in part, by the ITF Board of Directors. The ITF Board of Directors may
only amend, repeal or otherwise modify any Regulation relating to ATP ranking points with the
approval of the ATP.

The ITF Board of Directors may grant dispensations from, modify, waive or otherwise alter these
Regulations or their application in extraordinary circumstances.

Page 8 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

G. Management of the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
1. Board of Directors
a) Management
The Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour shall be managed by the Board of Directors of the ITF.

b) Duties

The duties of the Board of Directors shall be:

i) To approve, adopt and amend the Rules and Regulations and Code of Conduct for the
Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour;
ii) To register in the name of the ITF any trade marks in connection with the Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour and to protect such trademarks; and
iii) To appoint every two years a Committee, which shall consist of a Chair, who shall be a
member of the Board of Directors, and further members as deemed necessary.

2. ITF World Tennis Tour Committee

The duties and powers of the ITF World Tennis Tour Committee shall be:
i) To manage Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments;
ii) To recommend changes to and to ensure the uniform application of these Rules and
Regulations and the Code of Conduct;
iii) To administer the funds of the Men’s Tournaments within the financial framework of the
ITF;
iv) To report to the Board of Directors on all financial matters; and
v) To submit regular reports to the Board of Directors.

II. DEFINITIONS
Acceptance List
The list of players who have entered a Tournament(s) and have been sorted based on the applicable
System of Merit.

Advance Entry (Doubles)

The system by which Doubles teams can enter a Doubles competition in advance of a tournament. A
maximum of seven (7) teams will be selected in advance at $25,000 tournaments. The remaining
teams will be selected using the onsite procedure.

Alternate (Direct Acceptance)

In Singles, a player who is ranked lower than the Direct Acceptances into Main Draw and Qualifying
under the applicable System of Merit and can fill any vacancy as detailed in the applicable System of
Merit before the Freeze Deadline. After the Freeze Deadline, Alternates remain on one list and have
priority for acceptance over On-Site Alternates. Alternates can Sign-In at a different Tournament and
if any vacancies are created by withdrawals, no shows, or used or unused Special Exempts then an
Alternate will fill those vacancies in order of the applicable System of Merit.

In Doubles, a team which is ranked lower than the seven (7) Direct Acceptances into the Main Draw
under the applicable System of Merit and can fill any vacancy as detailed in the applicable System of
Merit before the Freeze Deadline. After the Freeze Deadline, Alternate teams are removed from the

Page 9 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Acceptance List and have no priority for acceptance over On-Site Entries for the remaining places in
the Doubles competition.

Alternates Junior Reserved

A junior player who is ranked lower than the three (3) junior players selected as Junior Reserved
Direct Acceptances into the Singles Main Draw under the applicable System of Merit of a Men’s
$15,000 Tournament. These Junior Reserved Alternates will replace any Junior Reserved Direct
Acceptances that withdraw from the Junior Reserved List before the Freeze Deadline.

Applicant
The sanctioning National Association and/or Tournament Organiser (as the case may be) that is
granted a one (1) year sanction on the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Calendar.

Committed
A player’s status if at any time after the Withdrawal Deadline they appear in the Singles or Doubles
Main Draw or Singles Qualifying Acceptance List of a Tournament. A Committed player is obligated
to compete at the Tournament. In Singles, Committed players can, however, remain on
ATP/Challenger Alternates lists and be accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying Acceptance List of
an ATP Tour or ATP Challenger tournament until 10:00 Eastern Standard Time (GMT-5) on the Friday
before the Tournament Week without penalty.

Covered Persons
Any player, Player Support Team Members and Credentialed Persons, as further defined in the ITF
Welfare Policy.

Credentialed Person
Any player and any tournament personnel, such as an official, tournament director, staff, volunteer,
sponsor, health care provider, ITF staff member and members of the media.

Direct Acceptances
Players who have entered and been directly accepted into the Singles Main Draw, Qualifying Draw or
Doubles Draw by virtue of their ranking(s) and/or status under the applicable System of Merit.

Doubles Draw
The Doubles competition at a Tournament. Players earn a position in the Doubles Draw based on the
applicable Doubles System of Merit.

Entry

A request by a player/team to register for a Tournament. Entries are only accepted from players
with an approved applicable IPIN account and who meet all necessary requirements stipulated in the
Regulations. The player/team must make their Entry before the Entry Deadline.

Entry Deadline
The time by which a player or team must enter in order to be considered for inclusion on the
Acceptance List.

Page 10 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

In Singles, the Entry Deadline is at 14:00 hours Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) on the Thursday
eighteen (18) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

For Advance Entry in Doubles, the Entry Deadline is at 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Tuesday six (6) days
prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week. On-Site Entries in Doubles is at 14:00 hours local time
on the day before the Doubles main draw event is scheduled to commence.

Entry List
The list of players or teams who have entered the Tournament up until the Entry Deadline and
before the Acceptance List has been made.

Fact Sheet
Each Tournament will provide information regarding the Tournament site, dates, draw sizes, court
surface, type of courts, hotel information, transportation, prize money deductions, visa contact, and
other relevant information regarding the Tournament. The Fact Sheet, also referred to as the
Tournament Fact Sheet, is available in IPIN.

Freeze Deadline
The Freeze Deadline takes place at 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Thursday preceding the Tournament
Week. After the Freeze Deadline has passed and the Acceptance List is processed, no further
movement is permitted on the Acceptance List, with the exception of movement in Singles up into
ATP/Challenger tournaments until 10:00 Eastern Standard Time (GMT –5) on the Friday preceding
the Tournament Week.

IPIN (International Player Identification Number)

A player must pay, register and be approved for an IPIN membership, which is used to register for
Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments. Players will Enter, Withdraw and find Tournament Fact
Sheets through their IPIN account.

Junior Accelerator Spot (JAS)

A player who by virtue of his 2022 position on the ITF Junior Boys’ Year-End Combined Rankings
gains Direct Acceptance into a designated Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour/ATP Challenger Tour
Tournaments (see Appendix D).

Junior Reserved ($15,000 Tournaments) (JR)

A junior player accepted into the Main Draw of a Men’s $15,000 Tournament based on the
applicable System of Merit.

Late Withdrawal
A Withdrawal by a player accepted into the Singles Qualifying that takes place any time after the
Withdrawal Deadline and up until the Qualifying Sign-In and any Withdrawal from a Singles Main
Draw or Advance Entry Doubles Main Draw that takes place after the Withdrawal Deadline until the
commencement of play.

Lucky Loser (LL)

Lucky losers are players who have lost in the final round of the Qualifying event or, if more Lucky
Losers are required, those players who have lost in the previous Qualifying round(s).

Page 11 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Main Draw
The Main Draw is the principal competition of a Tournament in which players earn a position based
on the Regulations and the applicable Singles System of Merit.

On-Site Alternates
Non-entered players who attend at the Tournament site (prior to the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline) to
Sign-In for the Qualifying. In order to be eligible as an On-Site Alternate, a player must have valid
IPIN membership, Sign-In with the ITF Supervisor and have paid the entry fee and any applicable
fines.

On-Site Entry
A player or a team that Signs-In to enter a Tournament on-site at the Tournament site.

Preserved Eligibility
A procedure by which a player on the Qualifying Acceptance List (except Alternates) at the Freeze
Deadline can submit a request to the ITF Supervisor to preserve their eligibility for a position in the
main draw at the time of Qualifying Sign-In Deadline, because the player is unable or unwilling to
Sign-In for Qualifying.

Protected Ranking
A player’s ATP ranking assigned to a player who has been unable, due to injury or illness, to compete
in any tennis tournament for a minimum of six (6) months. A Protected Ranking is only available for
use for Entry. The criteria for application and eligibility are set forth by the ATP and the information
is available in the ATP rulebook.

Qualified Tournament (related to Special Exempts)

For $15,000 & $25,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any $15,000, $25,000, ATP Tour or ATP
Challenger Tournament within the same region in the preceding week is a Qualified Tournament.

Qualifiers (Q)
Players who are included in the Main Draw as a result of their success in the Qualifying competition.

Qualifying
The Qualifying draw refers to the preliminary rounds of a Tournament, in which the participating
players have not qualified for entry into the Main Draw based on the applicable Singles System of
Merit but have earned the opportunity based on the applicable Singles System of Merit to compete
for an opportunity to play in the Main Draw.

Related Person
Any coach, trainer, manager, agent, medical or para-medical personnel and/or family member,
tournament guest, or other similar associate of any player.

Sign-In
The procedure by which a player registers with the ITF Supervisor for participation in a Tournament
either by physically being on-site and signing the official Sign-In sheet or by telephone (if permitted).

Sign-In Deadline

Page 12 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

The date and time by which a player wishing to participate must Sign-In either in person or by
telephone (if permitted) as stipulated in the Regulations.

Special Exempt (SE)

A player that is on the Qualifying Acceptance List who applies for and receives an exemption into the
Singles Main Draw of that week’s Tournament because he reached the finals in Singles or is
otherwise still competing on the first day of Singles qualifying, at a “Qualified Tournament” in the
previous week.

System of Merit
The selection procedure by which players are accepted into the Singles or Doubles of a
Tournament(s). The System of Merit shall be referred to throughout these Regulations as the Singles
System of Merit for Singles acceptances or the Doubles System of Merit for Doubles acceptances.

Tournament
A Tournament on the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour, which is comprised of three events - Singles
Main Draw, Singles Qualifying and a Doubles Draw - unless otherwise approved. Each event has an
applicable System of Merit for accepting players into those events.

Tournament Week
See Section III, D.

Wild Card (WC)

A Player accepted into the Singles Main Draw or Singles Qualifying as determined by the
Tournament Organiser and/or the sanctioning National Association.

Withdrawal
When a player withdraws from a Tournament pursuant to the applicable Regulations. Singles and
Doubles Withdrawals are to be made online through the player’s IPIN account prior to the Qualifying
Sign-In Deadline. Singles and Doubles Withdrawals are permitted without penalty up until the
Withdrawal Deadline. Singles and Doubles Withdrawals after the Withdrawal Deadline are Late
Withdrawals and will incur a penalty pursuant to the Code of Conduct.

Withdrawal Deadline
In Singles, the Withdrawal Deadline is 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Tuesday thirteen (13) days prior to
the Monday of the Tournament Week. Any player accepted into the Singles Main Draw or Qualifying
draw and who does not wish to play must withdraw before this deadline to avoid incurring a
penalty.

For Advance Entries in Doubles, the Withdrawal Deadline is 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Thursday four
(4) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

Withdrawal Form
In exceptional circumstances, the ITF will accept a Withdrawal on an Official Withdrawal Form.
Players should contact the ITF prior to the relevant deadline for consideration of an exception. The
Withdrawal Form can be found in IPIN. Further details are provided in Section V.B.

Page 13 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 III. MEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR TOURNAMENTS

A. Player Eligibility
1. Open Competition / No Discrimination
Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments are open to all male tennis players based on merit and
without discrimination subject to the conditions in this Section III.A and Appendix B. Minors under
the age of fourteen (14) shall not be eligible for Entry. For the purposes of these Regulations, the
player’s age as of the Monday of the Tournament Week shall be used.

If requested, a player must provide a proof of identity and/or age through photo identification
(passport or driver’s licence) to the ITF Supervisor on site.

2. Nationality
A player’s nationality for the ITF World Tennis Tour and the ITF World Tennis Ranking is determined
at registration for IPIN by the Nationality on a player’s passport. The ITF may request from the player
at any time a copy of their current, valid passport as proof of nationality.

Players who have earned ATP points based on events on the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour should
send a copy of their passport to the ATP. Changes of nationality for players who have ever earned an
ATP point shall be processed by the ATP, and upon notice to the ITF, it shall update its records
accordingly (notwithstanding this Regulation).

Players wishing to make a request to add/change or update their nationality on the website should
send a copy of their current passport for the nation they wish to represent to the ITF [and if
necessary, the ATP].

In the event that a player does not hold a current passport for the nation they wish to represent, the
player must provide:
• A copy of their current passport;
• A written explanation setting out:
o why they are seeking to add/change or update their nationality;
o why they do not hold a current passport for the nation they wish to represent;
o any dates they held nationality in the nation they seek to represent, providing
copies of expired passports and/or ID cards where available;
o the nature of their ties and affiliation(s) with the nation they seek to represent
including, but not limited to:
▪ familial connections;
▪ period(s) of time spent visiting and/or residing in that nation;
▪ their commitment to life and tennis in that nation; and
o details of any second or previous nationalities, including in relation to their
tennis participation at an international level.

On receipt of the information detailed above, the request will be considered by the ITF Internal
Adjudication Panel (IAP) to determine, in its discretion, whether the change of nationality is genuine
and not intended to circumvent the application of the Regulations (i.e. a “flag of convenience”). The
IAP reserves the right to ask the Player to provide and/or supply further information on request.

Page 14 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

The IAP’s first-instance decision is capable of being appealed by the Player to the Independent
Tribunal.

This Regulation applies to the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour only and is without prejudice to any
other regulations applicable to other tournaments (such as ITF Team Competitions), which may
impose different criteria.

3. International Player Identification Number (IPIN) Membership and Tennis Integrity Protection
Programme (TIPP)
In order to enter Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments all players must first register for an
applicable IPIN membership (and pay the appropriate fee) and agree, as a condition of their
registration, to accept the related terms and conditions and to complete the Tennis Integrity
Protection Programme (TIPP). Failure by a player (a) to register for an applicable IPIN membership
and to accept the related terms and conditions and (b) to complete the TIPP will render a player
ineligible to enter and compete in Tournaments.

Players must comply with and are bound by all of the provisions of the 2023 Tennis Anti-Corruption
Program Rules, the full text of which can be found at: www.itia.tennis.

All players obtaining an IPIN and wishing to compete on the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour are
responsible for ensuring they are fit to play and are advised to obtain a yearly physical examination
from a certified doctor that certifies the player to compete on the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour.

A player’s IPIN account will provide information about all Tournaments on the Men’s ITF World
Tennis Tour. This account will enable players to view the Tournament calendar and Enter and
Withdraw from Tournaments. The IPIN account will also provide information about Entry and
Acceptance Lists, Tournament Fact Sheet, Tournament Supervisor contact information and other
relevant information about the Tournaments, including important tour announcements.

4. Tennis Anti-Corruption Program and Tennis Anti-Doping Programme

Any Player, Related Person or other Covered Person who enters or participates in the ITF World
Tennis Tour shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to comply with all the provisions of
the Tennis Anti-Corruption Program, which may be downloaded at www.itia.tennis (see Code of
Conduct) Article V.

Any Player, Related Person or other Covered Person who enters or participates in the ITF World
Tennis Tour shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to comply with all of the provisions
of the Tennis Anti-Doping Programme, which may be downloaded at www.itia.tennis (see Code of
Conduct) Article VII.

All Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments must provide on request, and at their own cost:

a) a Doping Control Station that, at a minimum, satisfies the requirements of the prevailing
version of the WADA International Standard for Testing and Investigations; and

b) sufficient chaperones to notify players selected for Sample collection, accompany and observe
such players until their arrival at the Doping Control Station, and witness provision of those
players’ Samples as necessary.

Page 15 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

5. Travel Documents
All players are responsible for checking the entry requirements for each nation, including necessary
travel documentation and visa application deadlines in order to enter and play ITF World Tennis Tour
tournaments in that nation

6. Play-Down (for Singles only)

Players with an ATP ranking of 1-200 in Singles twenty-one (21) days prior to the Monday of the
Tournament Week are prohibited from entering, accepting a Wild Card and/or competing in any
Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament.

7. Retiring from the Professional Tournaments

A player wishing to retire from Professional Tournaments must do so by completing and submitting
an official “Player Retirement Form” to the ITF. Following successful submission, the player’s name
shall be removed from the ATP and/or ITF World Tennis Ranking. In the event that a player returns
to competition following retirement, the player must provide at least six months’ advanced notice of
doing so to the ITIA Anti-Doping Department. From the date the ITIA Anti-Doping Department
receives such notice, the player shall be bound by the Tennis Anti-Doping Programme and thereafter
must comply with the Tennis Anti-Doping Programme, including making themselves available for
Testing (including, if requested, by providing whereabouts information) for a six-month period prior
to their participation.

B. Categories of Tournaments
For the purpose of these Regulations, all Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments will be
differentiated based on prize money and hospitality. All references to prize money expressed in US
Dollars will also mean the corresponding prize money in Euros (EUR) as detailed below and as set in
Section XII Prize Money and ATP/ITF Points.

1. $15,000 and $25,000 Tournaments

Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments, listed below, are eligible for inclusion of their results on
the ranking systems as follows:
a) Results in Tournaments that comply with criteria set by the ATP will be included on the ATP
Ranking as specified in Section XIII, ATP Rankings; and
b) Results in Tournaments that comply with the criteria laid down in these Regulations will be
included on the ITF World Tennis Ranking, as specified in Section XIV, ITF World Tennis
Ranking.

Such Tournaments fall into the following groups:

• MEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $15,000/€13,500

• MEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $15,000/€13,500 +H
• MEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $25,000 / €22,500
• MEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $25,000 / €22,500 +H
+H indicates the Tournament offers hospitality

Where these Regulations apply in the same way to tournaments with and without hospitality, only
the generic prize money term will be used, and it shall be interpreted to cover both types of
tournament. The +H designation will only be used where there are specific rules or differences that

Page 16 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

apply between the two types of tournament in which case the relevant regulation will specify that
difference.

C. Tournament Events
Each Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament must consist of a Singles Main Draw, Doubles Draw
and Singles Qualifying, unless there are insufficient entries to run a Singles Qualifying draw or
otherwise approved by the ITF. Each draw will be an elimination draw.

For every four (4) Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour tournaments organised at the $15,000 level, National
Associations are required to organise at least one (1) Men’s tournament at the $25,000 level.

The ITF reserves the right to refuse approval of any applications for standalone tournaments. A
standalone tournament is a tournament in a country with no other tournaments in the preceding or
following week in the same country.

D. Tournament Week
Each Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament is assigned a specific Tournament Week on the
calendar defined by the date of the Monday of that week. Singles Qualifying will begin on either
Sunday or Monday and can be played over one, two or three days (depending on draw size and as
approved by the ITF or Service Bureau). Typically, the Singles Main Draw will begin on Tuesday (but
may begin on Monday and no later than Wednesday) and must finish no later than Sunday of the
same week, unless otherwise approved by the ITF. In extraordinary circumstances, e.g. bad weather,
the ITF Supervisor, in consultation with the ITF, may cancel or adjust a Tournament’s Week and
schedule.

E. Match Format
1. Singles Main Draw
The best of three (3) tie-break sets, unless a “Modified Format” is otherwise approved by the ITF. Ad
scoring must be used.

2. Singles Qualifying
The best of three sets, with two (2) tie-break sets, and if the score reaches one set all, one match tie-
break game (10 points) shall be played to decide the match. Ad scoring must be used.

3. Doubles Draw
The best of three sets with two (2) tie-break sets, and if the score reaches one set all, one match tie-
break game (10 points) shall be played to decide the match. No-ad scoring must be used.

4. Modified Format
In extraordinary circumstances, e.g. bad weather, the ITF Supervisor, with explicit approval of the
ITF, may modify the format of matches in the Singles Main Draw only as follows:
• The best of three sets with two (2) tie-break sets, and if the score reaches one set all, one
match tie-break game (10 points) shall be played to decide the match. Ad scoring must be
used.

Page 17 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

F. Balls
The balls to be used at Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments must conform to the
specifications in the Rules of Tennis and must have been approved by the ITF. Any Men’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournament must apply to the ITF for approval at least nine (9) weeks (in advance of the
Tournament if it wishes to use Ball Types 1 or 3.

In the Singles Qualifying competition a minimum of four (4) new balls of the same brand and type
must be provided for the match.

In the Singles Main Draw or Doubles, a minimum of four (4) new balls of the same brand and type
must be changed at a maximum of eleven (11) and thereafter every thirteen (13) games in each
match. More frequent ball changes are acceptable at the discretion of the ITF Supervisor.

A minimum of three (3) used balls of the same brand and type as the match balls must be available
for practice per day, free of charge, to each player accepted into the Tournament, from the day prior
to the commencement of the respective draw until he is eliminated from the Tournament. Players
must return practice balls after each practice to the Tournament staff.

G. Artificial Lighting
Play is allowed with artificial lighting provided there is a minimum of 500 lux evenly distributed over
the court surface.

H. Waiver of Claims
In submitting an Entry into a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, all players agree, as a
condition of Entry, that subject to the limits set out below, for themselves, their executors,
administrators, heirs and personal representatives, all claims of any kind, nature and description are
waived, including past, present or future claims and injuries, if any, sustained in travelling to or from,
or participating in a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament and/or any of its related activities
and/or while in the location of a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, against the ITF, the
National Association or Regional Association sanctioning such Tournaments, officials, promoters,
sponsors, television or other broadcast licensees, vendors, venues, local organisers and others
connected with such Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments, including its employees, officers,
directors, volunteers, and representatives.

Nothing in these Regulations excludes or limits the liability of the ITF or any of the other parties
listed above:
a) for death or personal injury caused by their (respective) negligence;
b) for fraud; or
c) to the extent that such exclusion or limitation is not permitted by applicable law.

I. Publicity and Promotion

1. Players acknowledge that their tennis biography and complete tournament history shall be
published on the ITF’s website in in perpetuity for the purposes of transparency and promotion of
the sport.

Page 18 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

2. Each player grants to the ITF, the Tournament’s sanctioning National Association, the Tournament
and their agents and assignees the right, in perpetuity and for commercial and non-commercial
purposes:
a) to use or authorise the use of his name, voice, photograph, likeness, signature, biographical
material and other identification, in any and all media, for the purpose of publicising and
promoting the sport of tennis, the ITF, the Tournament’s sanctioning National Association,
the Tournament and their respective affiliates and events including the right to use the same
on event posters, photos, programs, merchandise and other materials, and for the televising
broadcasting and filming of the same; and
b) to make, show and otherwise use, in any and all media, still and moving pictures, whether
live or otherwise, and any other visual and/or audio-visual reproductions of his performance
or appearance as a sportsman on and off the court during the event.

3. With respect to sub section 2. above:

a) there will be no compensation payable in relation to the grant of such rights; and
b) the rights granted may not be used in such a way as to constitute an endorsement by the
player of any product or company.

J. Junior Player Images

Notwithstanding Regulation I above, it is prohibited for any Covered Person to obtain, transmit,
store or distribute any images and/or recordings (whether audio or visual) of junior players (being
players who are under 18 years of age), unless they are the parent or legal guardian of the player,
without the express written authorisation (which includes permission about how the image(s) will be
used) of i) the parent or legal guardian of the player, and ii) the ITF Supervisor. Images and/or
recordings taken with permission under this Regulation must be exclusively of tennis matches,
practice or the presentation of trophies. Please see the ITF’s Process for ITF Tournament Supervisors,
Coaches and Parents on Video Recording of Junior Matches For Performance
Analysis.https://www.itftennis.com/media/7267/itf-performance-analysis-video-u18.pdf

L. Player Recording of Matches

Notwithstanding Regulation I above, the recording of matches by a Player/s and their Support Team
Members for the sole purposes of performance video analysis and personal use is permitted subject
to the conditions set out below. Recordings under this Regulation must be exclusively of tennis
matches or tennis practices. Recording under this Regulation is at the sole discretion of the ITF
Tournament Supervisor On-Site and the ITF World Tennis Tour Department.

i. Recording may only take place once the ITF Tournament Supervisor, Tournament
Director and the Opponent/s has given their express authorisation.
ii. Recording may only be made using a Digital Camera – this may include Video Recorders,
DSLRs and Go Pros. Currently Tablets, Mobile Phone and Laptop/Computers may not be
used for recording.
iii. For the avoidance of doubt, this Regulation does not apply for Junior players. All
recordings of Junior players must be compliant with Regulation J.
iv. The recording shall not be used to determine or dispute any decision made by an Official
in relation to the officiating or outcome of a match.

Page 19 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 v. During the match, if the Opponent/s or Coach withdraws their consent to the recording,
on instruction from the ITF Tournament Supervisor, the Player/s or their Support Team
Member must immediately cease recording and delete the recording.
vi. All decisions made by the ITF Tournament Supervisor are final and not subject to appeal.
vii. Publishing the recording online or via social media is permitted subject to the following
conditions:
a. publishing of the recording may only take place once [ITF Tournament Supervisor
On-Site, the ITF World Tennis Tour Department] and the Opponent/s has given their
express authorisation;
b. the recording must not be streamed live or with a delay for any purpose;
c. unless otherwise agreed by the ITF, no more than 10 minutes in aggregate of any
match recording should be included within any content posted online or via social
media;
d. the recording must not bring the ITF or the sport of Tennis into disrepute, in ITF’s
sole discretion;
e. if the Opponent/s withdraws their consent for the recording to be published online
or via social media, on instruction from the Opponent/s, the Player must remove the
specified recording published by the Player.
viii. The ITF shall not be responsible for the use, dissemination, retention or disposal of any
recording, in whole or part, recorded permitted in accordance with the Regulations.
ix. Any recording should be stored securely to avoid inappropriate or unauthorised use and
deleted when it is no longer required.
x. Failure to comply with this process shall be considered a breach of ITF World Tennis Tour
Regulations Section III L. (Player Recording of matches) and the person responsible shall
be subject to sanction.

K. Insurance
1. The Applicant is responsible for taking out a suitable insurance policy which is compliant
with local laws and regulations and which insures against claims made for damage to property and
for death/injury caused to people at the event for which the Applicant is legally liable. “ITF Ltd” and
“ITF Licensing (UK) Ltd” must be named in the policy and on the certificate of insurance, and a copy
should be provided to the ITF on request.

2. The Applicant is encouraged to take out those insurance policies that safeguard against
employer’s liability, business interruption and personal injury as well as any other appropriate
insurance policies recognised under local law. In addition, it is strongly recommended that the
Applicant obtain and maintain event cancellation and abandonment insurance which insures against
all reasonably known financial risks arising from the rescheduling, cancellation and/or abandonment
in whole or in part of a Tournament due to force majeure.

Page 20 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 IV. FINANCIAL
A. Payments

The sanctioning National Association and/or where applicable the Tournament Organiser shall be
liable for and pay the prize money to all players participating in the Tournament in accordance with
the breakdowns stated in Section XII, Prize Money and ATP/ITF Points. The Applicant shall also be
liable for and pay in accordance with the notifications issued to the Applicant by the ITF: the annual
Sanction Fee; and any IPIN membership fees and fines collected during the Tournament due to the
ITF.

B. Prize Money Payments

The Tournament Organiser shall make prize money payable in cash, check or bank transfer available
to eligible players in accordance with the criteria stated below.

If a Tournament Organiser elects to pay the prize money via bank transfer, the Tournament
Organiser and/or National Association will be liable for any bank fees associated with such transfer.

C. Tax Deductions

Any Government income tax deductions from prize money must be stated on the Tournament Fact
Sheet. No taxes other than the stated income tax will be deducted from prize money.

D. Fines and Fees

If a player owes any fines and/or fees, then the ITF Supervisor shall authorise the Tournament
Organiser to deduct fines and fees from a player’s prize money. These collected fines and fees will be
sent to the ITF by the National Association. Please see the Code of Conduct, Article II.E and Article
IV.V.

E. Currency and Exchange Rate

Prize money shall be paid in currencies as follows:

1. U.S. Tournaments: All prize money must be paid in US Dollars as set out in Section XII. Prize
Money and ATP/ITF Points.

2. European Tournaments: All prize money must be paid in Euros as set out in Section XII. Prize
Money and ATP/ITF Points or in local currency for non-Euro Monetary Union nations.

3. Other Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments: All prize money must be paid in US Dollars, or in
local currency if approved by the ITF.

If local currency is selected, then the exchange rate to US Dollars for a given Tournament (official ITF
exchange rate) shall be the average of the six (6) months immediately preceding six (6) months prior

Page 21 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

to the Tournament. If, on the Monday, seven (7) days prior to the start of the Tournament, there is a
fluctuation in the official ITF exchange rate of five percent (5%) or more, up or down, then such
exchange rate shall be adjusted, up or down as follows:

Exchange Rate Fluctuation Exchange Rate Adjustment

Less than 5% None
Between 5 and 10% 5%
10% or greater One half the actual Exchange Rate Fluctuation

(* For example, if the currency fluctuates 11% from the authorised exchange rate, the exchange rate will be adjusted by 5.5%).

Each Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament electing to pay on-site prize money in a specific non-
US or non-Euro currency shall obtain from the ITF the Official ITF Exchange Rate.

F. Amateur Expenses

Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments may pay expenses to amateurs who compete, at the
discretion of the Tournament Organiser. Such expenses are limited to the actual and reasonable
expenses of an amateur incurred pursuant to his participation in the Tournament. The payment of
expenses cannot be conditioned on the success of the amateur in the Tournament.

G. Entry Fees

The following entry fees may be charged by the Tournament Organiser per player prior to the start
of the Tournament or (if applicable) deducted from prize money at the discretion of the Tournament
Organiser. The entry fee can be collected in US Dollars or Euros or in local currency as stated on the
Fact Sheet. All players must be charged the same entry fee.

Draw Maximum Fee (per player)

Qualifying (Singles) or Qualifying (Singles) Up to US$40 or €36
and Doubles
Main Draw (Singles) or Main Draw (Singles) Up to US$40 or €36
and Doubles
Doubles only Up to US$20 or €18

V. SINGLES ENTRIES AND WITHDRAWALS

All players (i.e. those with an ATP ranking, ITF World Tennis Ranking, eligible ITF Combined Junior
ranking, National Ranking, and unranked), subject only to Age Eligibility and Play Down provisions of
these Regulations, may enter Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments by the Entry Deadline and
will appear on the Tournament Acceptance Lists.

Page 22 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Players should locate details about each Tournament, including Fact Sheet, Entry and Acceptance
Lists, ITF Supervisor contact information and other relevant information about the Tournament,
within their IPIN account.

Unless specified otherwise, this Section V. applies for both Main Draw and Qualifying.

Players are encouraged to read the Fines Guidelines and Offence Codes for ITF World Tennis Tour
events, located in the Code of Conduct, for information on the penalties imposed for Late
Withdrawals.

A. Entries

All entries must be made through a player’s IPIN account (ipin.itftennis.com). In exceptional
circumstances, an Entry can be submitted in writing on the Official Entry Form and sent to the ITF by
email or post, to be received before the appropriate deadline.

A player applying for Entry shall be deemed to apply for Entry into both the Singles Main Draw and
the Singles Qualifying depending on his ranking by the applicable System of Merit.

A player’s status in a Tournament shall not be official until the Entry Deadline and publication of the
Tournament Acceptance List on the ITF website and IPIN account. A player may apply for Entry into
up to six (6) Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments in a specific Tournament Week, in which case
he must indicate a priority. If no priority is stated, the ITF will assign a priority. A player may not
apply for Entry into a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament if he is Committed to another
Tournament during that period.

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations, the ITF has the absolute right to refuse to
accept or revoke any player's Entry to any ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament(s). The ITF may
exercise that right as it sees fit, with or without providing reasons.

B. Withdrawal Procedures

All Withdrawals must be submitted online through the player’s IPIN account.

Notwithstanding Regulation V.C. below and the Code of Conduct, which may impose penalties, a
Withdrawal must be submitted online through the player’s IPIN account. In exceptional
circumstances, the ITF will accept a Withdrawal on an Official Withdrawal Form. Players should
contact the ITF prior to relevant deadline for consideration of exception. The Withdrawal Form can
be found in IPIN.

C. Entry and Withdrawal Deadline

The Entry Deadline is at 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Thursday eighteen (18) days prior to the Monday
of the Tournament Week.

Page 23 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

The Withdrawal Deadline is at 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Tuesday thirteen (13) days prior to the
Monday of the Tournament Week.

In exceptional circumstances or during UK office holidays, the ITF may modify the deadlines, in which
case players will be notified.

It is the player’s responsibility to make all entries and withdrawals and to check his position on the
Acceptance Lists.

If a player has entered multiple events, he should remove himself from all events he no longer
wishes to compete in before the Withdrawal Deadline. Failure to do so may result in penalty in
accordance with Article II of the Code of Conduct.

D. At the Entry Deadline

At the Entry Deadline, players will be placed on Acceptance Lists for Singles according to the Singles
System of Merit. For each Tournament a player has entered, the player will be listed in the Singles
Main Draw, Singles Qualifying or as an Alternate based on the System of Merit.

If a player has been accepted into an ATP Tour main draw or qualifying event, ATP Challenger main
draw or qualifying event, he will be immediately withdrawn from the Entry Lists of all Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournaments.

A player’s position on the Acceptance list may change until the Freeze Deadline. Players are required
to withdraw according to the procedures detailed in the regulations above from any Tournament
they are unable to play. Players should check their position on the relevant Acceptance List until the
Freeze Deadline.

E. At and After the Withdrawal Deadline

1. Singles Procedure
If at the time of the Withdrawal Deadline, a player has been accepted into an ATP Tour or ATP
Challenger main draw or qualifying event, he will be withdrawn from the Acceptance Lists of all
Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments.

If a player is accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying of more than one Men’s ITF World Tennis
Tour Tournament or ITF World Tennis Tour Juniors Tournament starting in the same week, he will
remain on one Acceptance List and will be immediately withdrawn from the Acceptance Lists of all
other Tournaments at the Withdrawal Deadline, according to the following criteria in order, until he
is only on one Acceptance List:

a) ITF World Tennis Tour Professional Tournaments take priority over ITF World Tennis Tour
Junior Tournaments; then
b) Main Draw takes priority over Qualifying, and Qualifying over Alternates; then
c) Tournament Entry Priority

Page 24 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

If a player’s chosen priorities are unclear, he will be immediately withdrawn from all but one Entry
List by the ITF at the Withdrawal Deadline, according to the following criteria, in order, until he is
only on one Acceptance List:

a) The Tournament offering the highest prize money will take priority, or if equal; then
b) The Acceptance List on which he is highest placed will take priority, or if equal; then
c) The Tournament which is geographically closest to his country of Nationality will take
priority.

Exception: If a player is accepted into the Main Draw of a Junior Grand Slam tournament,
that tournament will be prioritised over all other tournament entries that week (i.e.
including Men’s $25,000 tournaments or any other Junior tournament).

2. Automatic Withdrawals in Doubles after the Advance Entry Doubles Entry Deadline
At the Advance Entry Doubles Entry Deadline (six days prior to the Monday of the Tournament week,
see section VI for further details), if a Player has been accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying of a
Singles Tournament and has also made an Advance Entry in Doubles for a different Tournament in
the same week, then that Player and his Doubles partner will be removed from that other
Tournament’s Doubles Acceptance List.

3. Commitment Rule
Prior to the Singles Withdrawal Deadline a player’s status on an Acceptance List is not confirmed. A
player who appears on an ITF World Tennis Tour Main Draw or Qualifying Acceptance List at any
time after the Withdrawal Deadline is deemed to have been accepted into and Committed to play
the Tournament.

Exception: Committed players can, however, remain on ATP/Challenger Alternates lists and
be accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying Acceptance List of an ATP Tour or ATP
Challenger Acceptance List until 10:00 Eastern Standard Time (GMT-5) on the Friday
preceding the Tournament Week without penalty. After 10:00 EST on that day, a Committed
player is not permitted to withdraw from an ITF tournament to play up into an ATP Tour or
ATP Challenger event and will be subject to applicable Code of Conduct Article II.B.4. Playing
Another Event / One Tournament Per Week penalties.

If a player withdraws his Entry from the Main Draw or Qualifying of a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament for any reason after the Withdrawal Deadline the withdrawal will be considered a Late
Withdrawal and will be subject to the Late Withdrawal/No Show provisions in the Code of Conduct.
Each player is allowed three late withdrawals without penalty per calendar year provided a
withdrawal was made online in a player’s IPIN account before the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline. The
rules regarding Late Withdrawals can be found in the Code of Conduct in Article II. B.1 and B.2.

In addition to having three late withdrawals per year there are circumstances in which a player can
obtain a Medical Certificate at the Tournament by seeing the Tournament Doctor or Sports
Physiotherapist. These rules are detailed in the Code of Conduct, in Article II. B.3 (On-site Medical
Withdrawal)

Page 25 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

There are circumstances in which a Committed player can play another event and not be penalised,
and these rules are detailed in the Code of Conduct in Article II. B.4 (Playing Another Event / One
Tournament Per week) of the Code of Conduct.

Players are encouraged to read the Fines Guidelines and Entry Offence provisions located in the
Code of Conduct for information on the penalties imposed for Late Withdrawals.

Any player accepted into the Singles Main Draw, Doubles or Singles Qualifying who fails to appear
for the Tournament without submitting an online withdrawal in a player’s IPIN account shall be
penalised with a No-Show code violation.

If a player is not accepted into any Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament in a given week, he
may remain on more than one Acceptance List as an Alternate until the Freeze Deadline. A player
who appears on one or more Alternate List(s) is not Committed to play in any of these Tournaments
and may withdraw at any time, without penalty, until he moves into a Qualifying or Main Draw
Acceptance List, at which time he will be automatically withdrawn from all other Acceptance Lists by
the ITF.

4. Alternates
A player who appears on one or more Alternate List(s) is not Committed to play in any one
Tournament and may withdraw at any time, without penalty, until he moves into a Singles Main
Draw or Singles Qualifying Acceptance List (up until the Freeze Deadline), at which time he will be
automatically withdrawn from all other Acceptance Lists by the ITF.

Players who are entered into multiple tournaments for a given week should withdraw themselves
from those they do not wish to compete in before they move into Qualifying and become
Committed to a Tournament.

Singles Alternates accepted into the Main Draw of a Doubles Acceptance list after the Doubles Entry
Deadline will be removed from all Singles Alternate lists except the same Tournament where they
have been accepted into Doubles (if applicable). Please see Section VI, Doubles Entries and
Withdrawals, for further details.

Alternates will be removed from all but one (1) Acceptance List at the Freeze Deadline. See process
below.

F. Freeze Deadline

The Freeze Deadline is at 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Thursday preceding the Tournament Week.
Alternate players not yet accepted to a Main Draw or Qualifying Draw may change their priority until
the Freeze Deadline. Once the Freeze Deadline has passed, players are not permitted to make any
changes to their tournament order of priority.

After the Freeze Deadline has been processed, all players on the Singles Qualifying Acceptance List
will no longer be moved into the Singles Main Draw, and players will remain on only one Alternate
List and will no longer be moved into a Qualifying Acceptance List. Players will remain on one
Alternate List according to their tournament chosen priority, unless the player is accepted at the

Page 26 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Freeze Deadline into the Doubles of a tournament accepting Advance Entries. At that point the
player will only remain on a Singles Alternate list if it is the same Tournament where he was
accepted into Doubles. Alternates that have not been accepted into Singles and/or Doubles are not
Committed to play the Tournament.

Since Alternates are not Committed to any tournament, they are able to Sign-In at any Tournament
during a given week. However, if the player does not Sign-In at their top priority Tournament after
the Freeze Deadline, he will be ordered as an On-Site Alternate, which means the player will be
ordered after all players on the Alternates List at the Freeze Deadline.

A player who wishes to withdraw from the Singles Main Draw or Singles Qualifying after the Freeze
Deadline must submit a withdrawal online through the player’s IPIN account or he will be subject to
the penalties provided for a No Show at Article II.B.1 of the Code of Conduct.

G. Playing Another Event / One Tournament Per Week

1. General
When a player is accepted into the Qualifying or Main Draw of a Tournament as Direct Acceptance,
Junior Reserved, Junior Accelerator, Special Exempt or Wild Card at any time after the Withdrawal
Deadline, he is Committed to that Tournament unless released by the ITF or ITF Supervisor as
detailed in Article II. B.3 or B.4 of the Code of Conduct, and with the exception of ATP/Challenger
rules set out in section V.E.2 above.

A player who is Committed to and/or has played in the Main Draw or Qualifying of a Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament may not enter or compete in any other tennis event during the
period of such Tournament except as stated in Article II. B.4 of the Code of Conduct.

Players may not be accepted into a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour and an ITF World Tennis Tour Junior
Tournament during the same week. Players will be withdrawn from all but one Tournament at the
Withdrawal Deadline based on the withdrawal procedure described above. If a player is found after
the Withdrawal Deadline to have been accepted into two Tournaments (Men’s and Juniors) in one
week, they will be withdrawn from one Tournament at the earliest opportunity, also according to
the withdrawal procedure set out above.

2. Grand Slam Tournaments and Multi-Week ATP Tour Tournaments

a) Participation during Qualifying and/or First Week.

A player is allowed to play in two Professional Tournaments (one of which must be a Grand Slam
Tournament or multi-week ATP Tour Tournament) during this two-week period, provided the player
has been eliminated from Singles and Doubles of the first Tournament prior to the Qualifying Sign-In
Deadline of the second Tournament.

In the event that a player has competed in two Professional Tournaments in the first week, then the
player must withdraw from any Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament in the second week
following the Qualifying.

Page 27 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

b) Participation during the Second Week

A player is allowed to play in a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament during the second week of
a Grand Slam Tournament or multi-week ATP Tour Tournament provided he has been eliminated
from the Singles and Doubles of that Tournament prior to the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament Qualifying Sign-In Deadline. Any such player who is still competing in the Grand Slam
Tournament or multi-week ATP Tour Tournament at this deadline must withdraw from the relevant
Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament.

A player is not allowed to withdraw from a Grand Slam Tournament or multi-week ATP Tour
Tournament to play a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament.

H. On-Site Medical from Week 1 & Participation in Week 2

1. A player may not Withdraw onsite or retire from a Tournament in Week 1 and then go on to play
in any other Tournament in Week 2 except for valid medical reasons. If a player is forced to
withdraw onsite or retire from Week 1 due to medical reasons, and he is entered in a Tournament in
Week 2, that player must receive a medical examination from the Tournament Doctor/Sports
Physiotherapist from Week 1 and submit his medical examination to the Tournament Doctor/ Sports
Physiotherapist for Week 2. To be eligible to compete in Week 2 the player must receive a medical
examination and clearance from the Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist.

A player is not allowed to play in Week 2 if:

a) he has withdrawn or retired from Week 1 without cause, or
b) he has withdrawn or retired from Week 1 for valid medical reason, but he fails to receive a
medical examination for Week 2 from the Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist.

Any player who is discovered to have contravened rules (a) and (b) above shall not receive ATP or ITF
World Tennis ranking points for Week 2. The player will also be subject to a fine pursuant to the
Entry Offences section of the Code of Conduct. This rule does not apply to a player whose partner in
Doubles has been forced to withdraw or retire from their match.

2. A player that has endured a medical condition during the Tournament Week, but who completes
their Tournament matches, may obtain a Medical Certificate from the Tournament Doctor/Sports
Physiotherapist that can be used to withdraw from the following week’s Tournament without
penalty. The player must obtain the Medical Certificate within 24 hours of completing their final
match.

If the player wishes to use the Medical Certificate to withdraw from the following week’s
Tournament then the player must inform the ITF and the ITF Supervisor of the next Tournament (if
after the Freeze deadline) no more than 48 hours after obtaining the Medical Certificate or before
the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline, whichever is sooner.

Players who complete their final match of the Tournament after the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline of
the following week’s Tournament must obtain a Medical Certificate and inform the ITF Supervisor
before leaving the site if they wish to withdraw.

Page 28 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

I. Wild Cards

Wild Cards are eligible players included in the Main Draw or Qualifying at the sole discretion of the
Tournament Organiser on approval from the host National Association. Wild Cards may be seeded.
Players receiving Wild Cards must have an IPIN account.

As stated in the Code of Conduct in Article II, B.4., a player who is Committed by way of Entry or
Wild Card to a Tournament may only accept the offer of a Wild Card into another Tournament in the
same week, if the Player makes an official late withdrawal before the Qualifying Sign-in Deadline and
the Player meets one of the two requirements below:

i) A player accepted into Qualifying of a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament is
nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Main Draw of another Professional
tournament (ITF, ATP or Grand Slam) (i.e. moving from Qualifying to Main Draw);

ii) A player accepted into Qualifying or Main Draw of a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament is nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Qualifying or Main Draw of
another Professional tournament in a higher prize money category (ITF, ATP Tour, ATP
Challenger or Grand Slam) (example $15,000 to $25,000.)

Wild Cards must be named at the time the Qualifying or Main Draw is made. Wild Cards who
Withdraw cannot be replaced with new Wild Cards after the appropriate draw is made. Any such
vacancies shall be filled in accordance with Section V.L. Vacancies/Substitutions below.

Players and Tournaments should retain written confirmation of the offer and acceptance of a Wild
Card. Players and Tournaments may not offer and/or receive any compensation for receiving or
awarding a Wild Card. Acceptance of the offer of a Wild Card constitutes the Player’s Commitment
to the Tournament.

No player who has signed-in for and been accepted into the Qualifying of the Tournament may be
named as a Singles Wild Card after the Qualifying competition has commenced.

A Tournament may not offer a Wild Card or accept the Entry from any player who has either
accepted a Wild Card or been Committed by an Entry to another Tournament in the same week
except as stated in Article II, B.4 of the Code of Conduct.

J. Special Exempt (SE)

1. Eligibility
Special Exempt places are determined based on the criteria set out below. Players can apply for a
Special Exempt for tournaments that overlap and tournaments that do not overlap.

a) Overlapping Tournaments
An Overlapping Tournament is defined as a tournament in one week (“Week 1”) where
matches are played on overlapping days with a tournament being held in the following week
(“Week 2”) (either because of the standard schedule or because of weather). A player is

Page 29 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 eligible to apply for a Special Exempt into the Singles Main Draw of a tournament in Week 2
if that player is still competing in the Singles competition of a Qualified Tournament in Week
1 and has met the criteria listed below at i), ii), and iii).

b) Non-Overlapping Tournaments
A Non-Overlapping Tournament is defined as a tournament in Week 1 which is completed by
at least the day before the Qualifying event is scheduled to start in Week 2. A player is
eligible to apply for a Special Exempt into the Singles Main Draw of a tournament in Week 2
if that player has participated in the Singles final of a Qualified Tournament in Week 1 and
has met the criteria listed below at i), ii), and iii).

The criteria for Special Exempt places are:

i) The player is entered in a Tournament in “Week 2” and is currently listed on the Qualifying
Acceptance List (not the Alternates List) for that Tournament;
ii) During the “Week 1” Tournament, the player in conjunction with the ITF Supervisor must
personally notify (either face-to-face or via telephone) the “Week 2” ITF Supervisor of their
Special Exempt request;
iii) The request for Special Exempt must be made prior to the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline (18:00
hours local time) the day before the scheduled start of the Qualifying competition) of the
“Week 2” Tournament. Players still playing in Singles in the Week 1 tournament at the time
of the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline of Week 2, must reconfirm if they are playing the following
day as soon as their match(es) are completed, and if potentially eligible for a Special Exempt
position such position shall be held open until such confirmation has been received.

Special Exempt status shall not be available for players who request such an exempt as a result of
competing in the Doubles event of a Week 1 Tournament.

The player must confirm with the ITF Supervisor of the Week 2 Tournament that the Supervisor has
received their request prior to the deadline, in accordance with Section V.L. Vacancies/Substitutions
below.

2. Qualified Tournament for Special Exempt

For $15,000 and $25,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any $15,000, $25,000, or ATP Tour or
ATP Challenger Tournament within the same region in the preceding week.

For the purposes of Special Exempts, there are five (5) regions: Africa, Asia/Oceania, Europe, North
America/Central America, and South America.

3. Selection Process for Special Exempt

At each Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament there are up to two (2) places held in the Main
Draw for Special Exempts unless there is no Qualified Tournament from the previous week. If there
are more eligible Special Exempt applicants than available positions in the draw, the players shall be
selected as follows:

a) Special Exempt into $15,000 Tournaments

A player requesting a Special Exempt as a result of performance in a $15,000, $25,000, or
ATP Challenger tournament shall be ordered and accepted according to the ranking from
Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament Week (including a player’s Protected

Page 30 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 Ranking, if used to enter the Tournament). ATP Singles Ranking will take precedence,
followed by ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking. Ties in ranking will be randomly drawn.

b) Special Exempt into $25,000 Tournaments

A player requesting a Special Exempt as a result of performance in a $25,000 or ATP
Challenger tournament will have first priority. The players requesting a Special Exempt shall
be ordered and accepted according to their ranking from Monday seven (7) days before the
Tournament Week (including a player’s Protected Ranking, if used to enter the Tournament).
ATP Singles Ranking will take precedence, followed by ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking.

If one or more spaces remain, a player requesting a Special Exempt as a result of

performance in $15,000 Tournaments will have second priority. These players shall be
ordered and accepted according to their ranking from Monday seven (7) days before the
Tournament Week (including a player’s Protected Ranking, if used to enter the Tournament).
ATP Singles Ranking will take precedence, followed by ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking. Ties
in ranking will be randomly drawn.

Unsuccessful applicants will not be penalised under the Late Withdrawal/ No Show
provisions of the Code of Conduct.

If prior to the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline there are no requests for the use of a Special
Exempt position, such places shall become places for Direct Acceptance.

If prior to the Entry Deadline it is established that there will be no Special Exempt places into
a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament because there are no Qualified Tournaments in
the week preceding the Tournament, then the places reserved in the Main Draw for Special
Exempts shall become places for Direct Acceptances and will be indicated as such on the
Acceptance List.

K. Sign-In

1. Main Draw Sign-In

Players accepted into the Singles Main Draw are not required to Sign-In with the ITF Supervisor.
Players must be onsite and available to play their first-round match as scheduled. Each Player must
provide a contact telephone number so the ITF Supervisor may contact the Player during the
Tournament.

2. Qualifying Sign-In

a) General

The Qualifying Sign-In Deadline is at 18:00 hours local time at the site of the Singles Qualifying event
on the day before the scheduled start of the Qualifying event unless specified otherwise on the
published Fact Sheet.

Wild Cards do not have to Sign-In with the ITF Supervisor.

Page 31 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

In exceptional circumstances the ITF may extend the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline for all players in
advance, in which case players will be notified. The Qualifying Sign-In Deadline will not be extended
for individual players in any circumstances.

The ITF Supervisor/Referee of a Professional Tournament, ITF Sanctioned Tournament, ITF Team
Competition or a national competition (if requested by the relevant National Association and
approved by the ITF at least two (2) weeks in advance) in the preceding week may Sign-In any player
who has competed on the last two days preceding the scheduled start of the Qualifying competition.

Each player must provide a contact telephone number so the ITF Supervisor may contact the Player
during the Tournament.

Except as otherwise stated herein, players who have been accepted into the Singles Qualifying by
the Freeze Deadline and who fail to Sign-In shall not be included in the Singles Qualifying and will be
penalized subject to the Late Withdrawal/No Show provisions set forth in Article II.B.1 or B.2 of the
Code of Conduct.

$15,000 and $25,000 Tournaments

All players accepted into Qualifying and entered Alternate players (who wish to compete) must Sign-
In by contacting the on-site ITF Supervisor either in person or by a telephone conversation. Entered
players accepted into Qualifying and Alternates that do not Sign-In either in person or by telephone
will not be included in the draw.

On-Site Alternates may also Sign-In by a telephone conversation with the ITF Supervisor. On-Site
Alternates that want to Sign-In either in person or by telephone must send an email to the
Supervisor and then call the Supervisor and confirm they have been signed in before the Sign-In
Deadline. Players who only email the Supervisor and do not communicate with the Supervisor by
phone will not be accepted as an official Sign-In.

Sign-In is only completed when a player has signed in or been in contact with the ITF Supervisor.
Paying an entry fee or collecting accreditation, for example, are separate from the official Sign-In
procedure.

In all circumstances of telephone Sign-In, the player must be able to be onsite and play his first-
round match as scheduled.

b) Preserved Eligibility

Players in the Singles Qualifying (except Alternates) as determined at the Freeze Deadline can
preserve their eligibility for unused Special Exempt places or Singles Main Draw vacancies (following
withdrawals after the Freeze Deadline) by personally contacting the ITF Supervisor on-site prior to
the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline.

If the Special Exempt places are used or there are no Main Draw vacancies, the players that
Preserved Eligibility are not eligible to play the Qualifying and are subject to the provisions set forth
in Article II. B.1 (Late Withdrawal) or Article II.B.2 (No Show) of the Code of Conduct.

Page 32 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

If unused Special Exempts place(s) or Main Draw vacancies are not so preserved, such places shall be
filled in accordance with the section V.L. Vacancies/Substitutions below.

c) Signing into Multiple Tournaments the same week

Alternates and On-Site Alternates may Sign-In for the Qualifying of a second Tournament during the
same week provided:

i) the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline of the second Tournament is on a later day than the
Qualifying Sign-In Deadline of the first Tournament; and
ii) the player was not accepted into the Qualifying draw of the first Tournament.

d) Playing in a Week 1 event and Signing-In for a Week 2 event

Players who cannot appear for the Singles Qualifying Sign-In at an ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament because they are still competing in a previous week’s related Men’s ITF World Tennis
Tour Tournament may be signed in for the Singles Qualifying and may be permitted to compete in
both events subject to the approval of both ITF Supervisors and provided it does not unfairly disrupt
the Singles Qualifying schedule.

L. Vacancies/Substitutions

Vacancies shall be filled with substitutes in accordance with the following:

1. From the Withdrawal Deadline until the Freeze Deadline:

Direct Acceptance vacancies in the Qualifying and Main Draw shall be filled by entered players
selected in accordance with the applicable System of Merit. A player not accepted into the Main
Draw or Qualifying will appear on the Tournament’s Alternates List.

In $15,000 Tournaments, vacancies in the Junior Reserved places will be filled by the next eligible
entered player on the Junior Reserved Alternate List. If no players are eligible for the Junior Reserved
place, the place will revert to a Direct Acceptance place and be filled in accordance with the
applicable System of Merit.

2. From the Freeze Deadline until the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline:

a) $15,000 Tournaments
Following the Freeze Deadline, the Junior Reserved Alternate List will no longer be used to
fill vacancies for Junior Reserved withdrawals and the Alternates List, which already includes
those players on the Junior Reserved Alternate List, will be the only list used to replace any
vacancies.

b) $25,000 Tournaments
All vacancies in the Qualifying or Main Draw shall be filled, at the time of the Qualifying Sign-
In Deadline, by players who have signed in for the Qualifying event as detailed below.

Page 33 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

3. At the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline:
Vacancies in the Main Draw Acceptance List (created by Late Withdrawals, unused Special Exempt
positions, and Main Draw Wild Card positions not to be used as confirmed by the Tournament
Organiser) shall be filled by players who have signed-in for the Qualifying event or have Preserved
Eligibility for Main Draw by contacting the ITF Supervisor (see Regulation K.2.b. above) and shall be
selected in accordance with the Section V.L. Vacancies/Substitutions and in accordance with the
applicable Singles System of Merit.

Vacancies in the Qualifying Acceptance List (created by Late Withdrawals, players being moved to
the Main Draw as above or Qualifying Wild Card positions not to be used as confirmed by the
Tournament Organiser) shall be filled by players who have Signed-In for the Qualifying event in
accordance with the applicable Singles System of Merit.

4. From the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline until the Commencement of the Qualifying Competition:
Any Special Exempt places held for extenuating circumstances (e.g. Tournaments delayed due to
weather) or vacancies in the Qualifying or Main Draw shall be filled by players who have signed in for
the Qualifying event, selected in accordance with the applicable System of Merit. The Qualifying
competition commences when the first ball of the first Qualifying match is struck.

5. After Commencement of the Qualifying Competition:

a) Vacancies in the Qualifying shall be filled by players who have signed the Alternates List in
accordance with Section V.M, selected in accordance with the applicable System of Merit.

If there is no Qualifying, vacancies in the Main Draw shall be filled by players who have
signed the Alternates List in accordance with Section V.M, selected according to the System
of Merit.

b) Vacancies in the Singles Main Draw shall not be filled until the completion of the Singles
Qualifying and shall only be filled by Lucky Losers. The Lucky Losers shall be ordered and
selected as follows:
i) Players who have reached the final Qualifying round of the Qualifying competition;
then
ii) Players with an ATP Ranking shall be randomly drawn; then
iii) Players with an ITF World Tennis Ranking shall be randomly drawn; then
iv) The order of Nationally Ranked and unranked players shall be randomly drawn.

If players from previous rounds are needed to fill the draw or desire to Sign-In as a Lucky Losers,
they will be placed after all players who have lost in the final round of Qualifying and ordered as
described above.

Protected Rankings shall not be used to order players for Lucky Loser positions.

If a player is forced to retire from his final round of Qualifying due to illness or injury, the player will
retain his Lucky Loser status provided he receives medical clearance from the Tournament
Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist.

Page 34 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

6. After the Completion of the Qualifying Competition:
If after the completion of the qualifying competition there are vacancies in the Main Draw, the ITF
Supervisor will fill the Main Draw with all of the Qualifiers and, if necessary, Lucky Losers in order
that they were drawn as detailed above. It shall be assumed all players who lost in the last round of
Qualifying will want to take a position in the Main Draw. Therefore, it is the player’s responsibility to
inform the ITF Supervisor at the end of their match if they do not want to be considered for a Lucky
Loser position.

M. Sign-In Requirements for Substitutes

1. Alternates and Lucky Losers (Singles and Doubles) have the option of signing in each day before
the start of play for an opportunity to compete in any eligible open position in the draw. Players
wishing to Sign-In for an opportunity must be present and Sign-In 30 minutes prior to the scheduled
start of play with the ITF Supervisor. Players may also Sign-In by a telephone conversation with the
ITF Supervisor. Alternates and Lucky Losers that want to Sign-In by telephone must send an email to
the Supervisor and then call the Supervisor and confirm he has been signed in before the Sign-In
Deadline. Players who only email the Supervisor and do not communicate with the Supervisor by
phone will not be accepted as an official Sign-In. Eligible players must sign and re-sign the
appropriate list each day before the start of play.

When the last round of Qualifying and the first round of Main Draw are played on the same day,
Lucky Losers must Sign-In no later than 30 minutes after the completion of the last Qualifying match.

Players can find the Sign-In Deadline on the Order of Play. It is the player’s responsibility to contact
the ITF Supervisor with any questions about the time and location of the Sign-In Deadline.

2. Alternates and Lucky Losers must be ready to play in proper tennis attire within a total time of five
(5) minutes after the announcement of a vacancy. Matches must commence without delay after the
selection of the Alternate or Lucky Loser.

3. If the Alternate is not available according to paragraph 2 above, he shall be placed at the bottom
of the Alternate List for that day. If the eligible Lucky Loser is not available according to paragraph 2
above, he shall be placed at the bottom of the Lucky Loser priority list for that day corresponding to
the Qualifying round in which he lost. Such players will not be penalised under the Article II.B.1 or
B.2 Late Withdrawal/No Show. If a player does not sign up for Alternate or Lucky Loser status one
day, he may still sign up on the next day.

N. Administrative Error on Acceptance Lists

If an administrative error is made on an Acceptance List, resulting either in a player not being
included or too many players being accepted into the Tournament, the Acceptance List will be
corrected at the earliest opportunity in accordance with the System of Merit.

If a player’s National Ranking is not considered for ordering a player on the Acceptance List because
the data provided by the National Association did not match the ITF’s data, then a correction to any
published Acceptance List will be at the discretion of the ITF. All future Entry Lists will be corrected
once the revised information has been sent by the National Association.

Page 35 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

If due to an administrative error too many players arrive on-site and Sign-In to play the Tournament,
the following procedures will be followed: the last two (2) players accepted into the Tournament
based upon the most current updated Acceptance List (excluding Wild Cards and Qualifiers) will play
a preliminary match for one (1) position in the draw.

$15,000 and $25,000 Tournaments

The loser of the preliminary match will receive no ATP and/or ITF World Tennis Ranking points but
will receive 1st round prize money. Prize money payment to the loser of the preliminary match will
be paid by the ITF. A player who wins the preliminary match but then loses in the 1st round will
receive 1st round prize money plus 25% of 2nd round prize money and 50% of 2nd round ITF World
Tennis Ranking points. ATP ranking points will not be awarded.

In the event that the administrative error takes place on-site, it is the responsibility of the ITF
Supervisor to inform the ITF Men’s department of this administrative error.

O. Late Cancellations

In the event that a Tournament is cancelled late, players accepted into that Tournament may, at the
ITF’s discretion, be placed as “next in” on the Main Draw or Qualifying Acceptance List, as
appropriate, of another Tournament taking place in the same week.

VI. DOUBLES ENTRIES AND WITHDRAWALS

Tournaments offering $25,000 in prize money will accept up to seven (7) Doubles teams by Advance
Entry with the remaining Doubles teams selected by the existing onsite procedure. Tournaments
offering $15,000 in prize money will not offer Advance Entry and will retain the onsite procedure for
all Doubles entries.

A. Advance Entry at $25,000 Tournaments

Advance Entry is available at $25,0000 Tournaments (including +H Tournaments).

Advance Entries are only accepted from players with an ATP Doubles ranking, subject only to the
Play Down provisions of these Regulations.

1. Entry and Withdrawal Procedures

Players may make only one advance entry in a Doubles tournament each week and this must be
submitted online through a player’s IPIN account. During the IPIN entry process, one member of the
Doubles team must propose the partnership to the second member. The second member must
confirm their acceptance of the Doubles entry in IPIN prior to the Advance Entry Doubles Entry
Deadline (“Doubles Entry Deadline”). Any partnership not confirmed by this time will be removed
from the Entry list. It is the players’ responsibility to make all entries and withdrawals and to check
his / the team’s position on the Doubles Acceptance Lists.

Page 36 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Players can add or change Doubles entries up until the Doubles Entry Deadline, but in all cases the
entry must be confirmed prior to the deadline.

The Entry, Withdrawal and Freeze Deadlines for Doubles are detailed below. In exceptional
circumstances or during UK office holidays, the ITF may modify the deadlines, in which case players
will be notified.

2. Doubles Entry Deadline

The Doubles Entry Deadline is at 14:00 hours (GMT) on Tuesday, 6 days prior to the Tournament. In
the event of any technical issues that prevent the ITF from processing the Doubles Entry Deadline 6
days prior to the tournament, then the Doubles Entry Deadline in that week will revert to On-Site
entry.

At the Doubles Entry Deadline, Doubles teams will be ordered on a Doubles Acceptance List
according to the applicable Doubles System of Merit. The first seven (7) accepted teams will be listed
in the Main Draw. Additional teams will be listed as Alternates.

Doubles teams are not Committed to the Tournament until the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze
deadline.

Entered Teams where one or both members of the team do not have an ATP ranking will be
removed at the Doubles Entry Deadline.

A player’s Singles entries may affect their Doubles entry at the Doubles Entry Deadline.
a) A player who is entered or accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying of Singles of a Men’s
ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament at the Singles Withdrawal Deadline may only enter
Doubles at the same Tournament. If the player has entered the Doubles of another Men’s
ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, his Doubles entry (and that of his partner) will be
withdrawn at the Doubles Entry Deadline.

b) Players accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying of Singles at an ITF World Tennis Tour
Juniors Tournament after the Singles Withdrawal Deadline may not make an Advanced Entry
for Doubles. If the player has entered the Doubles of a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament, his Doubles entry (and that of his partner) will be withdrawn at the Doubles
Entry Deadline.

c) Players accepted into one of the seven (7) Main Draw Doubles positions, and who are also
Singles Alternates at other ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments in the same week, will be
removed from all Singles Alternates lists except (if applicable) the same Tournament where
the player was accepted into Doubles.

3. Between the Doubles Entry Deadline and the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline.
a) A Doubles team’s position on the Acceptance List may change until the Freeze Deadline.
Players that are listed as Doubles Alternates can move into the Doubles Main Draw positions
until the Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline, based on the withdrawals of teams above them.
b) Players who are included on the Doubles Alternates List and do not wish to play a
Tournament for a given week should withdraw themselves from that Tournament before the
team moves into the Doubles Main Draw, because players who are also Singles Alternates in

Page 37 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 the same week may find their Singles entries amended due to moving into a Doubles Main
Draw position.

4. At and After the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline

The Withdrawal and Freeze Deadlines for Doubles take place at the same time, 14:00 hours (GMT)
on the Thursday four (4) days before the Monday of the Tournament Week. This is the same time as
the Singles Freeze Deadline.

a) Procedure
1) At the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline, Doubles Teams in Main Draw positions are
Committed to the Tournament.

2) At the Freeze Deadline, the Advance Entry Doubles Alternate List will no longer be used and
will be removed.

3) Teams listed as Alternates at the Doubles Freeze Deadline are not Committed to the
Tournament. Any such teams will need to Sign In as an On-Site Entry if they wish to play.
Advance Entry Doubles Alternate teams have no priority over other teams which Sign-In On-
Site. Members of an Alternate Doubles team may Sign-In On-Site with the same or a
different partner.

4) All vacancies and remaining positions in the Draw will be filled by the applicable On-Site
Entry procedure.

5) A Doubles withdrawal made after the Freeze Deadline must be submitted online through a
player’s IPIN account or he will be subject to sanction pursuant to the Code of Conduct,
Article II.B.

b) Commitment Rule
Prior to the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline a Doubles team’s status on an Acceptance List is
not confirmed. A Doubles team which appears on an ITF World Tennis Tour Doubles Main Draw
Acceptance List at any time after the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline is deemed to have been
accepted into and is Committed to play the Tournament.

Players are required to withdraw according to the procedures detailed in the regulations above from
any tournament they are unable to play and the players should check their Tournament status on
the Acceptance List until the Freeze Deadline.

If one player of the Doubles team withdraws his Entry from the Doubles Main Draw of a Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament for any reason after the Withdrawal Deadline, the withdrawal will be
considered a Late Withdrawal and will be subject to the Late Withdrawal/No Show provisions at
Article II.B of the Code of Conduct.

Any player accepted into Main Draw Doubles but that fails to appear for the Tournament without
notifying the ITF and ITF Supervisor (if after the Freeze Deadline) of his withdrawal shall be subject
to sanction pursuant to the Code of Conduct, Article III.B.

Page 38 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

The player responsible for the Withdrawal of his team after the Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline will be
subject to Article III.B.1. (Late Withdrawals) or B.2 (No Show) of the Code of Conduct unless Article
II.B.3 or B.4 applies:
• B.3 On-site Medical Withdrawal: There are circumstances in which a player may validly
withdraw from a Tournament provided that player obtains a Medical Certificate at the
Tournament by seeing the Tournament Doctor or Sports Physiotherapist.
• B.4 (Playing Another Event / One Tournament Per week): There are circumstances in which a
Committed player may validly withdraw from a Tournament in order to play another event
and not be penalised.

The player responsible for the Withdrawal of an Advance Entry Doubles team after the Doubles
Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline may not compete in Doubles during the same Tournament Week in
which they have withdrawn. However, the withdrawing player’s partner may find a new partner and
Sign-In On-site for Doubles at the same or another ITF tournament.

If, in the opinion of the ITF Supervisor or ITF (as applicable) both players are responsible for
Withdrawal after the Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline, both players shall be subject to sanction under
the Code of Conduct, Article II.B and neither player will be allowed to compete in Doubles during the
Tournament Week.

Each player is allowed three Doubles late withdrawals without penalty per calendar year provided
the Withdrawal is made in accordance with the procedure set out at Section VI.A(1) above.

Players are encouraged to read the Fines Guidelines and Entry Offence provisions located in the
Code of Conduct for information on the penalties imposed for Late Withdrawals/No Shows.

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations, the ITF has the absolute right to refuse or
revoke any player’s Entry to any Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament(s). The ITF may exercise
that right as it sees fit, with or without providing reasons.

B. On-Site Entry and Withdrawal Deadline - Doubles

Subject to the Play Down provisions of these Regulations, all players (i.e. those with an ATP ranking,
ITF World Tennis Ranking, eligible ITF Combined Junior Ranking, National Ranking, and unranked),
may enter Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments by the On-Site Entry Deadline.

At $25,000 Tournaments, at least six (6) teams are selected according to the On-Site procedure.
More teams may be selected depending on the number of Advance Entry teams, see section A
above.

At $15,000 Tournaments, all Doubles teams (with the exception of Wild Card teams) are selected
according to the On-Site procedure.

The On-Site Entry and Withdrawal Deadline for Doubles, also known as the Sign-in Deadline, is at
14:00 hours local time on the day before the Doubles Main Draw event is scheduled to commence.
Players shall be responsible for their own Sign-In and should check the Fact Sheet for Sign-In date
and location.

Page 39 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

All Doubles team Entries and Withdrawals must be received by the ITF Supervisor by the Sign-In
Deadline.

Advance Entry Doubles teams on the Acceptance List after the Freeze Deadline do not need to Sign-
In but must be ready to play as scheduled.

The Supervisor shall post the Doubles Sign-In sheet at a reasonable time prior to the announced
Sign-In Deadline. One member of a Doubles team may complete On-Site Sign-in on behalf of the
team. The ITF Supervisor reserves the right to accept timely telephone entries. In addition, a player
may email the ITF Supervisor to Sign-In for Doubles (email Sign-In will not be processed if sent to the
Tournament Director). Players who fail to Sign-In shall not be included in the Doubles draw.

On-Site Acceptances for Doubles shall be based on the applicable Doubles System of Merit.

A player that wants to use their ATP Protected Ranking to Sign-In On-Site for Doubles must notify the
ITF Supervisor prior to the Sign-In Deadline.

The player responsible for the Withdrawal of an Advance Entry Doubles team after the Doubles
Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline may not compete in Doubles during the same Tournament Week in
which they have withdrawn. However, the withdrawing player’s partner may find a new partner and
Sign-In On-site for Doubles at the same or another ITF tournament.

If, in the opinion of the ITF Supervisor or ITF (as applicable) both players are responsible for
Withdrawal after the Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline, both players shall be subject to sanction under
the Code of Conduct, Article III.B and neither player will be allowed to compete in Doubles during
the Tournament Week.

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations, the ITF has the absolute right to refuse or
revoke any player’s Entry to any Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament(s). The ITF may exercise
that right as it sees fit, with or without providing reasons.

C. Substitution of Doubles Teams

If a player or a team withdraws after the On-Site Entry/Withdrawal Deadline, Alternates shall be
selected according to the applicable Doubles System of Merit.

The Sign-In for Doubles Alternates shall follow the same principles as the Sign-In for Singles
Alternates (Section V.M. Sign-In Requirements for Substitutes). One member of a team may Sign-In
for the team.

D. Wild Cards

Wild Cards are Doubles teams included in the Doubles draw at the sole discretion of the
Tournament Organiser on approval from the host National Association. Wild Cards may be seeded,
in accordance with the seeding procedure in section VIII.B. Wild Cards must be named at the time

Page 40 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

the draw is made. Wild Cards who withdraw cannot be replaced with new Wild Cards after the
appropriate draw is made.

Players and Tournaments may not offer and/or receive any compensation for receiving or awarding
a Wild Card. Acceptance of the offer of a Wild Card constitutes a player’s commitment to the
Tournament.

A Tournament may not offer a Wild Card or accept the Entry from any team who has either
accepted a Wild Card or been Committed by an Entry to another Tournament in the same week
except as stated in Article II, B.4 of the Code of Conduct.

A player who is Committed by way of Entry or Wild Card to a Tournament may only accept the offer
of a Wild Card into another Tournament in the same week as permitted in Article II, B.4 of the Code
of Conduct.

Substitution of Doubles Teams

If a player or a pair withdraws after the Entry/Withdrawal Deadline, Alternates shall be selected
according to the applicable Doubles System of Merit.

The Sign-In for Doubles Alternates shall follow the same principles as the Sign-In for Singles
Alternates (Section V.M Sign-In Requirements for Substitutes above). One member of a team may
Sign-In for the team.

E. Contact Details

Each player must ensure that a contact telephone number is left with the ITF Supervisor where he
may be reached during the Tournament.

VII. SYSTEMS OF MERIT

Players who wish to enter a Tournament with an ATP Protected Ranking must contact the ATP at
least one week prior to the Entry Deadline requesting confirmation is sent to the ITF. When two or
more players are tied, the actual ranking supersedes the Protected Ranking for acceptance purposes.

The following Singles selection procedure shall be used, subject to Section V.L. Vacancies /
Substitutions, as the basis for acceptances as follows:
i) Methods A to C are followed in order to create the Acceptance List and thereafter identify
Direct Acceptances, up to the Freeze Deadline. At and after the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline,
vacancies will be filled from the Alternates List, provided the player has Signed-In;
ii) Method D is followed to identify Junior Reserved Places and Junior Reserved Alternates, up
to the Freeze Deadline;
iii) Methods E to G are followed after the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline in order to fill any
remaining vacancies in the Tournament, after the Acceptance List is exhausted.

Page 41 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

A. Singles System of Merit at $15,000 Tournaments

1. Method A – Direct Acceptance

Entered players with an approved ATP Singles Ranking, including a Protected Ranking, shall be
selected in accordance with their positions on the approved ATP ranking list available on the Entry
Deadline and dated twenty-one (21) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

2. Method B – Direct Acceptance

Entered players with an approved ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking shall be selected in accordance
with their positions on the approved ITF World Tennis Ranking list available on the Entry Deadline
and dated twenty-one (21) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week

3. Method C – Direct Acceptance

Entered players without an approved ATP Singles Ranking and without an ITF World Tennis Singles
Ranking but with a current Top 500 National Ranking will be drawn by computer at the ITF Office at
the Entry Deadline as follows:

i) Players will be sorted into groups of the same nationalities and ranked within those groups
according to National Ranking. Ties between players within those groups will be randomly
drawn;
ii) Each country with a player represented will be allocated a draw chip. Each time a chip is
drawn the highest ranked player from the country represented by that chip shall be selected
and ordered on the Acceptance List until all the national ranked players are ordered. A
country’s chip shall go back into the draw until there are no more players in their group;
then
iii) All remaining entered players who are unranked and have no National Ranking, shall be
randomly drawn by computer at the ITF Office for a position on the Acceptance List.

Players who are listed as Alternates after the Freeze Deadline will have priority for acceptance over
On-Site Alternates.

4. Method D – Junior Reserved

Entered players with an approved ITF Combined Junior Ranking of 1-100 shall be selected for a
maximum of three (3) Main Draw places. A Top 100 ITF Combined Junior Ranking can be achieved in
2 ways:

i) Current ITF Combined Junior ranking

In accordance with the player’s position on the approved ITF Combined Junior Ranking list
available on the Entry Deadline and dated twenty-one (21) days prior to the Monday of the
Tournament Week;

ii) “Carry-over” ITF Junior ranking

In addition, players born in 2004 may carry over their 12 December 2022 ITF Combined
Junior ranking for the purposes of entering $15,000 Tournaments until the week in which
they turn 19 years of age. The Monday of each week determines the player’s age for that
week. Thus, a player who is 18 on Monday but turns 19 on Tuesday would be eligible to use

Page 42 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 their ITF Combined Junior Ranking for that week but would no longer be able to use their ITF
Combined Junior Ranking the following week. If two players share the same ranking (one
with a current ranking, the other with a carry-over ranking), then the player with the current
ITF Junior Ranking will be ordered before the player holding the carry-over ranking on the
System of Merit.

Method D Junior Reserved Places are only available for players who cannot otherwise be accepted
into the Main Draw on the basis of their ATP Singles Ranking or their ITF World Tennis Singles
Ranking. A player must also have turned 14 years of age in order to be accepted into a $15,000
Tournament.

Junior players ranked outside the ITF Combined Junior Ranking Top 100 on the Entry Deadline are
not eligible for a Junior Reserved Main Draw place.

After the Entry Deadline, any Junior Reserved places that become available through a Withdrawal
will be filled by a player on the Junior Reserved Alternate List until the Freeze Deadline.

Unfilled Junior Reserved places will be reallocated to Direct Acceptance Methods A, B and C in that
order.

There will be no Qualifying or Alternate places reserved in a $15,000 Tournament based on ITF
Combined Junior ranking.

5. Method E – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates with an approved ATP Singles Ranking, including a Protected Ranking, who have
signed in for Qualifying shall be selected in accordance with their ATP Singles Ranking, on the
Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament Week.

6. Method F – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, who have signed in for Qualifying shall
be selected in accordance with their ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, on the Monday seven (7) days
before the Tournament Week

7. Method G – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates without an ATP or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking who have signed in for
Qualifying shall be selected based on National Ranking as follows:

i) Players will be sorted into groups of the same nationalities and ranked within those groups
according to National Ranking. Ties between players within those groups will be randomly
drawn;
ii) Each country represented will be allocated the same number of draw chips as the number of
players from that country unless there are more players from a particular country than
places available in a draw. In that case, the number of chips allocated to that country shall
be limited to the number of places available in the draw and any extra players are dropped
from consideration. Each time a chip is drawn the highest ranked player from the country
represented by that chip shall be selected; then
iii) Further places will be filled by unranked players randomly drawn.

Page 43 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

8. Ties
A random draw will be made when players are tied based on their ATP Singles Ranking or tied based
on their ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking.

On Acceptance Lists produced by the ITF, ties have already been randomly drawn by computer and
players are listed in priority order.

9. National Ranking
Each National Association may submit their National Rankings to the ITF up to four times per year
(quarterly updates). National Rankings from nations must be submitted in the current or previous
year or they will not be considered for acceptance. National Associations must submit their National
Rankings at least seven (7) days before the Entry Deadline if they are to be used for acceptance
purposes for a specific Tournament Week. Players without a National Ranking, or an approved ATP
or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, will be considered unranked for that Tournament.

Players should contact their National Association for details on when updated National Rankings will
be sent to the ITF.

B. Singles System of Merit at $25,000 Tournaments

1. Method A – Direct Acceptance

Entered players with an approved ATP Singles Ranking, including a Protected Ranking, shall be
selected in accordance with their positions on the approved ranking list available on the Entry
Deadline and dated twenty-one (21) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

2. Method B – Direct Acceptance

Entered players with an approved ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking shall be selected in accordance
with their positions on the approved points list available on the Entry Deadline and dated twenty-
one (21) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

3. Method C – Direct Acceptance

Entered players without an approved ATP Singles Ranking and without an ITF World Tennis Singles
Ranking but with a current Top 500 National Ranking will be drawn by computer at the ITF Office at
the Entry Deadline as follows:

i) Players will be sorted into groups of the same nationalities and ranked within those groups
according to National Ranking. Ties between players within those groups will be randomly
drawn;
ii) Each country with a player represented will be allocated a draw chip. Each time a chip is
drawn the highest ranked player from the country represented by that chip shall be selected
and ordered on the Acceptance List until all the national ranked players are ordered. A
country’s chip shall go back into the draw until there are no more players in their group;
then
iii) All remaining entered players who are unranked and have no National Ranking shall be
randomly drawn by computer at the ITF Office for a position on the Acceptance List.

Page 44 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Players who are listed as Alternates after the Freeze Deadline will have priority for acceptance over
On-Site Alternates.

4. Method D – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates with an ATP Singles Ranking, who have signed in for Qualifying shall be selected in
accordance with their ATP Ranking, on the Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament Week.

5. Method E – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, who have signed in for Qualifying shall
be selected in accordance with their ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, on the Monday seven (7) days
before the Tournament Week.

6. Method F – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates without an ATP or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking who have signed in for
Qualifying shall be selected based on National Rankings as follows:

i) Players will be sorted into groups of the same nationalities and ranked within those groups
according to National Ranking. Ties between players within those groups will be randomly
drawn;
ii) Each country represented will be allocated the same number of draw chips as the number of
players from that country unless there are more players from a particular country than
places available in a draw. In that case, the number of chips allocated to that country shall
be limited to the number of places available in the draw and any extra players are dropped
from consideration. Each time a chip is drawn the highest ranked player from the country
represented by that chip shall be selected; and
iii) Further places will be filled by unranked players randomly drawn.

7. Ties
Ties on players’ ATP Singles Ranking or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking will be decided by a random
draw.

On Acceptance Lists produced by the ITF, ties have already been randomly drawn by computer and
players are listed in priority order.

8. National Rankings
Each National Association may submit their National Rankings to the ITF up to four times per year
(quarterly updates). National Rankings from nations must be submitted in the current or previous
year or they will not be considered for acceptance. National Associations must submit their National
Rankings at least seven (7) days before the Entry Deadline if they are to be used for acceptance
purposes for a specific Tournament Week. Players without a National Ranking, or an approved ATP
or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, will be considered unranked for that Tournament.

Players should contact their National Association for details on when updated National Rankings will
be sent to the ITF.

Page 45 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

C. Doubles System of Merit at $15,000 Tournaments

Each $15,000 Tournament will have a Doubles competition for 16 teams:

• 13 Direct Acceptance;
• 3 Wild Cards.

Doubles teams will be accepted into the Main Draw of Doubles in accordance with their best
rankings (either Singles or Doubles) added together and the total used to determine Direct
Acceptances. Teams will be prioritised based on ATP Singles or Doubles Rankings, including ATP
Protected Ranking (if used) and followed by ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, as of the Monday
seven (7) days before the Tournament Week.

Teams will be ordered as follows:

1. Method A-Direct Acceptance

Combined ranking of two players with approved Singles or Doubles rankings. Best rankings (either
Singles or Doubles) shall be added together, and the total used to determine Direct Acceptances.
Within Method A, teams will be ordered as follows:

a) Both players with an ATP Singles or Doubles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total (best
of Singles or Doubles ranking);
b) One player with an ATP Singles or Doubles Ranking and one player with an ITF World Tennis
Singles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total (best of Singles or Doubles ranking);
c) Both players with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total
(best of Singles or Doubles ranking);
d) One player with an ATP Singles or Doubles Ranking, and one unranked player;
e) One player with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, and one unranked player; and
f) Both players unranked

Breaking ties
Ties between teams with the same combined ranking for positions on the Acceptance List shall be
broken as follows:

a) If a team uses a Protected Ranking, the priority shall be given to the other team(s) with non-
Protected Rankings;
b) The team with the player with the strongest individual ATP Singles Ranking, and if still tied
by the next highest ATP Singles Ranking;
c) The team with the player with the strongest individual ATP Doubles Ranking, and if still tied
by the next highest ATP Doubles Ranking;
d) The team with the player with the strongest individual ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking and
if still tied by the next highest ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking;
e) Any further ties shall be randomly drawn.

National Ranking will not be considered for Doubles selection. Players with a national ranking only
will be treated as “unranked”.

Page 46 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

D. Doubles System of Merit at $25,000 Tournaments

Each Tournament will have a Doubles competition for 16 teams, with teams entering as follows:
• Up to seven (7) teams by Advance Entry
o The teams will be selected in accordance with their combined Doubles’ Rankings
added together and the total used to determine acceptances as of the Monday
seven (7) days before the Tournament Week. Teams will be prioritised based on ATP
Doubles Ranking, including ATP Protected Rankings (if used).
• At least six (6) teams by On-Site Entry;
o All remaining entries, excluding Wild Cards, will be composed of Doubles teams that
Sign-In On-Site. Doubles teams will be selected into the Main Draw of Doubles in
accordance with their best rankings (either Singles or Doubles) added together and
the total used to determine acceptances. Teams will be prioritised based on ATP
Singles and Doubles Ranking, including ATP Protected Rankings (if used), followed by
ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking as of the Monday seven (7) days before the
Tournament Week.
• 3 Wild Card teams.

Doubles Teams will be selected into the Main Draw of Doubles as follows:

a) Advance Entry

1. Method A – Direct Acceptance

Combined ranking of two players with an ATP Doubles Ranking including ATP Protected Rankings
shall be added together and the total used to determine Direct Acceptances.

Teams will be ordered as follows:

a) Both players with an ATP Doubles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total;

Breaking ties
Ties between teams with the same combined ranking for positions on the Acceptance List shall be
broken as follows:

a) If a team uses one or more ATP Protected Rankings, the priority shall be given to the team(s)
not using ATP Protected Ranking(s);
b) The team with the player with the strongest individual ATP Doubles Ranking, and if still tied
by the next highest ATP Doubles Ranking;
c) The team with the player with the strongest individual ITF World Tennis Doubles Ranking
and if still tied by the next highest ITF World Tennis Doubles Ranking; and
d) Any further ties between teams shall be drawn by lot.

Players without an ATP Doubles ranking, or ITF World Tennis Doubles ranking will not be eligible for
Advance Entry selection.

Page 47 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

b) On-Site Entry – Direct Acceptance

1. Method A – Direct Acceptance

Combined ranking of two players with an ATP Ranking (Singles or Doubles), including an ATP
Protected Ranking or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking. Best rankings (either Singles or Doubles) shall
be added together and the total used to determine Direct Acceptances. Unranked players may also
be accepted via this Method.

Teams will be ordered as follows:

a) Both players with an ATP Singles or Doubles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total (best
of Singles or Doubles ranking);
b) One player with an ATP Singles or Doubles Ranking and one player with an ITF World Tennis
Singles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total (best of Singles or Doubles ranking);
c) Both players with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total
(best of Singles or Doubles ranking);
d) One player with an ATP Singles or Doubles Ranking, and one unranked player;
e) One player with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, and one unranked player; and
f) Both players unranked.

Breaking ties
Ties between teams with the same combined ranking for positions on the Acceptance List shall be
broken as follows:

e) If a team uses one or more ATP Protected Rankings, the priority shall be given to the team(s)
not using ATP Protected Ranking(s);
f) The team with the player with the strongest individual ATP Singles Ranking, and if still tied
by the next highest ATP Singles Ranking;
g) The team with the player with the strongest individual ATP Doubles Ranking, and if still tied
by the next highest ATP Doubles Ranking;
h) The team with the player with the strongest individual ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking and
if still tied by the next highest ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking;
i) Any further ties between teams shall be drawn by lot.

National Ranking will not be considered for Doubles selection. Players with a National Ranking only
will be treated as “unranked”.

VIII. DRAWS

The Singles Main Draw shall consist of 32 players. The Singles Qualifying draw shall be a maximum of
64 players. The Doubles draw shall consist of 16 teams. There shall be no Doubles Qualifying
competition.

A. Composition of Draws

The draws shall be composed as detailed below. All Direct Acceptances and unused reserved places
will be selected in accordance with applicable System of Merit.

Page 48 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

1. Singles
a) Qualifying

Subject to the paragraph directly below, the Singles Qualifying draw size at all $15,000 and $25,000
Tournaments must be either 32, 48 or 64 players. All draw sizes are subject to ITF approval during
the Tournament Application process.

A Tournament may apply to the ITF for approval to have a qualifying draw of 24 players provided
one of the following conditions is met:
i) The Tournament has insufficient courts for a larger draw size and is an indoor
tournament;
ii) The Tournament had previously held a 24 qualifying draw in the previous two years.
iii) By exception as approved by the ITF.

The Singles Qualifying draws must be composed as follows:

$15,000 $25,000
Draw Size-
24 32 48 64 24 32 48 64
Qualifying
Direct Acceptances 19 26 41 56 20 27 41 56
Wild Cards^ 5 6 7 8 4 5 7 8

^ Wild Cards are awarded at the discretion of the sanctioning National Association. Unused Wild Card places shall become Direct
Acceptances and filled as defined above.

Pre-Qualifying
The Tournament Organiser with the approval of the sanctioning National Association and the ITF
may hold a Pre-Qualifying/ Wild Card event to determine the selection of Wild Cards. Pre-
Qualifying/ Wild Card events for a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament must take place prior to
the Tournament Week.

Tournament Organisers may not require players to stay in the tournament hotel, be a member of a
club or similar type condition in order to compete in a Pre-Qualifying/ Wild Card tournament.

Tournament Organisers/National Associations must submit Pre/Qualifying/ Wild Card tournament

conditions to the ITF for approval and the ITF has the right to reject any tournament conditions
created by the Tournament Organiser/National Association.

b) Main Draw

The Singles Main Draws shall consist of 32 players and shall be composed as follows:
MAIN DRAW $15,000 $25,000
(Q draw size) (24Q) (32Q) (48Q) (64Q) (24Q) (32Q) (48Q) (64Q)
MD Draw Size 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Direct
14-17* 14-17* 14-17* 14-17* 17-20* 17-20* 17-20* 17-20*
Acceptances
Qualifiers 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Page 49 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 Junior Reserved
3 3 3 3 - - - -
**
Wild Cards ^ 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Special Exempt 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2
Junior
0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1
Accelerator

* Number of Direct Acceptances in the Main Draw varies depending on the inclusion of any Special and/or Junior Accelerator places.
** Any unused Reserved places will be reallocated to Direct Acceptances.
^ Wild Cards are awarded at the discretion of the sanctioning National Association. Unused Wild Card places shall become Direct
Acceptances and filled as defined above.

2. Doubles

The Doubles draw will consist of 16 teams. Each Doubles Draw shall be composed as follows:

1. 15,000 Tournaments
Main Draw $15,000 -
Draw Size 16
Direct Acceptances 13
Wild Cards^ 3

2. $25,000 Tournaments

Main Draw $25,000

Draw Size 16
Advance Entry Direct Acceptances Up to 7 teams
On-Site Direct Acceptances At least 6 teams
Wild Cards^ 3

^ Wild Cards are awarded at the discretion of the sanctioning National Association. Unused Wild Card places shall become Direct
Acceptances and filled as defined above.

B. Seeds

Each Tournament will have a seeded draw with seeds determined as follows:

1. Seeding List
Tournament seedings will not be official until the draw is made.

In Singles, seeding shall be based on the following order of priority:

a) Players with an ATP Singles Ranking from Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament
Week. Ties shall be randomly drawn.
b) If seed positions remain available, players with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking from
Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament Week. Ties shall be randomly drawn.
c) Players without an ATP or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking shall not be seeded.

In Doubles, seeding shall be based on the following order of priority:

Page 50 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 a) Two players’ combined ATP Doubles Rankings from Monday seven (7) days before the
Tournament Week. Ties will be ordered by the player on the team with the highest ATP
Doubles ranking and if still tied the teams in Doubles will be randomly drawn.

Teams without a combined Doubles ranking shall not be seeded. Protected Rankings and National
Rankings will not be taken into consideration for seeding in Singles or Doubles.

2. Number of Seeds in the Main Draws

The number of players or Doubles teams to be seeded in the Main Draws must be as follows:

32 Singles draw 8 seeds

16 Doubles draw 4 seeds

3. Number of Seeds in the Singles Qualifying Draw

In Singles, each section shall have two seeded players.

24 Singles draw 16 seeds

32 Singles draw 16 seeds
48 Singles draw 16 seeds
64 Singles draw 16 seeds

C. Making the Draw

All draws shall be made by the ITF Supervisor in public (i.e., individuals are permitted to attend and
witness the making of the Draw). The ITF Supervisor shall appoint one or more players, preferably
one of those players shall be a different nationality to that of the host country, at each Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament to witness the draws. Interested parties wishing to view the making
of the draw should contact the ITF Supervisor.

1. Time

a) Qualifying (Singles) - As soon as possible after the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline.

b) Main Draw (Singles) - No later than 19:00 hours local time on the day before the Main Draw
starts and the Order of Play must be posted no later than one hour after the draw has been
made.
c) Doubles – As soon as possible after the Doubles Entry/Withdrawal Deadline.

2. Method of Draw
The draw shall be made as follows:

a) Qualifying draw

i) Sections

The Qualifying Draw shall be made in sections, with one section for each place allotted in the
Main Draw. Each section shall have no more than two (2) seeded players.

Page 51 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 ii) Placing the Seeds/Method of Draw

The first seed shall be placed at the top of the first section, the second seed shall be placed at
the top of the second section and so on until all sections have one (1) seed on the top line.

The remaining seeds shall be drawn as one group. The first drawn shall be placed on the bottom
line of the first section, the second drawn shall be placed on the bottom line of the second
section and so on until all sections have one (1) seed on the bottom line.

If there are not a sufficient number of seeded players to fill all the positions for seeds in the
draw, the section(s) with the highest seeds shall not have a second seeded player. If no players
are seeded, all players are drawn randomly.

b) Procedures for Placement of Seeds for Main Draw

i) Place Seed 1 on line 1 and Seed 2 on line 16 (16 draw) or line 32 (32 draw)
ii) To determine the location of the remaining seeds, draw in pairs of two (seeds 3 and 4) and a
group of four (seeds 5, 6, 7 and 8) from top to bottom as follows:

16 Draw 32 Draw
Line Placement on
Draw Sheet
First drawn (top half) 5 9
Seeds 3 & 4
Second drawn (bottom half) 12 24
8
16
Seeds 5, 6,
Drawn from top to bottom
7&8 17
25

c) Byes

If there are not enough players to fill the Qualifying or Main Draw, then after the seeds are placed in
the draw, the required number of byes shall be awarded to the highest seeds as a first priority and
any remaining byes shall be randomly drawn in a manner so as to distribute them as evenly as
possible throughout the sections of the draw.

d) Remaining Players

After the seeds and the byes are placed in the draw as above provided above, then the remaining
players shall be randomly drawn and placed in the vacant places in the draw beginning at the top of
the draw.

Page 52 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

e) Qualifiers/Lucky Losers

At the conclusion of the Qualifying competition, the successful Qualifiers will be randomly drawn for
their places in the Main Draw. There shall be no prior designation of which Qualifying section applies
to which Qualifying place in the Main Draw.

Likewise, when more than one eligible Lucky Loser is to be inserted into the Main Draw, their
positions shall be drawn.

If the Qualifying event is not completed at the time of the draw, then the places for the Qualifiers
and Lucky Losers (if any) shall be designated as “Qualifier” or “Qualifier/Lucky Loser” with their
identity to be determined by draw at the conclusion of the Qualifying event. The Lucky Losers shall
be drawn together with the Qualifiers.

D. Withdrawal and Replacement of Seeds

Any vacancy created by the withdrawal of a seed shall be filled by the next highest ranked player
eligible to be seeded. The position vacated by that next highest ranked player shall then be filled in
accordance with Section V.L. Vacancies/Substitutions.

Any vacancy created by the withdrawal of a seed which occurs after the release of the Order of Play
for the first day of Qualifying shall be filled by an eligible Alternate.
Any vacancy created by the withdrawal of a seed which occurs after the release of the Order of Play
for the first day of Main Draw shall be filled by an eligible Lucky Loser.

IX. PLAYERS’ REST

A. Between Tournaments

If the ITF Supervisor receives notice from a player of the date and time of his last match played in a
previous week’s Professional Tournament, ITF Sanctioned Tournament or ITF Team Competition,
then the ITF Supervisor shall, whenever possible, give the player one full day’s rest between such
match and the player’s first match in the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, unless weather
or unavoidable circumstances has caused schedule disruption or unless the player was a finalist in a
Monday or other delayed final.

B. Between Qualifying and Main Draw

Other than in exceptional circumstances, no player shall be required to play his first-round match in
the Singles Main Draw until at least twelve (12) hours after the completion of his final Qualifying
match. If a player plays two (2) Singles Qualifying matches in one day during Qualifying competition,
he should have one day of rest before the Main Draw commences, unless the player is accepted as a
Lucky Loser or inclement weather at the tournament requires the player to compete.

Page 53 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

C. Between Matches

In the Main Draw, except when weather or other unavoidable circumstances causes schedule
disruption, players shall be scheduled for a maximum of one (1) Singles match and one (1) Doubles
match per day, which shall not be scheduled less than twelve (12) hours after the completion of the
last match of such player on the preceding day or round.

Players competing in Qualifying could be scheduled to play two matches on the same day. If players
are required to play two matches in the same day and if other circumstances during the Tournament
dictate that a player is scheduled for more than one match per day, then he shall, be given the
following minimum rest periods, unless he is in the Singles and Doubles finals to be played
consecutively:

If he has played less than 60 minutes - 30 minutes rest

If he has played between 60 – 90 minutes - 60 minutes rest
If he has played more than 90 minutes - 90 minutes rest

If a player is involved in the Singles (semi-final or final) and Doubles final, he shall be allowed a rest
period of 30 minutes.

A player may play before the end of the rest period if all participants agree.

X. ORDER OF PLAY AND SUBMISSION OF RESULTS

A. Scheduling and Order of Play

1. Release of the Order of Play

Once the Supervisor determines the following day’s Order of Play, it shall be released by the
Supervisor, both on-site and via the ITF Tournament Planner program no later than 22:00 hours local
time. Players are expected to check the official Order of Play, which is also available from the
Supervisor. It is the responsibility of all players to ascertain their playing schedules from the ITF
Supervisor/Referee for each day’s play. The Order of Play will detail the Sign-in deadline times for
Alternates and Lucky Losers.

Players should be aware that the last match on any court may be moved to a different court or re-
scheduled.

2. Amendments to the Order of Play

Once officially released, the Order of Play shall not be amended unless the Supervisor deems it
necessary and/or appropriate. When the schedule is amended because of inclement weather, the
supervisor should post the revised schedule. It is the responsibility of all players to ascertain their
playing schedules from the ITF Supervisor/Referee for the revised Order of Play.

Page 54 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

3. Failure to complete Tournament
If a Tournament cannot be completed within the Tournament Week because of bad weather, at the
option of the Tournament one extra day shall be allowed. The ITF Supervisor shall approve the
commencement times for matches on the extra day, which shall then be scheduled during the
morning or early afternoon. No further extension of the Tournament shall be permitted without the
approval of the ITF.

B. Results

At the end of each day’s play at Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments, including the completion
of the Tournament, the ITF Supervisor shall submit, using the ITF Tournament Planner program,
updated Tournament results for Main Draw and Qualifying, Singles and Doubles.

XI. DATA RIGHTS

Refer to Appendix F Media, Commercial and Data Rights for full information.

A. Scoring

The ITF will have the exclusive right to provide a scoring service at any Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
event. Each Tournament will assist the ITF in its efforts to produce the service.

B. Protection of Tournament Data

Each Tournament shall not allow or authorise the dissemination, transmission, publication or release
of any match score or related statistical data from the grounds of the Tournament.

The use of laptop computers, mobile phones or other handheld electronic devices to collate, collect,
use, store, reproduce, onward supply or make available any Official Data (as defined in Appendix F)
for purposes relating to gambling or betting within the confines of the Tournament match courts
(spectator areas) shall be prohibited and each Tournament shall take reasonable steps to enforce
such prohibition (including without limitation by means of venue and spectator regulations, ticket
conditions and accreditation terms). The exception to this provision is Tournament credentialed
personnel when used in the performance of their duties.

XII. PRIZE MONEY AND ATP/ITF POINTS

A. Prize Money Distribution

Please see Appendix H – Men’s Prize Money Tables.

Page 55 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

B. Uncompleted Matches

If the Singles or Doubles event of a Tournament is cancelled e.g. due to poor weather, and there has
been no play, first round prize money will be paid out to the players. If play has commenced and
been terminated before the Tournament is concluded players will be paid loser’s prize money for the
individual round reached. Additionally, if the first round has been completed, all players/teams will
receive their Round Points earned through the last completed round only and the Tournament will
count as a Tournament played.

Prize Money shall be paid only for matches played. For purposes of this section a match is played
when it is won as a result of a Retirement, Default, Walkover or No Show.
Players will receive loser’s points for the round reached.

If a Tournament is officially cancelled and the final(s) have not been completed, the finalists will each
receive finalists’ prize money and ranking points. Any remaining difference between the winner and
finalist prize money will revert back to the Tournament.

C. Defaults, Byes, Withdrawals and Retirements

Prize money and points awarded will be awarded as follows:

1. General
a) No points or prize money will be awarded to a player or team who withdraws or is a “No
Show” without playing their first match.
b) A match won by retirement, default or walkover will count as a match won for ranking
points and prize money, except walkovers in the first round or if a player has not won any
matches in previous round no points shall be awarded.

2. Defaults
a) Any player or team who is defaulted shall lose all prize money, hospitality and points earned
for that event at that Tournament, unless:

i) The player or team was defaulted for a Violation of the Punctuality or Dress and
Equipment sections of the Code of Conduct.
ii) The player or team was defaulted as a result of a medical condition.
iii) A member of a Doubles team, who did not cause any of the misconduct Code Violations
that resulted in the team being defaulted in which case the partner of the player who
caused the default shall receive points and prize money from the previous round.

3. Byes
a) A player or team that receives one (1) or more consecutive byes and withdraws from
his/their first match, shall not be awarded ranking points and no prize money will be paid
out.
b) A player or team that receives one (1) or more consecutive byes and thereafter loses
his/their first match played, will not receive any ranking points but will receive loser’s prize
money for the round reached.

Page 56 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

4. Withdrawals and Retirements
a) A Singles player withdrawing after the first round or who retires in any round, will receive
loser’s points and loser’s prize money for the round he reached or retired from.
b) A Doubles team withdrawing or retiring after the first round, or that retires in any round, will
receive loser’s points and loser’s prize money from the previous round unless one of the
following exceptions below is applicable in which case both players will receive loser’s point
and loser’s prize money from the round in which they withdraw or retire. The exceptions
are:

i. neither player was in the Singles main draw;

ii. the retiring/withdrawing player is still in the Singles competition and at the time of
the medical examination is declared unfit to play in the Singles of that event or, if no
longer involved in the Singles competition of that event, is forced to withdraw from
the Singles or Doubles of a tournament in the following week;
iii. if the retiring/withdrawing player was not in the Singles draw of that event and is
forced to withdraw from the following week’s singles or doubles event (before
leaving the tournament site in the case of Prize Money);
iv. if the retiring/withdrawing player had withdrawn/retired from his Singles match,
which was scheduled the same day, or if the Doubles match is scheduled for a
following day the player is examined by the tournament Doctor and is declared unfit
for competition in the Doubles event; or
v. in the event the partner causing the withdrawal is declared medically unfit to play
Singles or Doubles at the same Tournament due to an illness that could cause a
danger to the public health, he shall receive the ranking points per the round he
withdrew;
vi. both players used, or could have used, their ATP ranking for entry into the Doubles
draw (does not apply to Wild Card teams or for the provision of prize money).

c) The player causing the withdrawal or retirement will not be allowed to play in any other
tennis Tournament until Monday of the next Tournament Week (unless he is still playing in
Singles).

XIII. ATP RANKINGS

A. Introduction

Subject always to the authority of the ATP and pursuant to the ATP Official Rulebook, ATP Ranking
points are awarded at Grand Slam, ATP Tour, ATP Challenger Tour, and Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
tournaments. Typically, the ATP Ranking is a 52-week, cumulative system. Rankings are computed
and published weekly by the ATP from its U.S. Headquarters in Florida.

B. General Rules

1. ATP Official Rulebook

Page 57 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

The ATP Official Rulebook governs ATP ranking points and the inclusion of Men’s ITF World Tennis
Tour Tournaments to earn points on the ATP Tour. Players are bound by all ATP Rules and
Regulations during tournaments in which they earn ATP Ranking points. Please refer to
www.atptour.com for the ATP’s rulebook.

2. Singles and Doubles Rankings

Players are ranked based on their total points. Singles rankings will be comprised of a player’s best
eighteen (18) Singles results and Doubles rankings will be comprised of a player’s best eighteen (18)
Doubles results.

3. Processing of Rankings
ATP ranking points allocated at Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments with prize money of
$15,000 and $25,000 are processed a minimum of one (1) week following the conclusion of the
Tournament. Points stay valid for fifty-two (52) weeks from the week in which a Tournament is
included in the ranking totals.

4. Eligibility
Players should check the ATP rulebook for information on eligibility.

5. ATP Protected Ranking

A player’s ATP ranking assigned to a player who has been unable, due to injury or illness, to compete
in any tennis tournament for a minimum of six (6) months. A Protected Ranking is only available for
use for Entry. The criteria for application and eligibility are set forth by the ATP and the rules
detailing application are available in the ATP rulebook.

C. ATP Singles and Doubles Ranking Points

Please see Appendix I – ATP / ITF World Tennis Ranking Point Tables for the ATP ranking points
awarded at Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour tournaments.

1. Singles

a) Players are awarded ATP ranking points for the highest round they reach, unless the player is
defaulted or there is a rule modifying the points.
b) Qualifiers only earn ATP ranking points if they win a main draw match.

2. Doubles

a) A team withdrawing from the first round will not receive ATP ranking points, whether there
is or is not an Alternate/Lucky Loser team able to take their place.
b) Teams are awarded ATP ranking points for the highest round they reach, unless a
player/team is defaulted or there is a rule modifying the points.

D. HOSPITALITY (+H)

Page 58 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Hospitality is defined as accommodation in a twin room with another player, plus breakfast.
Hospitality must be of the same standard for Singles and Doubles players.

Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments offering $15,000 and $25,000 in prize money which offer
hospitality (+H) will not receive any additional ATP Ranking points.

Tournaments providing hospitality must follow the following requirements:

a) Singles:
i) Rooms are to be made available to each Singles player for a minimum of three (3)
nights and a maximum of seven (7) nights.
ii) Accommodation must be available one (1) day before the commencement of the
Main Draw, although a player can have accommodation start the day of the Main
Draw if they request it from the Tournament Director.
iii) Accommodation continues through to include the night he is eliminated or until his
three (3) nights minimum has been provided, whichever is later.
iv) Successful Qualifiers must be afforded the same accommodations as Main Draw
players. Nights spent in accommodation during Qualifying shall count towards the
minimum number of nights to which Main Draw players are entitled.

b) Doubles:
i) Rooms are to be made available to each Doubles player for a minimum of two (2)
nights.
ii) Accommodation must be available from the day of Sign-In.
iii) Accommodation continues through to include the night of the player’s last match or
until his two (2) nights minimum has been provided, whichever is later.
c) Players under 18 years of age may only share a room with another junior-aged player. If
there are no shared rooms, then a private room must be provided to the junior player. Any
breach of this Regulation XIII.D(f) shall be dealt with in accordance with the ITF Welfare
Policy and/or Article VIII (Tournament Offences) of the Code of Conduct.
d) Main draw players (Singles and Doubles players, includes partner) who have withdrawn on-
site for medical reasons and who are examined by the on-site Tournament Doctor/Sports
Physiotherapist shall receive hospitality through the night of the examination.

The standard of hospitality, including any exceptions to the rules above, must be approved in
advance by the ITF. The ITF may reject hospitality of an unsatisfactory standard, notwithstanding
that it meets the minimum number of days.

E. FURTHER INFORMATION - ATP CONTACT

Queries and requests for full information on the ATP Rankings should be directed to the ATP office in
Florida.

ATP Tour : Telephone: +1 904-285-8000

Page 59 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 XIV. ITF WORLD TENNIS RANKING

A. Introduction

ITF World Tennis Ranking points are also awarded in ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments.
The ITF World Tennis Ranking system is a 52-week, cumulative system in which the number of
Tournament results that comprise a player’s ranking is capped at a player’s best fourteen (14)
Tournament results for Singles.

The ITF World Tennis Ranking will be used in conjunction with the ATP Rankings for acceptance and
seeding in ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments. See the applicable System of Merit in Section VII.
Rankings are computed and published weekly by the ITF from its headquarters in London.

B. General Rules

1. Singles Rankings
Players are ranked based on their total points. A Singles ranking will be calculated based on a
player’s best fourteen (14) Singles results.

If players are tied, the ranking will be ordered as follows:

a) The player with the fewest number of Tournaments played over the previous 52-week
period.
b) The highest number of points earned from one single Tournament, then, if needed, the
second highest, and so on.

2. Processing of Rankings
ITF World Tennis Ranking Tournaments and the Tournament results used in the ranking will be
calculated and published each Monday. ITF World Tennis Ranking points earned at these
Tournaments will be processed a minimum of one (1) week following the completion of the
Tournament and processed on a weekly basis. Points stay valid for fifty-two (52) weeks from the
week in which the points are included in the ranking totals.

3. Eligibility
To earn an ITF ranking, players must have earned at least 1 ranking point at an event which offers ITF
World Tennis Ranking points. Players under the age of fourteen (14) are not eligible for an ITF World
Tennis Ranking. If a player under the age of fourteen (14) plays Singles or Doubles in a Tournament,
that Tournament and the points acquired during play will not be counted for ranking purposes for
that player.

C. ITF World Tennis Ranking Singles and Doubles Points

Please see Appendix I – ATP / ITF World Tennis Ranking Point Tables for the ITF World Tennis
Ranking points awarded at Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour tournaments.

1. Singles

Page 60 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 a) Players are awarded ranking points for the furthest round reached, unless the player is
defaulted or there is a rule modifying the points.
b) A match won by a player through retirement or walkover will count as a match won for
ranking points. However, if a player receives a walkover in the first round and loses in the
second round or has not won any matches in any previous rounds then no points shall be
awarded.
c) Losers in the last round of Qualifying, except players moving into the Main Draw as Lucky
Losers and players who have not won a match to reach the Qualifying Final, will earn Final
Qualifying round points.
d) Loser points for the rounds reached are awarded to players in any Tournament not
completed.
e) If no matches are played in Qualifying Draw then no points will be awarded for that draw.

2. Doubles
No ITF Doubles points are awarded.

3. Byes, Withdrawals, Walkover and Defaults

The rules for prize money and points for Byes, Walkover, Withdrawals and Defaults are detailed in
Section XII Prize Money and ATP/ITF Points.

D. Hospitality (+H) at $15,000 & $25,000 Tournaments

Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments offering hospitality (+H) will receive increased ITF World
Tennis Ranking points in qualifying, but no additional ATP ranking points.

The Hospitality requirements are detailed in Regulation XIII.D ATP Ranking.

E. Further Information – ITF Contacts

Queries and requests on the ITF World Tennis Rankings should be sent to the ITF.

International Tennis Federation

Bank Lane
Roehampton, London
SW15 5XZ
United Kingdom
Telephone: +44 (0)20 8878 6464
Email: Mens@itftennis.com

Page 61 Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 WOMEN’S
ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR

RULES & REGULATIONS

2023
© ITF Limited t/a International Tennis Federation
All rights reserved
2022
 WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR
RULES AND REGULATIONS 2023

I. PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY

A. General

ITF Limited trading as the International Tennis Federation promulgates these Tournament
Regulations for the purpose of providing fair and reasonable rules for the orderly and uniform
conduct of international professional tennis Tournaments sanctioned by the ITF. All references to
the International Tennis Federation or ITF in these Regulations shall mean ITF Limited. These
Regulations shall be applicable to all Tournaments sanctioned as part of the Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour as well as the overall umbrella of the ITF World Tennis Tour.

These Regulations are subject to change during the 2023 edition of the World Tennis Tour with the
introduction of the ITF World Tennis Number as a global rating applicable to ITF tournaments. Upon
incorporation into these Regulations, the ITF World Tennis Number may be relied on for the
purposes of entry to and seeding at ITF World Tennis Tour tournaments. For the avoidance of doubt,
the ITF World Tennis Number shall not replace, supersede or otherwise override WTA ranking and
ITF World Tennis Ranking.

For these Regulations, the following definitions shall apply:

• Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour comprises all Women’s Tournaments offering $15,000,
$25,000, $40,000, $60,000, $80,000 and $100,000 in prize money including events providing
complimentary hospitality (“+H”). These tournaments are referred to as “W15”, “W25”,
“W40”, “W60”, “W80” and “W100” in terms of naming and branding but will be referred to
in full by their prize money in these Regulations.
• ITF World Tennis Tour comprises all ITF World Tennis Tour Junior Tournaments, Women’s
ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments as well as Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments.
• Regulations refer to Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Rules and Regulations including the
Code of Conduct, Appendices, ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements, and the
ITF Rules of Tennis, which are approved by the ITF Board of Directors to provide fair and
reasonable rules for the orderly and uniform conduct by players and Tournament
Organisers. These Regulations can be amended from time to time by the ITF Board of
Directors.
• ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements also known as Organisational
Requirements are the Regulations that a Tournament Organiser must follow when running
an event on the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour.

Further definitions can be found in Section II, Definitions.

Each player entrant in a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament agrees as a condition of such
Entry to abide by and be subject to these Regulations.

Page 62 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Any sanctioning National Association and the Tournament Organiser where separate (jointly the
“Applicant”) awarded a one (1) year sanction on the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Calendar shall
be subject to and shall be bound by and comply with the Regulations and the ITF Guide to
Recommended Health Care Standards, each of which may be amended from time to time.

Approval to sanction a Women’s ITF Word Tennis Tour Tournament may be subject to conditions
imposed by the ITF in its sole discretion.

The ITF reserves the right to refuse approval of or cancel any previously sanctioned Tournament or
series of Tournaments for reasons of health, safety, security or any other potential threat to any
persons attending the Tournament(s) or to the successful running of the Tournament(s).

The ITF bears no liability to any Applicant, Tournament Organiser, Host, National Association, Player,
Related Person, Covered Person or any other person or entity for any loss incurred as a result of a
delayed, rescheduled, postponed or cancelled Tournament. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the
ITF nor the Applicant shall be liable to any Player, Related Person, Covered Person or any other persons
or entities for any costs that they might have incurred in relation to such delayed, rescheduled,
postponed or cancelled Tournaments, including, without limitation, any travel, transport and/or
accommodation costs. This decision (to refuse approval of or cancel any Tournament) will be made on
behalf of the ITF by the ITF World Tennis Tour Committee, or by the ITF Executive if the Committee so
delegates its decision-making power, and may be appealed by the Applicant only, to the Independent
Tribunal.

B. Classification of Women’s Tournaments

• Professional Tournaments are Grand Slam Tournaments, WTA Tour Tournaments, and
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments.
• ITF Professional Tournaments are the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments and
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments sanctioned by the ITF.
• ITF Sanctioned Tournaments are any Tournament sanctioned by the ITF that are not ITF
Professional Tournaments (including Tournaments on the ITF World Tennis Tour Juniors, ITF
Masters Tour, ITF Wheelchair Tour and ITF Beach Tour).
• ITF Team Competitions are Billie Jean King Cup, Junior Billie Jean King Cup, Hopman Cup and
other such team events sanctioned by the ITF.
• Other Tournaments are those tournaments not covered above, which include exhibition
tournaments, national league tournaments, national association/federation tournaments,
etc.

Unless otherwise specified, references to “Tournament” on its own only in these Regulations shall be
to a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament.

C. National Association and Tournament Personnel

1. National Association
National Associations are those countries and/or member institutions as defined by the Constitution
of the ITF Limited. National Associations are responsible for appointing the Tournament Organiser

Page 63 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

and ensuring that the ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements are fully complied with by
the Tournament Organiser.

In order for a Tournament to be approved and sanctioned by the ITF for inclusion on the Women’s
ITF World Tennis Tour Calendar, the Tournament must have all necessary approvals from the
relevant National Association and, if appropriate, the Regional Association. The National Association
is responsible for submitting the application form(s) and remains ultimately responsible for the
proper organisation and running of the Tournament.

2. Tournament Administrator
The National Association(s) organising the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament shall
designate a Tournament Administrator to handle all aspects of administration of the Tournament.
The Tournament Administrator shall be the point of contact for the ITF.

3. Tournament Organiser
The National Association must also designate a Tournament Organiser (sometimes referred to as the
tournament director) who will be responsible for all aspects of the organisation of the Tournament,
with the exception of all matters relating to the rules of competition as stated in the Women’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Rules and Regulations, Code of Conduct, the Rules of Tennis and all on-court
issues, which are the responsibility of the ITF Supervisor and/or the ITF. The Tournament Organiser
is responsible for following the 2023 ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements.

4. Officials
All Tournaments on the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour must have an approved Supervisor and the
appropriate number officials as set out in the Officiating Requirements provided in the 2023 ITF
World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements.

a) ITF Supervisor

The ITF Supervisor must be available throughout the Tournament Week. The ITF Supervisor
must be available at least 2 hours before the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline until the completion
of the Tournament, unless otherwise approved by the ITF.

The ITF Supervisor is the individual responsible for all aspects of play during a Tournament.
The ITF Supervisor will act as final on-site authority for the interpretation of the applicable
Regulations, Code of Conduct, Rules of Tennis and the Duties and Procedures for Officials as
to all matters arising that require immediate resolution at the Tournament site.

$100,000 Tournaments
Each Tournament offering $100,000 in prize money must provide at its sole expense an
official certified as a Gold Badge ITF Supervisor.

$15,000, $25,000, $40,000, $60,000, $80,000 Tournaments

Each Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament offering $15,000, $25,000, $40,000,
$60,000, or $80,000 in prize money must provide at its sole expense an official certified as a
Gold or Silver Badge ITF Supervisor.

Page 64 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 b) ITF Chair Umpire

The ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements provide details on the minimum
requirements for Chair Umpires at $15,000, $25,000, $40,000, $60,000, $80,000, and
$100,000 level.
National Associations that wish to supply a higher certification level of official, or more
officials than the minimum requirements are encouraged to do so.

c) Approval of Officials

Each Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament shall submit a list of officials to fulfil the
requirements as set forth above to ITF Officiating at least 8 weeks (56 days) prior to the
Tournament. Any request for these officiating requirements to be waived should be made to
the ITF at least 8 weeks (56 days) prior to the Tournament.

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations, the Code of Conduct for Officials
or the Tennis Anti-Corruption Programme, the ITF has the absolute right to deny approval of
any official's appointment to officiate at any ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament(s), and to
revoke any previously given approval. The ITF may exercise that right as it sees fit, with or
without providing reasons (but reasons may include for integrity or performance-related
reasons).

5. Tournament Doctor and Sports Physiotherapist

Each Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament must appoint and pay all costs for an English-
speaking medical doctor (tournament doctor), to be available on call at all times during playing
hours.

At $15,000 and $25,000 Tournaments, the Tournament Organiser must appoint an English-speaking
Sports Physiotherapist (as defined in the ITF Guide to Recommended Health Care Standards), to be
available on-site during play, to provide treatment to players. It is recommended that all reasonable
off-court treatment is provided free of charge to players. The Sports Physiotherapist must be on-site
sixty minutes before matches commence until completion of all matches.

At $40,000 and $60,000 Tournaments, the Tournament Organiser must appoint an English-speaking
Sports Physiotherapist to be available on-site during play. The ITF shall provide a subsidy of $1,500
to $40,000 and $60,000 Tournaments to appoint a second Sports Physiotherapist.

At $80,000 and $100,000 Tournaments, the ITF will appoint two (2) English-speaking Sports
Physiotherapists to be available on-site during play, who will provide on-site treatment.
Cost of any on-site treatment administered to players by the Sports Physiotherapist(s) must be free
of charge at $40,000 - $100,000 Tournaments.

At all Tournaments where a second Sports Physiotherapist is appointed ($40,000 - $100,000), that
second Physiotherapist shall be on-site a minimum of four (4) and a maximum of five (5) days,
typically through the completion of the second round of Main Draw Singles competition (usually
Thursday of the Tournament Week).

Page 65 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Further requirements are set out in the ITF World Tennis Tour Organisational Requirements and the
ITF Guide to Recommended Health Care Standards.

D. Related Regulations

The ITF Rules of Tennis shall apply in all Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament matches.
To the extent not covered herein the Constitution of ITF Limited 2023 and the 2023 ITF Duties and
Procedures for Officials shall be applicable to all Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments. Such
applicability shall not affect the right of the Tournaments to promulgate and enforce their own
special regulations insofar as they are consistent with the applicable provisions of these Rules and
Regulations and have been approved by the ITF.

E. Enforcement of Regulations and resolution of disputes

1. On-site enforcement
It is the responsibility of the ITF Supervisor to enforce these Regulations on site.

2. First instance proceedings

The ITF Supervisor shall have exclusive jurisdiction, in the first instance, over the following matters:

a) unless expressly referred elsewhere, an allegation that a player has committed an offence
under the Code of Conduct that is not a Major Offence or a breach of the Welfare Policy;
b) any disputes or questions of interpretation that arise on-site at a Tournament (to be
resolved in accordance with the Rules of Tennis); and
c) any other decisions, disputes, questions of interpretation or other matters that are
entrusted under these Regulations to the ITF Supervisor.

The ITF World Tennis Tour Committee or other person/entity designated under these Regulations
may decide any issues entrusted to them (respectively) under these Regulations. Unless expressly
provided otherwise, there will be no right of appeal from their respective decisions.

The ITF Internal Adjudication Panel shall have exclusive jurisdiction, in the first instance, over the
following matters (to be determined in accordance with its Procedural Rules):

a) any request for a decision that is entrusted under these Regulations (including the Code of
Conduct) to the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel;
b) any dispute or question about the proper interpretation of these Regulations (including
reviewing as appropriate any on-site interpretation by the ITF Supervisor);
c) any dispute or question about player eligibility arising under these Regulations;
d) any allegation that a Covered Person has committed a breach of the Welfare Policy;
e) any allegation that a player, Related Person or other person or entity bound by these
Regulations has failed to comply with any other aspect of these Regulations (unless
expressly referred elsewhere); and
f) any other dispute arising out of or relating in any way to these Regulations that is referred to
it by the Board.

Page 66 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

The Independent Tribunal shall have exclusive jurisdiction, in the first instance, over the following
matters (to be determined in accordance with its Procedural Rules):

a) any request for a decision that is entrusted under these Regulations to the Independent
Tribunal;
b) an allegation that a player, Related Person or other person participating on the Women’s ITF
World Tennis Tour has breached the Tennis Anti-Doping Programme;
c) an allegation that a player or Related Person has committed a Major Offence under the Code
of Conduct;
d) any allegation that a Tournament Offence has been committed under the Code of Conduct;
and
e) any other dispute arising out of or relating in any way to these Regulations that is referred to
it by the Board.

The Procedural Rules for both the Internal Adjudication Panel and the Independent Tribunal are
available online at www.itftennis.com, or a hard-copy can be requested in writing to the ITF.

The Anti-Corruption Hearing Officer shall have exclusive jurisdiction, in the first instance, over any
allegation that a Player, Related Person or other person participating on the ITF Women's World
Tennis Tour has breached the Tennis Anti-Corruption Programme.

3. Sanctions
Where the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel and/or Independent Tribunal upholds an allegation of
breach of these Regulations, it will determine the sanctions for such breach in accordance with the
sanction’s provisions in its Procedural Rules, unless these Regulations specify other sanctions for
such breach, in which case it will apply the specific sanctions.

4. Appeals
Save where provided otherwise under these Regulations:

a) decisions by the ITF Supervisor under these Regulations may only be challenged by way of
appeal to the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel, to be determined in accordance with its
Procedural Rules (save that there shall be no right of appeal against the ITF Internal
Adjudication Panel's decision);
b) subject to article I.E.4(a) above, decisions of the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel under these
Regulations may only be challenged by way of appeal to the Independent Tribunal, in
accordance with the Independent Tribunal's Procedural Rules (in particular, the section
applicable to the Independent Tribunal sitting as an appeal panel);
c) decisions of the Independent Tribunal (sitting as a first instance tribunal) may only be
challenged by way of appeal to the Court of Arbitration for Sport, as set out in the
Independent Tribunal Procedural Rules.

Such appeals may only be brought by one of the following persons:

a) the person or entity that is the subject of the decision being appealed; and/or
b) the ITF.

Page 67 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

5. Governing Law
These Regulations and any dispute arising out of or in connection with them (including any dispute
or claim relating to non-contractual obligations) shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with English law, without regard to the conflict of law principles.

Each Player, Covered Person, Nation and each of its Team Members, directors, officials, officers,
members of staff, employees, contractors, agents, and representatives agrees to submit any
disputes or claims or other matters arising in relation to the Regulations (including any non-
contractual disputes or claims) to arbitration pursuant to the resolution of disputes process provided
for in this Section I.E (as applicable), to the exclusion of any other court or forum.

F. Amendment of Regulations
These Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Rules and Regulations may only be amended, repealed or
otherwise modified, in whole or in part, by the ITF Board of Directors. The ITF Board of Directors may
only amend, repeal or otherwise modify any Regulation relating to WTA ranking points with the
approval of the WTA.

The ITF Board of Directors may grant dispensations from, modify, waive or otherwise alter these
Regulations or their application in extraordinary circumstances.

G. Management of the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

1. Board of Directors
a) Management
The Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour shall be managed by the Board of Directors of the ITF.

b) Duties
The duties of the Board of Directors shall be:
i) To approve, adopt and amend the Rules and Regulations and Code of Conduct for the
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour;
ii) To register in the name of the ITF any trademarks in connection with the Women’s ITF
World Tennis Tour and to protect such trademarks; and
iii) To appoint every two years a Committee, which shall consist of a Chair, who shall be a
member of the Board of Directors, and further members as deemed necessary.

2. ITF World Tennis Tour Committee

The duties and powers of the ITF World Tennis Tour Committee shall be:
i) To manage Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments;
ii) To recommend changes to and to ensure the uniform application of these Rules and
Regulations and the Code of Conduct;
iii) To administer the funds of the Women’s Tournaments within the financial framework of
the ITF;
iv) To report to the Board of Directors on all financial matters; and
v) To submit regular reports to the Board of Directors.

Page 68 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 II. DEFINITIONS

Acceptance List
The list of players who entered a Tournament(s) and have been sorted based on the applicable
System of Merit.

Advance Entry (Doubles)

The system by which Doubles teams can enter a Doubles competition online via IPIN in advance of a
tournament. A maximum of seven (7) teams will be selected in advance at $25,000 and higher
category tournaments. The remaining teams will be selected using the onsite procedure.

Alternate (Direct Acceptance)

In Singles, a player who is ranked lower than the Direct Acceptances into Main Draw and Qualifying
under the applicable System of Merit and can fill any vacancy as detailed in the applicable System of
Merit before the Freeze Deadline. After the Freeze Deadline, Alternates remain on one list and have
priority for acceptance over On-Site Alternates. Alternates can Sign-In at a different Tournament and
if any vacancies are created by withdrawals, no shows, used or unused Special Exempts then an
Alternate will fill those vacancies in order of the applicable System of Merit.

In Doubles, a team which is ranked lower than the seven (7) Direct Acceptances into the Main Draw
under the applicable System of Merit and can fill any vacancy as detailed in the applicable System of
Merit before the Freeze Deadline. After the Freeze Deadline, Alternate teams are removed from the
Acceptance List and have no priority for acceptance over On-Site Entries for the remaining places in
the Doubles competition.

Alternates Junior Reserved

A junior player who is ranked lower than the three (3) junior players selected as Junior Reserved
Direct Acceptances into the Singles Main Draw under the applicable System of Merit of a Women’s
$15,000 Tournament. These Junior Reserved Alternates will replace any Junior Reserved Direct
Acceptances that withdraw from the Junior Reserved List before the Freeze Deadline.

Applicant
The sanctioning National Association and/or Tournament Organiser (as the case may be) that is
granted a one (1) year sanction on the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Calendar.

Committed
A player’s status if at any time after the Withdrawal Deadline they appear in the Singles or Doubles
Main Draw or Singles Qualifying Acceptance List of a Tournament. A Committed player is obligated
to compete at the Tournament.

Covered Persons
Any player, Player Support Team Members and Credentialed Persons, as further defined in the ITF
Welfare Policy.

Page 69 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Credentialed Person
Any player and any tournament personnel, such as an official, tournament director, staff, volunteer,
sponsor, health care provider, ITF staff member and members of the media.

Direct Acceptances

Players who have entered and been directly accepted into the Singles Main Draw, Qualifying Draw or
Doubles Draw by virtue of their ranking(s) and/or status under the applicable System of Merit.

Doubles Draw
The Doubles competition at a Tournament. Players earn a position in the Doubles Draw based on the
applicable Doubles System of Merit.

Entry
A request by a player/team to register for a Tournament. Entries are only accepted from players
with an approved applicable IPIN account and who meet all necessary requirements stipulated in the
Regulations. The player/team must make their Entry before the Entry Deadline.

Entry Deadline
The time by which a player or team must enter in order to be considered for inclusion on the
Acceptance List.
In Singles, the Entry Deadline is at 14:00 hours Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) on the Thursday
eighteen (18) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

For Advance Entry in Doubles, the Entry Deadline is at 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Tuesday six (6) days
prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week. On-Site Entries in Doubles is at 14:00 hours local time
on the day before the Doubles main draw event is scheduled to commence.

Entry List
The list of players or teams who have entered the Tournament up until the Entry Deadline and
before the Acceptance List has been made.

Fact Sheet
Each Tournament will provide information regarding the Tournament site, dates, draw sizes, court
surface, type of courts, hotel information, transportation, prize money deductions, visa contact, and
other relevant information regarding the Tournament. The Fact Sheet, also referred to as the
Tournament Fact Sheet, is available in IPIN.

Freeze Deadline
The Freeze Deadline for Singles and Doubles takes place at 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Thursday
preceding the Tournament Week. After the Freeze Deadline has passed and the Acceptance List is
processed, no further movement is permitted on the Acceptance List.

IPIN (International Player Identification Number)

A player must pay, register and be approved for an IPIN membership, which is used to register for
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments. Players will Enter, Withdraw and find Tournament
Fact Sheets through their IPIN account.

Page 70 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Junior Exempt (JE)
A player who by virtue of her 2022 position on the ITF Junior Girls’ Year-End Combined Rankings
gains Direct Acceptance into a designated Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament (see
Appendix D).

Junior Reserved ($15,000 Tournaments) (JR)

A junior player accepted into the Main Draw of a Women’s $15,000 Tournament based on the
applicable System of Merit.

Late Withdrawal
A Withdrawal by a player accepted into the Singles Qualifying that takes place any time after the
Withdrawal Deadline and up until the Qualifying Sign-In and any Withdrawal from a Singles Main
Draw or Advance Entry Doubles Main Draw that takes place after the Withdrawal Deadline until the
commencement of play.

Lucky Loser (LL)

Lucky losers are players who have lost in the final round of the Qualifying event or, if more Lucky
Losers are required, those players who have lost in the previous Qualifying round(s).

Main Draw
The Main Draw is the principal competition of a Tournament in which players earn a position based
on the Regulations and the applicable Singles System of Merit.

Main Draw Only (MDO)

Players that enter a $60,000, $80,000 or $100,000 Tournament and only wish to be considered for
the Main Draw (and will not be considered for the Qualifying competition) until the Freeze Deadline.

On-Site Alternates
Non-entered players who attend at the Tournament site (prior to the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline) to
Sign-In for the Qualifying. In order to be eligible as an On-Site Alternate, a player must have valid
IPIN membership, Sign-In with the ITF Supervisor and have paid the entry fee and any applicable
fines.

On-Site Entry
A player or a team that Signs-In to enter a Tournament on-site at the Tournament site.

Preserved Eligibility
A procedure by which a player on the Qualifying Acceptance List (except Alternates) at the Freeze
Deadline can submit a request to the ITF Supervisor to preserve their eligibility for a position in the
main draw at the time of Qualifying Sign-In Deadline, because the player is unable or unwilling to
Sign-In for Qualifying.

Qualified Tournament (related to Special Exempts)

a) For $15,000-$25,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
or any WTA Tournament within the same region in the preceding week;
b) For $40,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament with prize money of $25,000 or higher or any WTA Tournament within the

Page 71 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 same region in the preceding week;
c) For $60,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament with prize money of $25,000 or higher or any WTA Tournament within the
same region in the preceding week;
d) For $80,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament with prize money of $40,000 or higher or any WTA Tournament within the
same region in the preceding week.
e) For $100,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament with prize money of $60,000 or higher or any WTA Tournament within the
same region in the preceding week.

Singles Qualifiers (Q)

Players who are included in the Main Draw as a result of their success in the Qualifying competition.

Qualifying
The Qualifying draw refers to the preliminary rounds of a Tournament, in which the participating
players have not qualified for entry into the Main Draw based on the applicable Singles System of
Merit but have earned the opportunity based on the applicable Singles System of Merit to compete
for an opportunity to play in the Main Draw.

Related Person
Any coach, trainer, manager, agent, medical or para-medical personnel and/or family member,
tournament guest, or other similar associate of any player

Sign-In
The procedure by which a player registers with the ITF Supervisor for participation in a Tournament
either by physically being on-site and signing the official Sign-In sheet or by telephone (if permitted).

Sign-In Deadline
The date and time by which a player wishing to participate must Sign-In either in person or by
telephone (if permitted) as stipulated in the Regulations.

Special Exempt (SE)

A player that is on the Qualifying Acceptance List who applies for and receives an exemption into the
Singles Main Draw of that week’s Tournament because the player reached the finals in Singles or is
otherwise still competing on the first day of Singles qualifying, at a “Qualified Tournament “in the
previous week.

Special Ranking
A player’s WTA ranking assigned to a player who has been unable, due to medical condition,
parental start, or pregnancy, to compete in any tennis tournament for a minimum of twenty-six (26)
weeks. A Special Ranking is only available for use for Entry and Systems of Merit, not seeding. The
criteria for application and eligibility are set forth by the WTA and the information is available in the
WTA rulebook.

Page 72 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

System of Merit
The selection procedure by which players are accepted into the Singles or Doubles of a
Tournament(s). The System of Merit shall be referred to throughout these Regulations as the Singles
System of Merit for Singles acceptances or the Doubles System of Merit for Doubles acceptances.

Tournament
A Tournament on the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour, which is comprised of three events - Singles
Main Draw, Singles Qualifying and a Doubles Draw - unless otherwise approved. Each event has an
applicable System of Merit for accepting players into those events.

Tournament Week
See Section III, D.

Wild Card (WC)

A Player accepted into the Singles Main Draw or Singles Qualifying as determined by the
Tournament Organiser and/or the sanctioning National Association.

Withdrawal
When a player withdraws from a Tournament pursuant to the applicable Regulations. Singles and
Doubles Withdrawals are to be made online through the player’s IPIN account prior to the Qualifying
Sign-In Deadline. Singles and Doubles Withdrawals are permitted without penalty up until the
Withdrawal Deadline. Singles and Doubles Withdrawals after the Withdrawal Deadline are Late
Withdrawals and will incur a penalty pursuant to the Code of Conduct.

Withdrawal Deadline
In Singles, the Withdrawal Deadline is 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Tuesday thirteen (13) days prior to
the Monday of the Tournament Week. Any player accepted into the Singles Main Draw or Qualifying
draw and who does not wish to play must withdraw before this deadline to avoid incurring a
penalty.

For Advance Entries in Doubles, the Withdrawal Deadline is 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Thursday four
(4) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

Withdrawal Form
In exceptional circumstances, the ITF will accept a Withdrawal on an Official Withdrawal Form.
Players should contact the ITF prior to the relevant deadline for consideration of an exception. The
Withdrawal Form can be found on in IPIN. Further details are provided in Section V.B.

III. WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR TOURNAMENTS

A. Player Eligibility
1. Open Competition / No Discrimination
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments are open to all female tennis players based on merit
and without discrimination subject to the conditions in this Section III.A and Appendix B. Minors
under the age of fourteen (14) shall not be eligible for Entry. For the purposes of these Regulations,
the player’s age as of the Monday of the Tournament Week shall be used.

Page 73 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

If requested, a player must provide a proof of identity and/or age through photo identification
(passport or driver’s licence) to the ITF Supervisor on site.

2. Nationality
A player’s nationality for the ITF World Tennis Tour and the ITF World Tennis Ranking is determined
at registration for IPIN by the Nationality on a player’s passport. The ITF may request from the player
at any time a copy of their current, valid passport as proof of nationality.

Players who have earned WTA points based on events on the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour,
should send a copy of their passport to the WTA. Changes of nationality for players who have ever
earned a WTA point shall be processed by the WTA, and upon notice to the ITF, it shall update its
records accordingly (notwithstanding this Regulation).

Players wishing to make a request to add/change or update their nationality on the website should
send a copy of their current passport for the nation they wish to represent to the ITF [and if
necessary, the WTA].

In the event that a player does not hold a current passport for the nation they wish to represent, the
player must provide:
• A copy of their current passport;
• A written explanation setting out:
o why they are seeking to add/change or update their nationality;
o why they do not hold a current passport for the nation they wish to represent;
o any dates they held nationality in the nation they seek to represent, providing
copies of expired passports and/or ID cards where available;
o the nature of their ties and affiliation(s) with the nation they seek to represent
including, but not limited to:
▪ familial connections;
▪ period(s) of time spent visiting and/or residing in that nation;
▪ their commitment to life and tennis in that nation; and
o details of any second or previous nationalities, including in relation to their
tennis participation at an international level.

On receipt of the information detailed above, the request will be considered by the ITF Internal
Adjudication Panel (IAP) to determine, in its discretion, whether the change of nationality is genuine
and not intended to circumvent the application of the Regulations (i.e. a “flag of convenience”). The
IAP reserves the right to ask the Player to provide and/or supply further information on request.

The IAP’s first-instance decision is capable of being appealed by the Player to the Independent
Tribunal.

This Regulation applies to the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour only, and is without prejudice to any
other regulations applicable to other tournaments (such as ITF Team Competitions), which may
impose different criteria.

Page 74 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

3. Age Eligibility Rules
The WTA’s Age Eligibility Rule (AER) applies to all WTA ranking point Tournaments which offer
$15,000 or greater in prize money. In the case of inconsistency between the WTA’s AER and these
Regulations, the former shall apply. Players aged under 18 are subject to the WTA’s AER and are
restricted in the number and category of Wild Cards they may receive and the number and category
of Tournaments they can play. Please refer to Appendix C for details.

Players are encouraged to read all of the WTA AER (Section XV of the WTA Rulebook), which is
available at: https://www.wtatennis.com/wta-rules.

Players may be requested to provide proof of their date of birth.

4. International Player Identification Number (IPIN) Membership and Tennis Integrity Protection
Programme (TIPP)
In order to enter Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments all players must first register for an
applicable IPIN membership (and pay the appropriate fee) and agree, as a condition of their
registration, to accept the related terms and conditions and to complete the Tennis Integrity
Protection Programme (TIPP). Failure by a player (a) to register for an applicable IPIN membership
and to accept the related terms and conditions and (b) to complete the TIPP will render a player
ineligible to enter and compete in Tournaments.

All players obtaining an IPIN and wishing to compete on the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour are
responsible for ensuring they are fit to play and are advised to obtain a yearly physical examination
from a certified doctor that certifies the player to compete on the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour.

A player’s IPIN account will provide information about all Tournaments on the Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour. This account will enable players to view the Tournament calendar and Enter and
Withdraw from Tournaments. The IPIN account will also provide information about Entry and
Acceptance Lists, Tournament Fact Sheet, Tournament Supervisor contact information and other
relevant information about the Tournaments, including important tour announcements.

5. Tennis Anti-Corruption Program and Tennis Anti-Doping Programme

Any Player, Related Person or other Covered person who enters or participates in the ITF World
Tennis Tour shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to comply with all the provisions of
the Tennis Anti-Corruption Program, which may be downloaded at www.itia.tennis (see Code of
Conduct) Article V.

Any Player, Related Person other Covered Person who enters or participates in the ITF World Tennis
Tour shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to comply with all of the provisions of the
Tennis Anti-Doping Programme, which may be downloaded at www.itia.tennis (see Code of
Conduct) Article VII.

All Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments must provide on request, and at their own cost:
a) a Doping Control Station that, at a minimum, satisfies the requirements of the prevailing
version of the WADA International Standard for Testing and Investigations; and
b) sufficient chaperones to notify players selected for Sample collection, accompany and observe
such players until their arrival at the Doping Control Station, and witness provision of those
players’ Samples as necessary.

Page 75 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

6. Travel Documents
All players are responsible for checking the entry requirements for each nation, including necessary
travel documentation and visa application deadlines in order to enter and play ITF World Tennis Tour
tournaments in that nation.

7. WTA Play-Down Rules

Players with a WTA ranking of 1-10 in Singles twenty-one (21) days prior to the Monday of the
Tournament Week cannot Enter, accept a Wild Card and/or compete in Singles or Doubles in any
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments.

8. Retiring from the Professional Tournaments

A player wishing to retire from the Professional Tournaments must do so by completing and
submitting an official “Player Retirement Form” to the ITF. Following successful submission, the
player’s name shall be removed from the WTA and/or ITF World Tennis Ranking. In the event that a
player returns to competition following retirement, the player must provide at least six months’
advanced notice of doing so to the ITIA Anti-Doping Department. From the date the ITIA Anti-Doping
Department receives such notice, the player shall be bound by the Tennis Anti-Doping Programme
and thereafter must comply with the Tennis Anti-Doping Programme, including making themselves
available for Testing (including, if requested, by providing whereabouts information) for a six-month
period prior to their participation.

B. Categories of Tournaments
For the purpose of these Regulations, all Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments will be
differentiated by prize money and hospitality. All references to prize money expressed in US Dollars
will also mean the corresponding prize money in Euros (EUR) as detailed below and as set in Section
XII. Prize Money and WTA/ITF Points.

1. ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments offering $15,000, $25,000, $40,000, $60,000, $80,000 or
$100,000 in prize money will award WTA ranking points
Any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments, listed below, that comply with the criteria laid
down in these Regulations are eligible for inclusion of their results on the WTA Rankings as specified
in Section XIII, WTA Rankings. Such Tournaments fall into the following groups:
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $15,000/€13,500
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $15,000/€13,500 +H
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $25,000 / €22,500
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $25,000 / €22,500 +H
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $40,000 / €36,000
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $40,000 / €36,000 +H
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $60,000/ €54,500
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $60,000/ / €54,500 +H
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $80,000 / €72,500
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $100,000 / €91,000
+H indicates the Tournament offers hospitality

Page 76 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

2. ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments offering $15,000 and $25,000 in prize money will also
award ITF World Tennis ranking points
Any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour $15,000 and $25,000 Tournaments listed below that comply
with the criteria laid down in these Regulations are eligible for inclusion of their results on the ITF
World Tennis Ranking as specified in Section XIV, ITF World Tennis Ranking. Such Tournaments fall
into the following groups:
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $15,000/€13,500
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $15,000/€13,500 + H
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $25,000 / €22,500
• WOMEN’S ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR $25,000 / €22,500 +H

Where these Regulations apply in the same way to tournaments with and without hospitality, only
the generic prize money term will be used, and it shall be interpreted to cover both types of
tournament. The +H designation will only be used where there are specific rules or differences that
apply between the two types of tournament in which case the relevant regulation will specify that
difference.

C. Tournament Events
Each Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament must consist of a Singles Main Draw, Doubles
Draw and Singles Qualifying, unless there are insufficient entries to run a Singles Qualifying draw or
otherwise approved by the ITF. Each draw will be an elimination draw.

For every four (4) Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour tournaments organised at the $15,000 level,
National Associations are required to organise at least one (1) Women’s tournament at the $25,000,
$40,000, $60,000, $80,000, or $100,000 level.

Each National Association must commit to organising the same number of tournaments in the
W60/W80/W100 category in 2023, as in 2022, before the ITF agrees to sanction a W40 tournament.

The ITF reserves the right to refuse approval of any applications for standalone tournaments. A
standalone tournament is a tournament in a country with no other tournaments in the preceding or
following week in the same country.

D. Tournament Week
Each Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament is assigned a specific Tournament Week on the
calendar defined by the date of the Monday of that week. Singles Qualifying will begin on either
Sunday or Monday and can be played over one, two or three days (depending on draw size and as
approved by the ITF or Service Bureau). Typically, the Singles Main Draw will begin on Tuesday (but
may begin on Monday and no later than Wednesday) and must finish no later than Sunday of the
same week, unless otherwise approved by the ITF. In extraordinary circumstances, e.g. bad weather,
the ITF Supervisor, in consultation with the ITF, may cancel or adjust a Tournament’s Week or
schedule.

E. Match Format
1. Singles Main Draw
The best of three (3) tie-break sets, unless a “Modified Format” is otherwise approved by the ITF. Ad
scoring must be used.

Page 77 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

2. Singles Qualifying at $15,000 and $25,000 Tournaments
The best of three sets, with two (2) tie-break sets, and if the score reaches one set all, one match tie-
break game (10 points) shall be played to decide the match. Ad scoring must be used.

3. Singles Qualifying at $40,000, $60,000, $80,000 and $100,000 Tournaments

The best of three (3) tie-break sets, unless a “Modified Format” is otherwise approved by the ITF. Ad
scoring must be used.

3. Doubles Draw
The best of three sets with two (2) tie-break sets, and if the score reaches one set all, one match tie-
break game (10 points) shall be played to decide the match. No-ad scoring must be used.

4. Modified Format
In extraordinary circumstances, e.g. bad weather, the ITF Supervisor, with explicit approval of the
ITF, may modify the format of matches in the Singles Main Draw only as follows:
• The best of three sets with two (2) tie-break sets, and if the score reaches one set all, one
match tie-break game (10 points) shall be played to decide the match. Ad scoring must be
used.

F. Balls
The balls to be used at Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments must conform to the
specifications in Rule 3 of the Rules of Tennis and must have been approved by the ITF. Any
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament must apply to the ITF for approval at least nine (9)
weeks in advance of the Tournament if it wishes to use ball types 1 or 3.

1. $15,000 and $25,000 Tournaments

In the Singles Qualifying competition, a minimum of four (4) new balls of the same brand and type
must be provided for the match.
In the Singles Main Draw or Doubles, a minimum of four (4) new balls of the same brand and type
are to be changed at a maximum of eleven (11) games and thereafter every thirteen (13) games in
each match. More frequent ball changes are acceptable at the discretion of the ITF Supervisor.
A minimum of three (3) used balls of the same brand and type as the match balls must be available
for practice per day, free of charge, to each player accepted into the Tournament, from the day prior
to the commencement of the respective draw until she is eliminated from the Tournament. Players
must return practice balls after each practice to the Tournament staff.

2. $40,000 and $60,000 Tournaments

In the Qualifying and the Main Draw, four (4) new balls of the same brand and type must be
provided, and the ball change shall be after the first nine (9) games and thereafter every eleven (11)
games in each match. More frequent ball changes are acceptable at the discretion of the ITF
Supervisor.
A minimum of three (3) new balls of the same brand and type as the match balls must be available
for practice per day, free of charge, to each player accepted into the Tournament, from the day prior
to the commencement of the respective draw until she is eliminated from the Tournament. Players
must return practice balls after each practice to the Tournament staff.

3. $80,000 and $100,000 Tournaments

Page 78 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

In the Qualifying and the Main Draw, four (4) new balls of the same brand and type must be
provided, and the ball change shall be after the first seven (7) games and thereafter every nine (9)
games in each match. More frequent ball changes are acceptable at the discretion of the ITF
Supervisor.
A minimum of three (3) new balls of the same brand and type as the match balls must be available
for practice per day, free of charge, to each player accepted into the Tournament, from the day prior
to the commencement of the respective draw until she is eliminated from the Tournament. Players
must return practice balls after each practice to the Tournament staff.

G. Artificial Lighting
Play is allowed with artificial lighting provided there is a minimum of 500 lux evenly distributed over
the court surface.

H. Waiver of Claims
In submitting an Entry into a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, all players agree, as a
condition of Entry, that subject to the limits set out below, for themselves, their executors,
administrators, heirs and personal representatives, all claims of any kind, nature and description are
waived, including past, present or future claims and injuries, if any, sustained in traveling to or from,
or participating in a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament and/or any of its related activities
and/or while in the location of a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, against the ITF, the
Regional Association or National Association sanctioning such Tournaments, officials, promoters,
sponsors, television or other broadcast licensees, vendors, venues, local organisers and others
connected with such Tournaments, including its employees, officers, directors, volunteers, and
representatives and the WTA.

Nothing in these Regulations excludes or limits the liability of the ITF or any of the other parties
listed above:
a) for death or personal injury caused by their (respective) negligence;
b) for fraud; or
c) to the extent that such exclusion or limitation is not permitted by applicable law.

I. Publicity and Promotion

1. Players acknowledge that their tennis biography and complete tournament history shall be
published in perpetuity on the ITF’s website for the purposes of transparency and promotion of the
sport.

2. Each player grants to the ITF, the Tournament’s sanctioning National Association, the Tournament
and their agents and assignees the right, in perpetuity and for commercial and non-commercial
purposes:
a) to use or authorise the use of her name, voice, photograph, likeness, signature, biographical
material and other identification, in any and all media, for the purpose of publicising and
promoting the sport of tennis, the ITF, the Tournament’s sanctioning National Association,
the Tournament and their respective affiliates and events including the right to use the same
on event posters, photos, programs, merchandise and other materials, and for the televising
broadcasting and filming of the same; and
b) to make, show and otherwise use, in any and all media, still and moving pictures, whether
live or otherwise, and any other visual and/or audio-visual reproductions of her performance
or appearance as a sportsman on and off the court during the event.

Page 79 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

3. With respect to sub section 2. above:
a) there will be no compensation payable in relation to the grant of such rights; and
b) the rights granted may not be used in such a way as to constitute an endorsement by the
player of any product or company.

J. Junior Player Images

Notwithstanding Regulation I above, it is prohibited for any Covered Person to obtain, transmit,
store or distribute any images and/or recordings (whether audio or visual) of junior players (being
players who are under 18 years of age), unless they are the parent or legal guardian of the player,
without the express written authorisation (which includes permission about how the image(s) will be
used) of i) the parent or legal guardian of the player, and ii) the ITF Supervisor. Images and/or
recordings taken with permission under this Regulation must be exclusively of tennis matches,
practice or the presentation of trophies. Please see the ITF’s Process For ITF Tournament Supervisors,
Coaches and Parents on Video Recording of Junior Matches For Performance Analysis.
https://www.itftennis.com/media/7267/itf-performance-analysis-video-u18.pdf

L. Player Recording of Matches

Notwithstanding Regulation I above, the recording of matches by a Player/s and their Support Team
Members for the sole purposes of performance video analysis and personal use is permitted subject
to the conditions set out below. Recordings under this Regulation must be exclusively of tennis
matches or tennis practices. Recording under this Regulation is at the sole discretion of the ITF
Tournament Supervisor On-Site and the ITF World Tennis Tour Department.

i. Recording may only take place once the ITF Tournament Supervisor, Tournament
Director and the Opponent/s has given their express authorisation.
ii. Recording may only be made using a Digital Camera – this may include Video Recorders,
DSLRs and Go Pros. Currently Tablets, Mobile Phone and Laptop/Computers may not be
used for recording.
iii. For the avoidance of doubt, this Regulation does not apply for Junior players. All
recordings of Junior players must be compliant with Regulation J.
iv. The recording shall not be used to determine or dispute any decision made by an Official
in relation to the officiating or outcome of a match.
v. During the match, if the Opponent/s or Coach withdraws their consent to the recording,
on instruction from the ITF Tournament Supervisor, the Player/s or their Support Team
Member must immediately cease recording and delete the recording.
vi. All decisions made by the ITF Tournament Supervisor are final and not subject to appeal.
vii. Publishing the recording online or via social media is permitted subject to the following
conditions:
a. publishing of the recording may only take place once [ITF Tournament Supervisor
On-Site, the ITF World Tennis Tour Department] and the Opponent/s has given their
express authorisation;
b. the recording must not be streamed live or with a delay for any purpose;
c. unless otherwise agreed by the ITF, no more than 10 minutes in aggregate of any
match recording should be included within any content posted online or via social
media;
d. the recording must not bring the ITF or the sport of Tennis into disrepute, in ITF’s
sole discretion;

Page 80 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 e. if the Opponent/s withdraws their consent for the recording to be published online
or via social media, on instruction from the Opponent/s, the Player must remove the
specified recording published by the Player.
viii. The ITF shall not be responsible for the use, dissemination, retention or disposal of any
recording, in whole or part, recorded permitted in accordance with the Regulations.
ix. Any recording should be stored securely to avoid inappropriate or unauthorised use and
deleted when it is no longer required.
x. Failure to comply with this process shall be considered a breach of ITF World Tennis Tour
Regulations Section III L. (Player Recording of matches) and the person responsible shall
be subject to sanction.

K. Insurance
1. The Applicant is responsible for taking out a suitable insurance policy which is compliant with
local laws and regulations and which insures against claims made for damage to property and for
death/injury caused to people at the event for which the Applicant is legally liable. “ITF Ltd” and “ITF
Licensing (UK) Ltd” must be named in the policy and on the certificate of insurance, and a copy
should be provided to the ITF on request.
2. The Applicant is encouraged to take out those insurance policies that safeguard against
employer’s liability, business interruption and personal injury as well as any other appropriate
insurance policies recognised under local law. In addition, it is strongly recommended that the
Applicant obtain and maintain event cancellation and abandonment insurance which insures against
all reasonably known financial risks arising from the rescheduling, cancellation and/or abandonment
in whole or in part of a Tournament due to force majeure.

IV. FINANCIAL
A. Payments

The sanctioning National Association and/or where applicable the Tournament Organiser shall be
liable for and pay the prize money to all players participating in the Tournament in accordance with
the breakdowns stated in Section XII, Prize Money and WTA/ITF Points. The Applicant shall also be
liable for and pay in accordance with the notifications issued to the Applicant by the ITF: the annual
Sanction Fee; any IPIN membership fees and fines collected during the Tournament; and any Primary
Healthcare Program payment due to the ITF.

B. Financial Guarantee

At the absolute discretion of the ITF, an Applicant for a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament
offering $40,000, $60,000, $80,000 or $100,000 in prize money shall provide a Financial Guarantee
for the Tournament prize money in such format and according to the timescale as defined by the ITF.
If the Applicant fails to provide such Financial Guarantee, then the ITF may cancel the Tournament
without any liability to the Applicant.

Page 81 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

C. Prize Money Payments

The Tournament Organiser shall make prize money payable in cash, check or bank transfer available
to eligible players in accordance with the criteria stated below and as stated on each Tournament’s
Fact Sheet.

If a Tournament Organiser elects to pay the prize money via bank transfer, the Tournament
Organiser and/or National Association will be liable for any bank fees associated with such transfer.

D. Tax Deductions

Any Government income tax deductions from prize money must be stated on the Tournament Fact
Sheet. No taxes other than the stated income tax will be deducted from prize money.

E. Fines and Fees

If a player owes any fines and/or fees, then the ITF Supervisor shall authorise the Tournament
Organiser to deducted fines and fees from a player’s prize money. These collected fines and fees will
be sent to the ITF by the National Association. Please see the Code of Conduct, Article III.E and
Article IV.V.

F. Currency and Exchange Rate

Prize money shall be paid in currencies as follows:

1. U.S. Tournaments: All prize money must be paid in US Dollars as set out in Section XII. Prize
Money and WTA/ITF Points.

2. European Tournaments: All prize money must be paid in Euros as set out in Section XII. Prize
Money and WTA/ITF Points or in local currency for non-Euro Monetary Union nations.

3. Other Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments: All prize money must be paid in US Dollars,
or in local currency if approved by the ITF.

If local currency is selected, then the exchange rate to US Dollars for a given Tournament (official ITF
exchange rate) shall be the average of the six (6) months immediately preceding six (6) months prior
to the Tournament. If, on the Monday, seven (7) days prior to the start of the Tournament, there is a
fluctuation in the official ITF exchange rate of five percent (5%) or more, up or down, then such
exchange rate shall be adjusted, up or down as follows:

Exchange Rate Fluctuation Exchange Rate Adjustment

Less than 5% None
Between 5 and 10% 5%
10% or greater One half the actual Exchange Rate Fluctuation
(* For example, if the currency fluctuates 11% from the authorised exchange rate, the exchange rate will be adjusted by 5.5%).

Page 82 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Each Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament electing to pay on-site prize money in a specific
non-US or non-Euro currency shall obtain from the ITF the Official ITF Exchange Rate.

G. Amateur Expenses
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments may pay expenses to amateurs who compete, at the
discretion of the Tournament Organiser. Such expenses are limited to the actual and reasonable
expenses of an amateur incurred pursuant to her participation in the Tournament. The payment of
expenses cannot be conditioned on the success of the amateur in the event.

H. Entry Fees
The following entry fees may be charged by the Tournament Organiser per player prior to the start
of the Tournament or (if applicable) deducted from prize money at the discretion of the Tournament
Organiser.
The entry fee can be collected in US Dollars or Euros or in local currency as stated on the Fact Sheet.
All players must be charged the same entry fee.

Draw Maximum Fee (per player)

Qualifying (Singles) or Qualifying (Singles) Up to US$40 or €36
and Doubles
Main Draw (Singles) or Main Draw (Singles) Up to US$40 or €36
and Doubles
Doubles only Up to US$20 or €18

V. SINGLES ENTRIES AND WITHDRAWALS

All players (i.e. those with a WTA ranking, ITF World Tennis Ranking, eligible ITF Combined Junior
Ranking, National Ranking, and unranked), subject only to Age Eligibility and Play Down provisions of
these Regulations, may enter Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments by the Entry Deadline
and will appear on the Tournament Acceptance Lists.

Players should locate details about each Tournament, including Fact Sheet, Entry and Acceptance
Lists, ITF Supervisor contact information and other relevant information about the Tournament,
within their IPIN account.

Unless specified otherwise, this Section V. applies for both Main Draw and Qualifying.
Players are encouraged to read the Fines Guidelines and Offence Codes for ITF World Tennis Tour
events, located in the Code of Conduct, for information on the penalties imposed for Late
Withdrawals.

A. Entries

All entries must be made through a player’s IPIN account (ipin.itftennis.com). In exceptional
circumstances, an Entry can be submitted in writing on the Official Entry Form and sent to the ITF by
email or post, to be received before the appropriate deadline.

Page 83 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

A player applying for Entry shall be deemed to apply for Entry into the Singles Main Draw or the
Singles Qualifying depending on her ranking by the applicable System of Merit. Players with a Special
Ranking may rely on that Special Ranking to Enter Tournaments provided that they select that
Special Ranking during the IPIN entry process.

A player’s status in a Tournament shall not be official until the Entry Deadline and publication of the
Tournament Acceptance List on the ITF website and IPIN account. A player may apply for Entry into
up to six (6) Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments in a specific Tournament Week, in which
case she must indicate a priority. If no priority is stated, the ITF will assign a priority. A player may
not apply for Entry into a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament if she is Committed to
another Tournament during that period.

For entries into $60,000, $80,000 and $100,000 Tournaments, a player may apply to enter the
Tournament as “Main Draw Only” entrant, in which case she will not be considered for the
Qualifying competition and will only be accepted into the Main Draw up until the Freeze Deadline.

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations, the ITF has the absolute right to refuse to
accept or revoke any player's Entry to any ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament(s). The ITF may
exercise that right as it sees fit, with or without providing reasons.

B. Withdrawal Procedures

All Withdrawals must be submitted online through the player’s IPIN account.

Notwithstanding Regulation V.C. below and the Code of Conduct, which may impose penalties, a
Withdrawal must be submitted online through the player’s IPIN account. In exceptional
circumstances, the ITF will accept a Withdrawal on an Official Withdrawal Form. Players should
contact the ITF prior to the relevant deadline for consideration of exception. The Withdrawal Form
can be found in IPIN.

C. Entry and Withdrawal Deadline

The Entry Deadline is at 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Thursday eighteen (18) days prior to the Monday
of the Tournament Week.

The Withdrawal Deadline is at 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Tuesday thirteen (13) days prior to the
Monday of the Tournament Week.

In exceptional circumstances or during office holidays, the ITF may modify the deadlines, in which
case players will be notified.

It is the player’s responsibility to make and confirm all entries, tournament priorities and
withdrawals and to check her position on the Acceptance Lists.

If a player has entered multiple events, she should remove herself from all events she no longer
wishes to compete at before the Withdrawal Deadline. Failure to do so may result in penalty in
accordance with Article III of the Code of Conduct.

Page 84 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

D. At the Entry Deadline

At the Entry Deadline, players will be placed on Acceptance Lists for Singles according to the Singles
System of Merit. For each Tournament a player has entered, the player will be listed in the Singles
Main Draw, Singles Qualifying or as an Alternate based on the System of Merit.

A player’s position on the Acceptance list may change until the Freeze Deadline. Players are required
to withdraw according to the procedures detailed in the regulations above from any Tournament
they are unable to play. Players should check their position on the relevant Acceptance List until the
Freeze Deadline.

E. At and After the Withdrawal Deadline

1. Singles Procedure
If a player is accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying of more than one Women’s ITF World Tennis
Tour Tournament or ITF World Tennis Tour Juniors Tournament starting in the same week, she will
remain on one Acceptance List and will be withdrawn from the Acceptance Lists of all other
Tournaments at the Withdrawal Deadline, according to the following criteria in order, until she is
only on one Acceptance List:

a) ITF World Tennis Tour Professional Tournaments take priority over ITF World Tennis Tour
Junior Tournaments; then
b) Main Draw takes priority over Qualifying, and Qualifying over Alternates; then
c) Tournament Entry Priority

If a player’s chosen priorities are unclear, she will be immediately withdrawn from all but one
Acceptance List by the ITF at the Withdrawal Deadline, according to the following criteria, in order,
until she is only on one Acceptance List:

a) The Tournament offering the highest prize money will take priority, or if equal; then
b) The Acceptance List on which she is highest placed will take priority, or if equal; then
c) The Tournament which is geographically closest to her country of Nationality will take
priority.

Exception: If a player is accepted into the Main Draw of a Junior Grand Slam tournament, that
tournament will be prioritised over all other tournament entries that week (i.e. including
Women’s $100,000 tournaments or any other Junior tournament).
2. Automatic Withdrawals in Doubles after the Advance Entry Doubles Entry Deadline
At the Advance Entry Doubles Entry Deadline (six days prior to the Monday of the Tournament week,
see section VI for further details), if a Player has been accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying of a
Singles Tournament and has also made an Advance Entry in Doubles for a different Tournament in
the same week, then that Player and her Doubles partner will be removed from that other
Tournament’s Doubles Acceptance List.

Page 85 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

3. Commitment Rule

Prior to the Singles Withdrawal Deadline a player’s status on an Acceptance List is not confirmed. A
player who appears on an ITF World Tennis Tour Main Draw or Qualifying Acceptance List at any
time after the Withdrawal Deadline is deemed to have been accepted into and is Committed to play
the Tournament.

If a player withdraws her Entry from the Main Draw or Qualifying of a Women’s ITF World Tennis
Tour Tournament for any reason after the Withdrawal Deadline the withdrawal will be considered a
Late Withdrawal and will be subject to the Late Withdrawal/No Show provisions in the ITF World
Tennis Tour Code of Conduct. Each player is allowed three late withdrawals without penalty per
calendar year provided a withdrawal was made online through the player’s IPIN account before the
Qualifying Sign-In Deadline. The rules regarding Late Withdrawals can be found in the Code of
Conduct in Article III. B.1 and B.2.

In addition to having three late withdrawals per year there are circumstances in which a player can
obtain a Medical Certificate at the Tournament by seeing the Tournament Doctor or Sports
Physiotherapist. These rules are detailed in the Code of Conduct in Article III. B.3 (On-site Medical
Withdrawal).

There are circumstances in which a Committed player can play another event and not be penalised,
and these rules are detailed in the Code of Conduct in Article III. B.4 (Playing Another Event / One
Tournament Per week).

Players are encouraged to read the Fines Guidelines and Entry Offence provisions located in the
Code of Conduct for information on the penalties imposed for Late Withdrawals.

Any player accepted into the Singles Main Draw, Doubles or Singles Qualifying who fails to appear
for the Tournament without submitting an online withdrawal in the player’s IPIN account shall be
penalised with a No-Show code violation.

If a player is not accepted into any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament in a given week, she
may remain on more than one Acceptance List as an Alternate until the Freeze Deadline. A player
who appears on one or more Alternate List(s) is not Committed to play in any of these Tournaments
and may withdraw at any time, without penalty, until she moves into a Qualifying or Main Draw
Acceptance List, at which time she will be automatically withdrawn from all other Acceptance Lists
by the ITF.

3. Alternates
A player who appears on one or more Alternate List(s) is not Committed to play in any one
Tournament and may withdraw at any time, without penalty, until she first moves into a Singles
Main Draw or Singles Qualifying Acceptance List (up until the Freeze Deadline), at which time she
will be withdrawn from all other Acceptance Lists by the ITF.

Players who are entered into multiple tournaments for a given week should withdraw themselves
from those they do not wish to compete in before they move into Qualifying and become
Committed to a Tournament.

Page 86 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Singles Alternates accepted into the Main Draw of a Doubles Acceptance list after the Doubles Entry
Deadline will be removed from all Singles Alternate lists except the same Tournament where they
have been accepted into Doubles (if applicable). Please see Section VI, Doubles Entries and
Withdrawals, for further details.

Alternates will be removed from all but one (1) Acceptance List at the Freeze Deadline. See process
below.

F. Freeze Deadline

The Freeze Deadline is at 14:00 hours (GMT) on the Thursday preceding the Tournament Week.
Alternate players not yet accepted to a Main Draw or Qualifying Draw may change their priority until
the Freeze Deadline. Once the Freeze Deadline has passed, players are not permitted to make any
changes to their tournament order of priority.

After the Freeze Deadline has been processed, all players on the Singles Qualifying Acceptance List
will no longer be moved into the Singles Main Draw and players will remain on only one Alternate
List and will no longer be moved into the Singles Qualifying Acceptance List. Players will remain on
one Alternate List according to their tournament chosen priority, unless the player is accepted at the
Freeze Deadline into the Doubles of a tournament accepting Advance Entries. At that point the
player will only remain on a Singles Alternate list if it is the same Tournament where she was
accepted into Doubles. Alternates that have not been accepted into Singles and/or Doubles are not
Committed to play the Tournament.

At the Freeze Deadline “Main Draw Only” entries which have not moved into a Singles Main Draw
Acceptance List will be removed from all $60,000, $80,000 and $100,000 Acceptance Lists. Players
entered as Main Draw Only (MDO) who are not accepted into the Main Draw are not Committed to
the Tournament.

Since Alternates are not Committed to any Tournament, they are able to Sign-In at a Tournament
during a given week. However, if the player does not Sign-In at their top priority Tournament after
the Freeze Deadline, she will be ordered as an On-Site Alternate, which means the player will be
ordered after all players on the Alternates List at the Freeze Deadline.

A player who wishes to withdraw from the Singles Main Draw or Singles Qualifying after the Freeze
Deadline must submit a withdrawal online through the player’s IPIN account or she will be subject to
the penalties provided for No Show at Article II.B.1 of the Code of Conduct.

G. Playing Another Event / One Tournament Per Week

1. General
When a player is accepted into the Qualifying or Main Draw of a Tournament as Direct Acceptance,
Junior Reserved, Junior Exempt, Special Exempt or Wild Card any time after the Withdrawal
Deadline, she is Committed to that Tournament unless released by the ITF or ITF Supervisor as
detailed in Article III. B.3 or B.4 of the Code of Conduct.

Page 87 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

A player who is Committed to and/or has played in the Main Draw or Qualifying of a Women’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament may not enter or compete in any other tennis event during the
period of such Tournament except as stated in Article III, B.4 in the Code of Conduct.

Players may not be accepted into a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament and an ITF World
Tennis Tour Junior Tournament scheduled in the same week. Players will be withdrawn from all but
one Tournament at the Withdrawal Deadline based on the withdrawal procedure described above.
If a player is found after the Withdrawal Deadline to have been accepted into two Tournaments
(Women’s and Juniors) in one week, she will be withdrawn from one Tournament at the earliest
opportunity, also according to the Withdrawal Procedure set out above.

2. Grand Slam Tournaments and Multi-Week WTA Tour Tournaments

a) Participation during Qualifying and/or First Week.

A player is allowed to play in two Professional Tournaments (one of which must be a Grand Slam
Tournament or Multi-Week WTA Tournament) during this two-week period, provided the player has
been eliminated from Singles and Doubles of the first Tournament prior to the Qualifying Sign-In
Deadline of the second Tournament.

In the event that a player has competed in two Tournaments in the first week, then the player must
withdraw from any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament in the second week following the
Qualifying.

b) Participation during the Second Week

A player is allowed to play in a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament during the second week
of a Grand Slam Tournament or multi-week WTA Tour Tournament provided she has been
eliminated from the Singles and Doubles of that Tournament prior to the Women’s ITF World Tennis
Tour Tournament Qualifying Sign-In Deadline. Any such player who is still competing in the Grand
Slam Tournament or multi-week WTA Tournament at this deadline must withdraw from the relevant
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament.

A player is not allowed to withdraw from a Grand Slam Tournament or multi-week WTA Tour
Tournament to play the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament.

H. On-Site Medical from Week 1 & Participation in Week 2

1. A player may not withdraw or retire from a Tournament in Week 1 to play in any other
Tournament in Week 2 except for valid medical reasons. If a player is forced to withdraw on-site or
retire from Week 1 due to medical reasons, and she is entered in a Tournament in Week 2, that
player must receive a medical examination from the Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist
from Week 1 and submit her medical examination to the Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist
for Week 2. To be eligible to compete in Week 2 the player must receive a medical examination and
clearance from the Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist.

A player is not allowed to play in Week 2 if:

a) she has withdrawn or retired from Week 1 without cause, or

Page 88 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 b) she has withdrawn or retired from Week 1 for valid medical reason, but she fails to receive a
medical examination for Week 2 from the Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist.

Any player who is discovered to have contravened rules (i) and (ii) above shall not receive WTA or
ITF World Tennis ranking points for Week 2. The player will also be subject to a fine pursuant to the
Entry Offences section of the Code of Conduct. This rule does not apply to a player whose partner in
Doubles has been forced to withdraw or retire from their match.

2. A player that has endured a medical condition during the Tournament Week, but who completes
their Tournament matches, may obtain a Medical Certificate from the Tournament Doctor/Sports
Physiotherapist that can be used to withdraw from the following week’s Tournament without
penalty. The player must obtain the Medical Certificate within 24 hours of completing their final
match.

If the player wishes to use the Medical Certificate to withdraw from the following week’s
Tournament then the player must inform the ITF and the ITF Supervisor of that next Tournament (if
after the Freeze deadline) no more than 48 hours after obtaining the Medical Certificate or before
the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline, whichever is sooner.

Players who complete their final match of the Tournament after the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline of
the following week’s Tournament must obtain a Medical Certificate and inform the ITF Supervisor
before leaving the site if they wish to withdraw.

I. Wild Cards

Wild Cards are eligible players included in the draw at the sole discretion of the Tournament
Organiser on approval from the host National Association. Wild Cards may be seeded. Players who
receive Wild Cards must have an IPIN account.

As stated in the Code of Conduct, Article III, B.4, a player who is Committed by way of Entry or Wild
Card to a Tournament may only accept the offer of a Wild Card into another Tournament in the
same week, if the Player makes an official late withdrawal before the Qualifying Sign-in Deadline and
the Player meets one of the two requirements below:

i) A Player accepted into Qualifying of a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament is
nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Main Draw of another Professional
tournament (ITF, WTA or Grand Slam) (i.e. moving from Qualifying to Main Draw);

ii) A Player accepted into Qualifying or Main Draw of a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament is nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Qualifying or Main Draw of
another Professional tournament in a higher prize money category (ITF, WTA or Grand
Slam) (example $15,000 to $25,000.)

Wild Cards for Singles must be named by the Wednesday before the Tournament starts, except in
the case of $40,000, $60,000, $80,000 and $100,000 tournaments, for which two Wild Cards may be
named at the time the Draw is made, always subject to the restrictions of the WTA Age Eligibility
Rule (see Appendix C.)

Page 89 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Players aged under 18 are subject to the WTA AER and are restricted in the number and category of
Wild Cards they may receive. Such players must check the WTA rule regarding limitations of Wild
Cards. Please refer to Appendix C for details.

The names, nationalities and dates of birth of the Wild Cards must be sent to the ITF, WTA, and
appropriate Service Bureau (as defined in the Tournament Organisational Requirements)
immediately upon nomination. National Associations should confirm with players their availability to
take a Wild Card prior to sending nominations to the Service Bureau. After the Freeze Deadline, new
or replacement Wild Cards must be sent to the ITF Supervisor.

Players and Tournaments should retain written confirmation of the offer and acceptance of a Wild
Card. Players and Tournament Organisers may not offer and/or receive any compensation for
receiving or awarding a Wild Card. Acceptance of the offer of a Wild Card constitutes the Player’s
Commitment to the Tournament.

An entered player who is nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Tournament will continue to be
eligible, up to the start of the Qualifying competition, to compete in the tournament as a Direct
Acceptance or to fill any Qualifying or Main Draw vacancies that arise, in accordance with the
applicable System of Merit and Sign-In procedures in Sections V, VI and VII. Any such players or
Qualifying or Main Draw Wild Cards that move into the draw on merit will have their Wild Card
nominations automatically withdrawn and replacement Wild Cards may be nominated up until the
time the relevant draw is made.

If a player has been accepted into the Main Draw of a Tournament using her Special Ranking, she
may not accept a Wild Card into the same event. However, a player accepted into the Qualifying of a
Tournament using her Special Ranking may accept a Wild Card into the Main Draw up until the time
of the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline.

Wild Cards who withdraw or move into the Qualifying or Main Draw on merit may not be replaced
with new Wild Cards after the relevant draw is made. Any such vacancies shall be filled in
accordance with Section V.L. Vacancies/Substitutions.

No player who has signed in for and been accepted into the Qualifying of the tournament may be
named as a Wild Card after the Qualifying Competition has commenced.

A Tournament may not offer a Wild Card or accept the Entry from any player who has either
accepted a Wild Card or been Committed by an Entry to another Tournament in the same week
except as stated in Article III, B.3 of the Code of Conduct.

Please refer to Appendix C for Wild Card restrictions as applicable under the WTA AER.

Players who are not subject to the AER may receive during a calendar year a maximum number of
Wild Cards as follows:

$25,000-$100,000 Tournaments

Page 90 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 a) Six (6) Wild Cards into Singles at $25,000-$100,000 Tournaments on the Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour, with a maximum of three (3) of these allowed in the Main Draw. In addition to
these Wild Cards, a player who wins one (1) or more matches at a tournament where they
are allocated a Main Draw Wild Card will receive an additional Main Draw Wild Card for use
in the same calendar year (a “Merited Increase”). A player can receive up to 3 Merited
Increases each year at $25,000-$100,000 level (i.e. 6 Main Draw Wild Cards in total, in
addition to 3 Qualifying Wild Cards). For the purposes of determining the Merited Increases,
wins by retirement or default (after the match has started) count as wins, but byes and
walkovers do not; and
b) Six (6) Wild Cards into Doubles tournaments at $25,000-$100,000 of the Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour.

$15,000 Tournaments
a) Six (6) Wild Cards into Singles at $15,000 Tournaments on the Women’s ITF World Tennis
Tour, with a maximum of three (3) of these allowed in the Main Draw. In addition to these
Wild Cards, a player who wins one (1) or more matches at a tournament where they are
allocated a Main Draw Wild Card will receive an additional Main Draw Wild Card for use in
the same calendar year (a “Merited Increase”). A player is able to receive up to 3 Merited
Increases for Main Draw Wild Cards each year at $15,000 level (i.e. 6 Main Draw Wild Cards
in total, in addition to 3 Qualifying Wild Cards). For the purposes of determining the Merited
Increases, wins by retirement or default (after the match has started) count as wins, but
byes and walkovers do not; and
b) Six (6) Wild Cards into Doubles at $15,000 Tournaments on the Women’s ITF World Tennis
Tour

Each ITF tournament in which a player earns WTA ranking points counts towards a player’s
maximum number of ITF Tournaments under the Wild Card Rule. Singles Wild Cards are counted
separately from Doubles Wild Cards, except for players under WTA Age Eligibility Rules. However,
participation in a Tournament in which a player does not earn ranking points does not count as a
tournament played under this Wild Card rule.

It is the player’s responsibility not to accept Wild Cards above the stated limit. Players will forfeit any
ranking points and prize money earned at Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments if they
accept a Wild Card(s) above the stated limit.

J. Special Exempt (SE)

1. Eligibility
Special Exempt places are determined based on the criteria set out below. Players competing in
Singles can apply for a Special Exempt position for the following Tournament Week, which are
defined as Overlapping and Non-Overlapping tournaments.

a) Overlapping Tournaments
An Overlapping Tournament is defined as a tournament in one week (“Week 1”) where
matches are played on overlapping days with a tournament being held in the following week
(“Week 2”) (either because of the standard schedule or because of weather). A player is
eligible to apply for a Special Exempt into the Singles Main Draw of a tournament in Week 2

Page 91 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 if that player is still competing in the Singles competition of a Qualified Tournament in Week
1 and has met the criteria listed below at i), ii), and iii).

b) Non-Overlapping Tournaments
A Non-Overlapping Tournament is defined as a tournament in Week 1 which is completed by
at least the day before the Qualifying event is scheduled to start in Week 2. A player is
eligible to apply for a Special Exempt into the Singles Main Draw of a tournament in Week 2
if that player has participated in the Singles final of a Qualified Tournament in Week 1 and
has met the criteria listed below at i), ii), and iii).

The criteria for Special Exempt places are:

i) The player is entered in a Tournament in “Week 2” and is currently listed on the Qualifying
Acceptance List (not the Alternates List) for that Tournament;
ii) During the “Week 1” Tournament, the player in conjunction with the ITF Supervisor must
personally notify (either face-to-face or via telephone) the “Week 2” ITF Supervisor of their
Special Exempt request;
iii) The request for Special Exempt must be made prior to the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline (18:00
hours local time) the day before the scheduled start of the Qualifying competition) of the
“Week 2” Tournament. Players still playing in Singles in the Week 1 tournament at the time
of the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline of Week 2, must reconfirm if they are playing the following
day as soon as their match(es) are completed, and if potentially eligible for a Special Exempt
position such position shall be held open until such confirmation has been received.

Special Exempt status shall not be available for players who request such an exempt as a result of
competing in the Doubles event of a Week 1 Tournament.

The player must confirm with the ITF Supervisor of the Week 2 Tournament that the Supervisor has
received their request prior to the deadline, in accordance with Section V.L. Vacancies/Substitutions
below.

2. Qualified Tournament for Special Exempt

a) For $15,000-$25,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
or any WTA Tournament within the same region in the preceding week;
b) For $40,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament with prize money of $25,000 or higher or any WTA Tournament within the
same region in the preceding week;
c) For $60,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament with prize money of $25,000 or higher or any WTA Tournament within the
same region in the preceding week;
d) For $80,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament with prize money of $40,000 or higher or any WTA Tournament within the
same region in the preceding week.
e) For $100,000 Tournaments: the Singles event of any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament with prize money of $60,000 or higher or any WTA Tournament within the
same region in the preceding week.

For the purposes of Special Exempts, there are five (5) regions: Africa, Asia/Oceania, Europe, North
America/Central America, and South America.

Page 92 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

3. Selection Process for Special Exempt
At each Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament there are up to two (2) places held in the Main
Draw for Special Exempts unless there is no Qualified Tournament from the previous week. If there
are more eligible Special Exempt applicants than available position in the draw, the players shall be
selected as follows:

a) Special Exempt into $15,000 Tournaments

A player requesting a Special Exempt as a result of performance in a $15,000-$100,000 or
WTA Tournament shall be ordered and accepted according to the ranking from Monday
seven (7) days before the Tournament Week (including a player’s Special Ranking, if used to
enter the Tournament). WTA Singles Ranking will take precedence, followed by ITF World
Tennis Singles Ranking. Ties in ranking will be randomly drawn.

b) Special Exempt into $25,000 Tournaments

A player requesting a Special Exempt as a result of performance in a $25,000-$100,000 or
WTA Tournament will have first priority. The players requesting a Special Exempt shall be
ordered and accepted according to their ranking from Monday seven (7) days before the
Tournament Week (including a player’s Special Ranking, if used to enter the Tournament).
WTA Singles Ranking will take precedence, followed by ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking.

If one or more spaces remain, a player requesting a Special Exempt as a result of

performance in $15,000 Tournaments will have second priority. These players shall be
ordered and accepted according to their ranking from Monday seven (7) days before the
Tournament Week (including a player’s Special Ranking, if used to enter the Tournament).
WTA Singles Ranking will take precedence, followed by ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking.
Ties in ranking will be randomly drawn.

c) Special Exempt into $40,000-$60,000 Tournaments

A player requesting a Special Exempt as a result of performance in a $40,000-$100,000 or
WTA Tournament will have first priority. These players shall be ordered and accepted
according to their ranking from Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament Week
(including a player’s Special Ranking, if used to enter the Tournament). WTA Singles Ranking
will take precedence, followed by ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking.

If spaces remain, players requesting a Special Exempt as a result of performance in $25,000

Tournaments will have second priority. These players shall be ordered and accepted
according to their ranking from Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament Week
(including a player’s Special Ranking, if used to enter the Tournament). WTA Singles Ranking
will take precedence, followed by ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking. Ties in ranking will be
randomly drawn.

d) Special Exempt into $80,000-$100,000 Tournaments

A player requesting a Special Exempt as a result of performance in a $60,000-$100,000 or
WTA Tournament will have first priority. These players shall be ordered and accepted
according to their ranking from Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament Week
(including a player’s Special Ranking, if used to enter the Tournament). WTA Singles Ranking
will take precedence, followed by ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking.

Page 93 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 In $80,000 tournaments only, if spaces remain, players requesting a Special Exempt as a
result of performance in $40,000 Tournaments will have second priority.

These players shall be ordered and accepted according to their ranking from Monday seven
(7) days before the Tournament Week (including a player’s Special Ranking, if used to enter
the Tournament). WTA Singles Ranking will take precedence, followed by ITF World Tennis
Singles Ranking. Ties in ranking will be randomly drawn.

e) Special Exempt procedures for all Tournaments

Unsuccessful applicants will not be penalised under the Late Withdrawal / No Show
provisions of the Code of Conduct.

If prior to the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline there are no requests for the use of a Special
Exempt position, such places shall become places for Direct Acceptance.

If prior to the Entry Deadline it is established that there will be no Special Exempt places into
a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, because there are no “Qualified
Tournaments” in the week preceding the Tournament, then the places reserved in the Main
Draw for Special Exempts shall become places for Direct Acceptances and will be indicated
as such on the Acceptance List.

K. Sign-In

1. Main Draw Sign-In

Players accepted into the Singles Main Draw are not required to Sign-In with the ITF Supervisor.
Players must be on-site and available to play their first-round match as scheduled. Each Player must
provide a contact telephone number so the ITF Supervisor may contact the Player during the
Tournament.

2. Qualifying Sign-In

a) General

The Qualifying Sign-In Deadline is at 18:00 hours local time at the site of the Singles Qualifying event
on the day before the scheduled start of the Qualifying event unless specified otherwise on the
published Fact Sheet.

Nominated Wild Cards for the Qualifying do not have to Sign-In with the ITF Supervisor.

In exceptional circumstances the ITF may extend the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline for all players in
advance, in which case players will be notified. The Qualifying Sign-In Deadline will not be extended
for individual players in any circumstances.

The ITF Supervisor/Referee of a Professional Tournament, ITF Sanctioned Tournament, ITF Team
Competition or a national competition (if requested by the relevant National Association and
approved by the ITF at least two (2) weeks in advance) in the preceding week may Sign-In any player
who has competed on the last two days preceding the scheduled start of the Qualifying competition.

Page 94 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Each player must provide a contact telephone number so the ITF Supervisor may contact the player
during the Tournament

Except as otherwise stated herein, players who have been accepted into the Singles Qualifying by
the Freeze Deadline and who fail to Sign-In shall not be included in the Singles Qualifying and will be
penalized subject to the Late Withdrawal/No Show provisions set forth in Article III.B.1 or B.2 of the
Code of Conduct.

$15,000, $25,000, $40,000, $60,000, $80,000 and $100,000 Tournaments

All players accepted into Qualifying and entered Alternate players (who wish to compete), must
Sign-In by contacting the on-site ITF Supervisor, either in person or by telephone. Entered players
accepted into Qualifying and Alternates that do not Sign-In either in person or by telephone will not
be included in the draw.

On-Site Alternates may also Sign-In by a telephone conversation with the ITF Supervisor. On-Site
Alternates that want to Sign-In either in person or by telephone must send an email to the
Supervisor and then call the Supervisor and confirm they have been signed in before the Sign-In
Deadline. Players who only email the Supervisor and do not communicate with the Supervisor by
phone will not be accepted as an official Sign-In.

Sign-In is only completed when a player has signed in or been in contact with the ITF Supervisor.
Paying an entry fee or collecting accreditation, for example, are separate from the official Sign-In
procedure.

In all circumstances of telephone Sign-In, the player must be able to be onsite and play her first-
round match as scheduled.

b) Preserving Eligibility

Players in the Singles Qualifying (except Alternates) as determined at the Freeze Deadline can
preserve their eligibility for unused Special Exempt places or Singles Main Draw vacancies (following
withdrawals after the Freeze Deadline) by personally contacting the ITF Supervisor onsite prior to
the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline.

If the Special Exempt places are used or there are no Main Draw vacancies, the players that
Preserved Eligibility are not eligible to play the Qualifying and are subject to the provisions set forth
in Article III. B.1 or B.2, Late Withdrawal/ No Show of the Code of Conduct.

If unused Special Exempts place(s) or Main Draw vacancies are not so preserved, such places shall be
filled in accordance with the section V.L. Vacancies/Substitutions below.

c) Signing into Multiple Tournaments the same week

Alternates and On-Site Alternates may Sign-In (in person) for the Qualifying of a second Tournament
during the same week provided:

Page 95 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 i) the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline of the second Tournament is on a later day than the
Qualifying Sign-In Deadline of the first Tournament; and
ii) the player was not accepted into the Qualifying draw of the first Tournament.

d) Playing in Week 1 event and Sign-In for Week 2’s Event

Players who cannot appear for the Singles Qualifying Sign-In at an ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament because they are still competing in a previous week’s related Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournament may be signed in for the Singles Qualifying and may be permitted to
compete in both events subject to the approval of both ITF Supervisors and provided it does not
unfairly disrupt the Singles Qualifying schedule.

L. Vacancies/Substitutions

Vacancies shall be filled with substitutes in accordance with the following:

1. From the Withdrawal Deadline until the Freeze Deadline:

Direct Acceptance vacancies in the Qualifying and Main Draw shall be filled by entered players
selected in accordance with the applicable System of Merit. A player not accepted into the Main
Draw or Qualifying will appear on the Tournament’s Alternates List.
In $15,000 Tournaments, vacancies in the Junior Reserved places will be filled by the next eligible
entered player on the Junior Reserved Alternate List. If no players are eligible for the Junior Reserved
place, the place will be revert to a Direct Acceptance place and filled in accordance with the
applicable System of Merit.

2. From the Freeze Deadline until the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline:

a) $15,000 Tournaments
Following the Freeze Deadline, the Junior Reserved Alternate List will no longer be used to
fill vacancies for Junior Reserved withdrawals. The Alternates List, which already includes
those players on the Junior Reserved Alternate List, will be the only list used to replace any
vacancies.

b) All $25,000, $40,000, $60,000, $80,000 and $100,000Tournaments

All vacancies in the Qualifying or Main Draw shall be filled, at the time of the Qualifying Sign-
In Deadline, by players who have signed in for the Qualifying event as detailed below.

3. At the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline:

Vacancies in the Main Draw Acceptance list (created by Late Withdrawals, unused Special Exempt
positions, and Main Draw Wild Card positions not to be used as confirmed by the Tournament
Organiser) shall be filled by players who have signed-in for the Qualifying event or have Preserved
Eligibility for Main Draw by contacting the ITF Supervisor (see Rule K.2.B. above) and shall be
selected in accordance with the Section V.L. Vacancies/Substitutions and in accordance with the
applicable Singles System of Merit.

Vacancies in the Qualifying Acceptance List (created by Late Withdrawals, players being moved to
the Main Draw as above or Qualifying Wild Card positions not to be used as confirmed by the

Page 96 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Tournament Organiser) shall be filled by players who have Signed-In for the Qualifying event in
accordance with the applicable Singles System of Merit.

4. From the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline until the Commencement of the Qualifying Competition:
Any unused Special Exempt places held for extenuating circumstances (e.g. Tournaments delayed
due to weather) or vacancies in the Qualifying or Main Draw shall be filled by players who have
signed in for the Qualifying event, selected in accordance with the applicable System of Merit. The
Qualifying competition commences when the first ball of the first Qualifying match is struck.

5. After Commencement of the Qualifying Competition:

a) Vacancies in the Qualifying shall be filled by players who have signed the Alternate List
selected in accordance with the applicable System of Merit.

If there is no Qualifying, vacancies in the Main Draw shall be filled by players on the
Alternate List, selected according to the System of Merit.

b) Vacancies in the Singles Main Draw shall not be filled until the completion of the Singles
Qualifying and shall only be filled by Lucky Losers. The Lucky Losers shall be ordered and
selected as follows:
i) Players who have reached the final Qualifying round of the Qualifying competition;
then
ii) Players with a WTA Ranking shall be randomly drawn; then
iii) Players with an ITF World Tennis Tour Ranking shall be randomly drawn; then
iv) The order of Nationally Ranked and unranked players shall be randomly drawn.

If players from previous rounds are needed to fill the draw or desire to Sign-In as a Lucky Losers,
they will be placed after all players who have lost in the final round of Qualifying and ordered as
described above.

Special Rankings shall not be used to order players for Lucky Loser positions.

If a player is forced to retire from her final round of Qualifying due to illness or injury, the player will
retain her Lucky Loser status provided she receives medical clearance from the Tournament
Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist.

6. After the Completion of the Qualifying Competition:

If after the completion of the qualifying competition there are vacancies in the Main Draw, the ITF
Supervisor will fill the Main Draw with all of the Qualifiers and, if necessary, Lucky Losers in order
that they were drawn. It shall be assumed all players who lost in the last round of Qualifying will
want to take a position in the Main Draw. Therefore, it is the player’s responsibility to inform the ITF
Supervisor at the end of their match if they do not want to be considered for the Lucky Loser
position.

M. Sign-In Requirements for Substitutes

1. Alternates and Lucky Losers (Singles and Doubles) have the option of signing in each day before
the start of play for an opportunity to compete in any eligible open position in the draw. Players

Page 97 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

wishing to Sign-In for an opportunity must be present and Sign-In 30 minutes prior to the scheduled
start of play with the ITF Supervisor. Players may also Sign-In by a telephone conversation with the
ITF Supervisor. Alternates and Lucky Losers that want to Sign-In by telephone must send an email to
the Supervisor and then call the Supervisor and confirm he has been signed in before the Sign-In
Deadline. Players who only email the Supervisor and do not communicate with the Supervisor by
phone will not be accepted as an official Sign-In. Eligible players must sign and re-sign the
appropriate list each day before the start of play.

When the last round of Qualifying and the first round of Main Draw are played on the same day,
Lucky Losers must Sign-In no later than 30 minutes after the completion of the last Qualifying match.
Players can find the Sign-In Deadline on the Order of Play. It is the player’s responsibility to contact
the ITF Supervisor with any questions about the time and location of the Sign-In Deadline.

2. Alternates and Lucky Losers must be ready to play in proper tennis attire within a total time of
fifteen (15) minutes after the announcement of a vacancy. Matches must commence without delay
after the selection of the Alternate or Lucky Loser.

3. If an Alternate or Lucky Loser is accepted into the draw, but when called is not available to play,
she forfeits her place and the next Alternate or Lucky Loser will be called immediately to take the
open position. Once an Alternate or Lucky Loser forfeits, she is no longer eligible for Alternate or
Lucky Loser status for that event on that day. If a player does not sign up for Alternate or Lucky Loser
status one day, she may still sign up on the next day.

N. Administrative Error on Acceptance Lists

If an administrative error is made on an Acceptance List resulting either in a player not being
included or too many players being accepted into the Tournament, the Acceptance List will be
corrected at the earliest opportunity in accordance with the System of Merit.

If a player’s National Ranking is not considered for ordering a player on the Acceptance List because
the data provided by the National Association did not match the ITF’s data then a correction to any
published Acceptance List will be at the discretion of the ITF. All future Entry Lists will be corrected
once the revised information has been sent by the National Association.

If due to an administrative error too many players arrive on-site and Sign-In to play the Tournament,
the following procedures will be followed: the last two (2) players accepted into the Tournament
based upon the most current updated Acceptance List (excluding Wild Cards and Qualifiers) will play
a preliminary match for one (1) position in the draw.

$15,000 and $25,000 Tournaments

The loser of the preliminary match will receive no WTA and/or ITF World Tennis Ranking points but
will receive 1st round prize money. Prize money payment to the loser of the preliminary match will
be paid by the ITF. A player who wins the preliminary match but then loses in the 1st round will
receive 1st round prize money plus 25% of 2nd round prize money and 35% of 2nd round WTA
and/or ITF World Tennis Ranking points.

In the event that the administrative error takes place on-site, it is the responsibility of the ITF
Supervisor to inform the ITF Women’s department of this administrative error.

Page 98 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

$40,000, $60,000, $80,000 and $100,000 Tournaments
The loser of the preliminary match will receive 1st round WTA ranking points and 1st round prize
money. Prize money payment to the loser of the preliminary match will be paid by the ITF. A player
who wins the preliminary match but then loses in the 1st round will receive 1st round prize money
plus 25% of 2nd round prize money and 35% of 2nd round WTA ranking points.

The ITF will advise the Director of the MIS Department at the WTA Florida office immediately
following the discovery of any such administrative error.

In the event that the administrative error takes place on-site, it is the responsibility of the ITF
Supervisor to inform the ITF Women’s department of this administrative error.

O. Late Cancellations

In the event that a Tournament is cancelled late, players who had entered that Tournament may, at
the ITF’s discretion, be placed as “next in” on the Main Draw or Qualifying Acceptance List, as
appropriate, of another Tournament taking place in the same week.

VI. DOUBLES ENTRIES AND WITHDRAWALS

Tournaments offering between $25,000 and $100,000 in prize money will accept up to seven (7)
Doubles teams by Advance Entry with the remaining Doubles teams selected by the existing onsite
procedure. Tournaments offering $15,000 in prize money will not offer Advance Entry and will retain
the onsite procedure for all Doubles entries.

A. Advance Entry at $25,000-$100,000 Tournaments

Advance Entry is available at $25,000, $40,000, $60,000, $80,000 and $100,000 Tournaments
(including +H Tournaments).

Advance Entries are only accepted from players with a WTA Doubles ranking, subject only to Age
Eligibility and Play Down provisions of these Regulations.

1.) Entry and Withdrawal Procedures

Players may make only one advance entry in a Doubles tournament each week and this must be
submitted online through a player’s IPIN account. During the IPIN entry process, one member of the
Doubles team must propose the partnership to the second member. The second member must
confirm their acceptance of the Doubles entry in IPIN prior to the Advance Entry Doubles Entry
Deadline (“Doubles Entry Deadline”). Any partnership not confirmed by this time will be removed
from the Entry list. It is the players’ responsibility to make all entries and withdrawals and to check
her / the team’s position on the Doubles Acceptance Lists.

Players can add or change Doubles entries up until the Doubles Entry Deadline, but in all cases the
entry must be confirmed prior to the deadline.

Page 99 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Withdrawals must be submitted online through the player’s IPIN account. In exceptional
circumstances, the ITF will accept a Withdrawal on an Official Withdrawal Form. Players should
contact the ITF prior to the relevant deadline for consideration of an exception. The Withdrawal
Form can be found on the ITF website and in IPIN.

The Entry, Withdrawal and Freeze Deadlines for Doubles are detailed below. In exceptional
circumstances or during UK office holidays, the ITF may modify the deadlines, in which case players
will be notified.

2.) Doubles Entry Deadline

The Doubles Entry Deadline is at 14:00 hours (GMT) on Tuesday, 6 days prior to the Tournament. In
the event of any technical issues that prevent the ITF from processing the Doubles Entry Deadline 6
days prior to the tournament, then Doubles Entry Deadline in that week will revert to On-Site entry.

At the Doubles Entry Deadline, Doubles teams will be ordered on a Doubles Acceptance List
according to the applicable Doubles System of Merit. The first seven (7) accepted teams will be listed
in the Main Draw. Additional teams will be listed as Alternates.

Doubles teams are not Committed to the Tournament until the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze
deadline.

Entered Teams where one or both members of the team do not have a WTA Doubles ranking will be
removed at the Doubles Entry Deadline.

A player’s Singles entries may affect their Doubles entry at the Doubles Entry Deadline.
a) A player who is entered or accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying of Singles of a
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament at the Singles Withdrawal Deadline may only
enter Doubles at the same Tournament. If the player has entered the Doubles of another
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, her Doubles entry (and that of her partner)
will be withdrawn at the Doubles Entry Deadline.

b) Players accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying of Singles at an ITF World Tennis Tour
Juniors Tournament after the Singles Withdrawal Deadline may not make an Advanced Entry
for Doubles. If the player has entered the Doubles of a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament, her Doubles entry (and that of her partner) will be withdrawn at the Doubles
Entry Deadline.

c) Players accepted into one of the seven (7) Main Draw Doubles positions, and who are also
Singles Alternates at other ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments in the same week, will be
removed from all Singles Alternates lists except (if applicable) the same Tournament where
the player was accepted into Doubles.

3.) Between the Doubles Entry Deadline and the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline.
a) A Doubles team’s position on the Acceptance List may change until the Freeze Deadline.
Players that are listed as Doubles Alternates can move into the Doubles Main Draw positions
until the Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline, based on the withdrawals of teams above them.
b) Players who are included on the Doubles Alternates List and do not wish to play a
Tournament for a given week should withdraw themselves from that Tournament before the

Page 100 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 team moves into the Doubles Main Draw, because players who are also Singles Alternates in
the same week may find their Singles entries amended due to moving into a Doubles Main
Draw position.

4.) At and After the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline

The Withdrawal and Freeze Deadlines for Doubles take place at the same time, 14:00 hours (GMT)
on the Thursday four (4) days before the Monday of the Tournament Week. This is the same time as
the Singles Freeze Deadline.

a) Procedure
1) At the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline, Doubles Teams in Main Draw positions are
Committed to the Tournament.

2) At the Freeze Deadline, the Advance Entry Doubles Alternate List will no longer be used and
will be removed.

3) Teams listed as Alternates at the Doubles Freeze Deadline are not Committed to the
Tournament. Any such teams will need to Sign In as an On-Site Entry if they wish to play.
Advance Entry Doubles Alternate teams have no priority over other teams which Sign-In On-
Site. Members of an Alternate Doubles team may Sign-In On-Site with the same or a
different partner.

4) All vacancies and remaining positions in the Draw will be filled by the applicable On-Site
Entry procedure.

5) A Doubles withdrawal made after the Freeze Deadline must be submitted online through the
player’s IPIN account or she will be subject to sanction pursuant to the Code of Conduct,
Article III.B.

b) Commitment Rule
Prior to the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline a Doubles team’s status on an Acceptance List is
not confirmed. A Doubles team which appears on an ITF World Tennis Tour Doubles Main Draw
Acceptance List at any time after the Doubles Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline is deemed to have been
accepted into and is Committed to play the Tournament.

Players are required to withdraw according to the procedures detailed in the regulations above from
any tournament they are unable to play and the players should check their Tournament status on
the Acceptance List until the Freeze Deadline.

If one player of the Doubles team withdraws her Entry from the Doubles Main Draw of a Women’s
ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament for any reason after the Withdrawal Deadline, the withdrawal
will be considered a Late Withdrawal and will be subject to the Late Withdrawal/No Show provisions
at Article III.B of the Code of Conduct.

Any player accepted into Main Draw Doubles but that fails to appear for the Tournament without
notifying the ITF and ITF Supervisor (if after the Freeze Deadline) of her withdrawal shall be subject
to sanction pursuant to the Code of Conduct, Article III.B.

Page 101 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

The player responsible for the Withdrawal of her team after the Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline will be
subject to Article III.B.1. (Late Withdrawals) or B.2 (No Show) of the Code of Conduct unless Article
III.B.3 or B.4 applies:
• B.3 On-site Medical Withdrawal: There are circumstances in which a player may validly
withdraw from a Tournament provided that player obtains a Medical Certificate at the
Tournament by seeing the Tournament Doctor or Sports Physiotherapist.
• B.4 (Playing Another Event / One Tournament Per week): There are circumstances in which a
Committed player may validly withdraw from a Tournament in order to play another event
and not be penalised.

The player responsible for the Withdrawal of an Advance Entry Doubles team after the Doubles
Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline may not compete in Doubles during the same Tournament Week in
which they have withdrawn. However, the withdrawing player’s partner may find a new partner and
Sign-In On-site for Doubles at the same or another ITF tournament.

If, in the opinion of the ITF Supervisor or ITF (as applicable) both players are responsible for
Withdrawal after the Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline, both players shall be subject to sanction under
the Code of Conduct, Article III.B and neither player will be allowed to compete in Doubles during
the Tournament Week.
Each player is allowed three Doubles late withdrawals without penalty per calendar year provided
the Withdrawal is made in accordance with the procedure set out at Section VI.A(1) above.

Players are encouraged to read the Fines Guidelines and Entry Offence provisions located in the
Code of Conduct for information on the penalties imposed for Late Withdrawals/No Shows.

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations, the ITF has the absolute right to refuse or
revoke any player’s Entry to any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament(s). The ITF may
exercise that right as it sees fit, with or without providing reasons.

B. On-Site Entry and Withdrawal Deadline - Doubles

Subject to the Age Eligibility and Play Down provisions of these Regulations, all players (i.e. those
with a WTA ranking, ITF World Tennis Ranking, eligible ITF Combined Junior Ranking, National
Ranking, and unranked), may enter Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments by the On-Site
Entry Deadline.

At $25,000-$100,000 Tournaments, at least six (6) teams are selected according to the On-Site
procedure. More teams may be selected depending on the number of Advance Entry teams, see
section A above.

At $15,000 tournaments, all Doubles teams (with the exception of Wild Card teams) are selected
according to the On-Site procedure.

The On-Site Entry and Withdrawal Deadline for Doubles, also known as the Sign-in Deadline, is at
14:00 hours local time on the day before the Doubles Main Draw event is scheduled to commence.
Players shall be responsible for their own Sign-In and should check the Fact Sheet for Sign-In date
and location.

Page 102 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

All Doubles team Entries and Withdrawals must be received by the ITF Supervisor by the Sign-In
Deadline.

Advance Entry Doubles teams on the Acceptance List after the Freeze Deadline do not need to Sign-
In but must be ready to play as scheduled.

The Supervisor shall post the Doubles Sign-In sheet at a reasonable time prior to the announced
Sign-In Deadline. One member of a Doubles team may complete On-Site Sign-in on behalf of the
team. The ITF Supervisor reserves the right to accept timely telephone entries. In addition, a player
may email the ITF Supervisor to Sign-In for Doubles (email Sign-In will not be processed if sent to the
Tournament Director). Players who fail to Sign-In shall not be included in the Doubles draw.

On-Site Acceptances for Doubles shall be based on the applicable Doubles System of Merit.

A player that wants to use their WTA Special Ranking to Sign-In On-Site for Doubles must notify the
ITF Supervisor prior to the Sign-In Deadline.

The player responsible for the Withdrawal of an Advance Entry Doubles team after the Doubles
Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline may not compete in Doubles during the same Tournament Week in
which they have withdrawn. However, the withdrawing player’s partner may find a new partner and
Sign-In On-site for Doubles at the same or another ITF tournament.

If, in the opinion of the ITF Supervisor or ITF (as applicable) both players are responsible for
Withdrawal after the Withdrawal/Freeze Deadline, both players shall be subject to sanction under
the Code of Conduct, Article III.B and neither player will be allowed to compete in Doubles during
the Tournament Week.

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Regulations, the ITF has the absolute right to refuse or
revoke any player’s Entry to any Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament(s). The ITF may
exercise that right as it sees fit, with or without providing reasons.

C. Substitution of Doubles Teams

If a player or a team withdraws after the On-Site Entry/Withdrawal/Sign-in Deadline for Doubles,
Alternates shall be selected according to the applicable Doubles System of Merit.

The Sign-In for Doubles Alternates shall follow the same principles as the Sign-In for Singles
Alternates (Section V.M. Sign-In Requirements for Substitutes). One member of a team may Sign-In
for the team.

D. Wild Cards

Wild Cards are Doubles teams included in the Doubles draw at the sole discretion of the Tournament
Organiser on approval from the host National Association. Wild Cards may be seeded, in accordance
with the seeding procedure in section VIII.B. Wild Cards must be named at the time the draw is
made. Wild Cards who withdraw cannot be replaced with new Wild Cards after the appropriate draw
is made.

Page 103 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Players and Tournaments may not offer and/or receive any compensation for receiving or awarding
a Wild Card. Acceptance of the offer of a Wild Card constitutes a player’s commitment to the
Tournament.

A Tournament may not offer a Wild Card or accept the Entry from any team who has either accepted
a Wild Card or been Committed by an Entry to another Tournament in the same week except as
stated in Article II, B.4 of the Code of Conduct.

A player who is Committed by way of Entry or Wild Card to a Tournament may only accept the offer
of a Wild Card into another Tournament in the same week as permitted in Article III, B.4 of the Code
of Conduct.

VII. SYSTEMS OF MERIT

Players who wish to enter a Tournament with a WTA Special Ranking must contact the WTA at least
one week prior to the Entry Deadline. When two or more players are tied, the actual ranking
supersedes the Special Ranking for acceptance purposes.

The following Singles selection procedure shall be used, subject to Section V.L.
Vacancies/Substitutions, as the basis for acceptances as follows:
i) Methods A to C are followed in order to create the Acceptance List and thereafter identify
Direct Acceptances, up to the Freeze Deadline. At and after the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline,
vacancies will be filled from the Alternates List, provided the player has Signed-In;
ii) Method D is followed to identify Junior Reserved Places and Junior Reserved Alternates, up
to the Freeze Deadline;
iii) Methods E to G are followed after the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline in order to fill any
remaining vacancies in the Tournament, after the Acceptance List is exhausted.

A. Singles System of Merit at $15,000 Tournaments

1. Method A – Direct Acceptance

Entered players with an approved WTA Singles Ranking, including a Special Ranking, shall be selected
in accordance with their positions on the approved WTA Ranking list available on the Entry Deadline
and dated twenty-one (21) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

2. Method B – Direct Acceptance

Entered players with an approved ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking shall be selected in accordance
with their positions on the approved ITF World Tennis Ranking list available on the Entry Deadline
and dated twenty-one (21) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

3. Method C – Direct Acceptance

Entered players without an approved WTA Singles Ranking and without an ITF World Tennis Singles
Ranking but with a current Top 500 National Ranking will be drawn by computer at the ITF Office at
the Entry Deadline as follows:

Page 104 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 i) Players will be sorted into groups of the same nationalities and ranked within those groups
according to National Ranking. Ties between players within those groups will be randomly
drawn;
ii) Each country with a player represented will be allocated a draw chip. Each time a chip is
drawn the highest ranked player from the country represented by that chip shall be selected
and ordered on the Acceptance List until all the national ranked players are ordered. A
country’s chip shall go back into the draw until there are no more players in their group;
then
iii) All remaining entered players who are unranked and have no National Ranking shall be
randomly drawn by computer at the ITF Office for a position on the Acceptance List.

Players who are listed as Alternates after the Freeze Deadline will have priority for acceptance over
On-Site Alternates.

4. Method D – Junior Reserved

Entered players with an approved ITF Combined Junior Ranking of 1-100 shall be selected for a
maximum of three (3) Main Draw places. A Top 100 ITF Combined Junior Ranking can be achieved in
2 ways:

i) Current ITF Combined Junior ranking

In accordance with the player’s position on the approved ITF Combined Junior Ranking list
available on the Entry Deadline and dated twenty-one (21) days prior to the Monday of the
Tournament Week;

ii) “Carry-over” ITF Junior ranking

In addition, players born in 2004 may carry over their 12 December 2022 ITF Combined
Junior ranking for the purposes of entering $15,000 Tournaments until the week in which
they turn 19 years of age. The Monday of each week determines the player’s age for that
week. Thus, a player who is 18 on Monday but turns 19 on Tuesday would be eligible to use
their ITF Combined Junior Ranking for that week but would no longer be able to use their ITF
Combined Junior Ranking the following week. If two players share the same ranking (one
with a current ranking, the other with a carry-over ranking), then the player with the current
ITF Ranking will be ordered before the player holding the carry-over ranking on the System
of Merit.

Method D Junior Reserved Places are only available for players who cannot otherwise be accepted
into the Main Draw on the basis of their WTA Singles Ranking or their ITF World Tennis Singles
Ranking (or National Ranking). A player must also have turned 14 years of age in order to be
accepted into a $15,000 Tournament.

Junior players ranked outside the ITF Combined Junior Ranking Top 100 on the Entry Deadline are
not eligible for a Junior Reserved Main Draw place.

After the Entry Deadline, Any Junior Reserved places that become available through a Withdrawal
will be filled by a player on the Junior Reserved Alternate List until the Freeze Deadline.

Page 105 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Unfilled Junior Reserved places will be reallocated to Direct Acceptance Methods A, B and C in that
order.

There will be no Qualifying or Alternate places reserved in a $15,000 Tournament based on ITF
Combined Junior ranking.

5. Method E – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates with a WTA Singles Ranking, who have signed in for Qualifying shall be selected in
accordance with their WTA Singles Ranking, on the Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament
Week.

6. Method F – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, who have signed in for Qualifying shall
be selected in accordance with their ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking on the Monday seven (7) days
before the Tournament Week.

7. Method G – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates without a WTA or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking who have signed in for
Qualifying shall be selected based on National Ranking as follows:

i) Players will be sorted into groups of the same nationalities and ranked within those groups
according to National Ranking. Ties between players within those groups will be randomly
drawn;
ii) Each country represented will be allocated the same number of draw chips as the number of
players from that country unless there are more players from a particular country than
places available in a draw. In that case, the number of chips allocated to that country shall
be limited to the number of places available in the draw and any extra players are dropped
from consideration. Each time a chip is drawn the highest ranked player from the country
represented by that chip shall be selected; then
Further places will be filled by unranked players randomly drawn.

8. Ties
A random draw will be made when players are tied based on their WTA Singles Ranking or tied based
on their ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking.

On Acceptance Lists produced by the ITF, ties have already been randomly drawn by computer and
players are listed in priority order.

9. National Ranking
Each National Association may submit their National Rankings to the ITF up to four times per year
(quarterly updates). National Rankings from nations must be submitted in the current or previous
year or they will not be considered for acceptance. National Associations must submit their National
Rankings at least seven (7) days before the Entry Deadline if they are to be used for acceptance
purposes for a specific Tournament Week. Players without a National Ranking, or an approved WTA
or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, will be considered unranked for that Tournament.

Players should contact their National Association for details on when updated National Rankings will
be sent to the ITF.

Page 106 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

B. Singles System of Merit at $25,000, $40,000, $60,000, $80,000, $100,000
Tournaments

1. Method A – Direct Acceptance

Entered players with an approved WTA Singles Ranking, including a Special Ranking, shall be selected
in accordance with their positions on the approved ranking list available on the Entry Deadline and
dated twenty-one (21) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

2. Method B – Direct Acceptance

Entered players with an approved ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking shall be selected in accordance
with their positions on the approved points list available on the Entry Deadline and dated twenty-
one (21) days prior to the Monday of the Tournament Week.

3. Method C – Direct Acceptance

Entered players without an approved WTA Singles Ranking and without an ITF World Tennis Singles
Ranking but with a current Top 500 National Ranking will be drawn by computer at the ITF Office at
the Entry Deadline as follows:

i) Players will be sorted into groups of the same nationalities and ranked within those groups
according to National Ranking. Ties between players within those groups will be randomly
drawn;
ii) Each country with a player represented will be allocated a draw chip. Each time a chip is
drawn the highest ranked player from the country represented by that chip shall be selected
and ordered on the Acceptance List until all the national ranked players are ordered. A
country’s chip shall go back into the draw until there are no more players in their group;
then
iii) All remaining entered players who are unranked and have no National Ranking shall be
randomly drawn by computer at the ITF Office for a position on the Acceptance List

Players who are listed as Alternates after the Freeze Deadline will have priority for acceptance over
On-Site Alternates.

4. Method E – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates with a WTA Singles Ranking, who have signed in for Qualifying shall be selected in
accordance with their WTA Ranking, on the Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament Week.

5. Method F – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, who have signed in for Qualifying shall
be selected in accordance with their ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, on the Monday seven (7) days
before the Tournament Week.

6. Method G – On-Site Alternates

On-Site Alternates without a WTA or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking who have signed in for
Qualifying shall be selected based on National Rankings as follows:

Page 107 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 i) Players will be sorted into groups of the same nationalities and ranked within those groups
according to National Ranking. Ties between players within those groups will be randomly
drawn;
ii) Each country represented will be allocated the same number of draw chips as the number of
players from that country unless there are more players from a particular country than
places available in a draw. In that case, the number of chips allocated to that country shall
be limited to the number of places available in the draw and any extra players are dropped
from consideration. Each time a chip is drawn the highest ranked player from the country
represented by that chip shall be selected; and
iii) Further places will be filled by unranked players randomly drawn

7. Ties

A random draw will be made when players are tied based on their WTA Singles Ranking or tied based
on their ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking. On Acceptance Lists produced by the ITF, ties have already
been randomly drawn and players are listed in priority order.

8. National Ranking
Each National Association may submit their National Rankings to the ITF up to four times per year
(quarterly updates). National Rankings from nations must be submitted in the current or previous
year or they will not be considered for acceptance. National Associations must submit their National
Rankings at least seven (7) days before the Entry Deadline if they are to be used for acceptance
purposes for a specific Tournament Week. Players without a National Ranking, or an approved WTA
or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, will be considered unranked for that Tournament.

Players should contact their National Association for details on when updated National Rankings will
be sent to the ITF.

C. Doubles System of Merit at $15,000 Tournaments

Each Tournament will have a Doubles competition for 16 teams:

• 13 Direct Acceptance;
• 3 Wild Cards.

Doubles teams will be selected into the Main Draw of Doubles in accordance with their best rankings
(either Singles or Doubles) added together and the total used to determine acceptances. Teams will
be prioritised based on WTA Singles and Doubles Ranking, including WTA Special Rankings (if used),
followed by ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking as of the Monday seven (7) days before the
Tournament Week.

Teams will be ordered as follows:

1. Method A – Direct Acceptance

Combined ranking of two players with an approved Singles or Doubles Rankings. Best rankings
(either Singles or Doubles) shall be added together, and the total used to determine Direct
Acceptances. Unranked players may also be accepted via this Method.
Within Method A, teams will be ordered as follows:

Page 108 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 a) Both players with a WTA Singles or Doubles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total (best
of Singles or Doubles ranking);
b) One player with a WTA Singles or Doubles Ranking and one player with an ITF World Tennis
Singles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total (best of Singles or Doubles ranking);
c) Both players with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total
(best of Singles or Doubles ranking);
d) One player with a WTA Singles or Doubles Ranking, and one unranked player;
e) One player with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, and one unranked player; and
f) Both players unranked.

Breaking ties
Ties between teams with the same combined ranking for positions on the Acceptance List shall be
broken as follows:

a) If a team uses one or more Special Rankings, the priority shall be given to the team(s) not
using a Special Ranking(s);
b) The team with the player with the strongest individual WTA Singles Ranking, and if still tied
by the next highest WTA Singles Ranking;
c) The team with the player with the strongest individual WTA Doubles Ranking, and if still tied
by the next highest WTA Doubles Ranking;
d) The team with the player with the strongest individual ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking and
if still tied by the next highest ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking;
e) Any further ties between teams shall be drawn by lot.

National Ranking will not be considered for Doubles selection. Players with a national ranking only
will be treated as “unranked”.

D. Doubles System of Merit at $25,000, $40,000, $60,000, $80,000, $100,000

Tournaments

Each Tournament will have a Doubles competition for 16 teams, with teams entering as follows:
• Up to seven (7) teams by Advance Entry
o The teams will be selected in accordance with their combined Doubles’ Rankings
added together and the total used to determine acceptances as of the Monday
seven (7) days before the Tournament Week. Teams will be prioritised based on
WTA Doubles Ranking, including WTA Special Rankings (if used)..
• At least six (6) teams by On-Site Entry;
o All remaining entries, excluding Wild Cards, will be composed of Doubles teams that
Sign-In On-Site. Doubles teams will be selected into the Main Draw of Doubles in
accordance with their best rankings (either Singles or Doubles) added together and
the total used to determine acceptances. Teams will be prioritised based on WTA
Singles and Doubles Ranking, including WTA Special Rankings (if used), followed by
ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking as of the Monday seven (7) days before the
Tournament Week.
3 Wild Card teams.

Doubles Teams will be selected into the Main Draw of Doubles as follows:

Page 109 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

a) Advance Entry

1. Method A – Direct Acceptance

Combined ranking of two players with a WTA Doubles Ranking including WTA Special Rankings shall
be added together and the total used to determine Direct Acceptances.

Teams will be ordered as follows:

a) Both players with a WTA Doubles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total

Breaking ties
Ties between teams with the same combined ranking for positions on the Acceptance List shall be
broken as follows:

a) If a team uses one or more WTA Special Rankings, the priority shall be given to the team(s)
not using WTA Special Ranking(s);
b) The team with the player with the strongest individual WTA Doubles Ranking, and if still tied
by the next highest WTA Doubles Ranking;
c) Any further ties between teams shall be drawn by lot.

Players without a WTA Doubles ranking will not be eligible for Advance Entry selection.

b) On-Site Entry – Direct Acceptance

1. Method A – Direct Acceptance

Combined ranking of two players with WTA Ranking (Singles or Doubles), including a WTA Special
Ranking or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking. Best rankings (either Singles or Doubles) shall be added
together and the total used to determine Direct Acceptances. Unranked players may also be
accepted via this Method.

Teams will be ordered as follows:

a) Both players with a WTA Singles or Doubles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total (best
of Singles or Doubles ranking);
b) One player with a WTA Singles or Doubles Ranking and one player with an ITF World Tennis
Singles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total (best of Singles or Doubles ranking);
c) Both players with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking, in order of lowest combined total
d) One player with a WTA Singles or Doubles Ranking, and one unranked player;
e) One player with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking and one unranked player; and
f) Both players unranked.

Breaking ties
Ties between teams with the same combined ranking for positions on the Acceptance List shall be
broken as follows:

a) If a team uses one or more WTA Special Rankings, the priority shall be given to the team(s)
not using WTA Special Ranking(s);

Page 110 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 b) The team with the player with the strongest individual WTA Singles Ranking, and if still tied
by the next highest WTA Singles Ranking;
c) The team with the player with the strongest individual WTA Doubles Ranking, and if still tied
by the next highest WTA Doubles Ranking;
d) The team with the player with the strongest individual ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking and
if still tied by the next highest ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking;
e) Any further ties between teams shall be drawn by lot.
National Ranking will not be considered for Doubles selection. Players with a National Ranking only
will be treated as “unranked”.

VIII. DRAWS
The Singles Main Draw shall consist of 32 players at $15,000 Tournaments and of 32 or 48 players at
$25,000-$100,000 Tournaments. The Singles Qualifying draw shall be a maximum of 64 players.

The Doubles draw shall consist of 16 teams. There shall be no Doubles Qualifying competition.

A. Composition of Draws

The draws shall be composed as detailed below. All Direct Acceptances and unused reserved places
will be selected in accordance with the applicable System of Merit.

1. Singles

a) Qualifying ($15,000-$100,000)

Subject to the paragraph directly below, the Singles Qualifying draw size at all Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournaments must be either 32, 48 or 64 players. All draw sizes are subject to ITF
approval during the Tournament Application process, especially tournaments with prize money of
$40,000, $60,000, $80,000, and $100,000 where Qualifying draw sizes larger than 32 players will
only be approved by exception in weeks of few playing opportunities.

A Tournament may apply to the ITF for approval to have a qualifying draw of 24 players provided
one of the following conditions are met:
i) The Tournament has insufficient courts for a larger draw size and is an indoor
tournament;
ii) The Tournament had previously held a 24 qualifying draw in the previous two years; or
iii) By exception as approved by the ITF.

The Singles Qualifying draws must be composed as follows:

$15,000 $25,000 - $100,000
Draw Size-
24 32 48 64 24 32 48 64
Qualifying
Direct Acceptances 19 26 41 56 20 27 41 56
Wild Cards^ 5 6 7 8 4 5 7 8

^ Wild Cards are awarded at the discretion of the sanctioning National Association. Unused Wild Card places shall become Direct
Acceptances and filled as defined above.

Page 111 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Pre-Qualifying
The Tournament Organiser with the approval of the sanctioning National Association and the ITF
may hold a Pre-Qualifying/Wild Card event to determine the selection of Wild Cards. Pre-
Qualifying/Wild Card events for a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament must take place prior
to the Tournament Week.

Tournament Organisers may not require players to stay in the tournament hotel, be a member of a
club or similar type condition in order to compete in a Pre-Qualifying/Wild Card tournament.

Tournament Organisers/National Associations must submit Pre-Qualifying/Wild Card tournament

conditions to the ITF for approval and the ITF has the right to reject any tournament conditions
created by the Tournament Organiser/National Association.

b) Main Draw

The Singles Main Draws shall consist of 32 players at $15,000 Tournaments and shall consist of 32 or
48 players at $25,000 - $100,000 Tournaments. Tournaments running 48 player Main Draws must
have a 32 qualifying draw. All draw sizes are subject to ITF approval during the Tournament
Application process.

The draws shall be composed as follows:

MAIN DRAW $15,000 $25,000-$100,000

(Q draw size) (24Q) (32Q) (48Q) (64Q) (24Q) (32Q) (48Q) (64Q) (32Q)

MD Draw Size 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 48

Direct
14-17* 14-17* 14-17* 14-17* 17-20* 17-20* 17-20* 17-20* 32-35*
Acceptances*

Qualifiers 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Junior Reserved
3 3 3 3 - - - - -
**

Wild Cards ^ 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5

Special Exempt 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2 0/2

Junior Exempt 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1

* Number of Direct Acceptances in the Main Draw varies depending on the inclusion of any Special Exempt and/or Junior Exempt places.
** Any unused Junior Reserved places will be reallocated to Direct Acceptances.
^ Wild Cards are awarded at the discretion of the sanctioning National Association. Unused Wild Card places shall become Direct
Acceptances and filled as defined above.

Page 112 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

2. Doubles

The Doubles Draw will consist of 16 teams. Each Doubles Draw shall be composed as follows:

1. 15,000 Tournaments
Main Draw $15,000
Draw Size 16
Direct Acceptances 13
Wild Cards^ 3

2. $25,000 – $100,000 Tournaments

Main Draw $25,000 -

$100,000
Draw Size 16
Advance Entry Direct Acceptances Up to 7 teams
On-Site Direct Acceptances At least 6 teams
Wild Cards^ 3
^ Wild Cards are awarded at the discretion of the sanctioning National Association. Unused Wild Card places shall become Direct
Acceptances and filled as defined above.

B. Seeds

Each Tournament will have a seeded draw with seeds determined as follows:

1. Seeding List
Tournament seedings will not be official until the draw is made.

Singles: $15,000 to $100,000 Tournaments

In Singles, seeding shall be based on the following order of priority:

a) Players with a WTA Singles Ranking from Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament
Week. Ties shall be randomly drawn.
b) If seed positions remain available, players with an ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking from
Monday seven (7) days before the Tournament Week. Ties shall be randomly drawn.
c) Players without a WTA or ITF World Tennis Singles Ranking shall not be seeded.

Doubles: $15,000 to $100,000 Tournaments

In Doubles, seeding shall be based on the following order of priority:

a) Two players’ combined WTA Doubles Rankings from Monday seven (7) days before the
Tournament Week. Ties will be ordered by the player on the team with the highest WTA
Doubles ranking and if still tied the teams in Doubles will be randomly drawn.

Teams without a combined Doubles ranking shall not be seeded. Special Rankings and National
Rankings will not be taken into consideration for seeding in Singles or Doubles.

Page 113 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

2. Number of Seeds in the Main Draws
The number of players or Doubles teams to be seeded in the Main Draws must be as follows:

48 Singles draw 16 seeds

32 Singles draw8 seeds
16 Doubles draw 4 seeds

3. Number of Seeds in the Singles Qualifying Draw

In Singles, each section shall have two seeded players.

24 Singles draw 16 seeds

32 Singles draw 16 seeds
48 Singles draw 16 seeds
64 Singles draw 16 seeds

C. Making the Draw

All draws shall be made by the ITF Supervisor in public (i.e., individuals are permitted to attend and
witness the making of the Draw). The ITF Supervisor shall appoint one or more players, preferably
one of those players shall be a different nationality to that of the host country, at each Women’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament to witness the draws. Interested parties wishing to view the making
of the Draw should contact the ITF Supervisor.

1. Time
a) Qualifying (Singles): As soon as possible after the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline.
b) Main Draw (Singles): No later than 19:00 hours local time on the day before the Main Draw
starts and the Order of Play must be posted no later than one hour after the Draw has been
made.
c) Doubles: As soon as possible after the Doubles Entry/Withdrawal Deadline.

2. Method of Draw
The Draw shall be made as follows:

a) Qualifying Draw

i) Sections

The Qualifying Draw shall be made in sections, with one section for each place allotted in the
Main Draw. Each section shall have no more than two (2) seeded players.

ii) Placement of Seeds/Method of Draw

The first seed shall be placed at the top of the first section, the second seed shall be placed at the
top of the second section and so on until all sections have one (1) seed on the top line of each
section.

Page 114 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

The remaining seeds shall be drawn as one group. The first drawn shall be placed on the bottom line
of the first section, the second drawn shall be placed on the bottom line of the second section and
so on until all sections have one (1) seed on the bottom line of each section.

If there is not a sufficient number of seeded players to fill all the positions for seeds in the draw, the
section(s) with the highest seeds shall not have a second seeded player. If no players are seeded, all
players are drawn randomly.

b) Procedure for Placement of Seeds in the Main Draw

i) Place Seed 1 on line 1 and Seed 2 on line 16 (16 draw) or line 32 (32 draw) or line 64 (48
draw).
ii) To determine the placement of the remaining seeds, draw in pairs of two (Seeds 3 and 4)
and a group of four (Seeds 5-8) (Seeds 9-12) (Seeds 13-16) from top to bottom as detailed
below:

16 32 48
Draw Draw Draw
Line Placement on Draw
Sheet
First
drawn
5 9 17
(top
Seeds half)
3&4 Second
drawn
12 24 48
(bottom
half)

Drawn 8 16
Seeds
from
5, 6, 16 32
top to
7, 8 17 33
bottom
25 49

Drawn 9
Seeds
from
9, 10, 25
top to
11, 12 40
bottom
56

Drawn 8
Seeds
from
13, 14, 24
top to
15, 16 41
bottom
57

c) Byes
If there are not enough players to fill the Qualifying or Main Draw, then after the seeds are placed in
the draw, the required number of byes shall be awarded to the highest seeds as a first priority and

Page 115 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

any remaining byes shall be randomly drawn in a manner to distribute them as evenly as possible
throughout the sections of the draw.

d) Remaining Players
After the seeds and the byes are placed in the draw as provided above, then the remaining players
shall be randomly drawn and placed in the vacant places in the draw beginning at the top of the
draw.

e) Qualifiers/Lucky Losers
At the conclusion of the Qualifying competition, the successful Qualifiers will be randomly drawn for
their places in the Main Draw. There shall be no prior designation of which Qualifying section applies
to which Qualifying place in the Main Draw.

Likewise, when more than one eligible Lucky Loser is to be inserted into the Main Draw, their
positions shall be drawn.

If the Qualifying event is not completed at the time of the draw, then the places for the Qualifiers
and Lucky Losers (If any) shall be designated as “Qualifier” or Qualifier/Lucky Loser with their
identity to be determined by draw at the conclusion of the Qualifying event. The Lucky Losers shall
be drawn together with the Qualifiers.

D. Withdrawal and Replacement of Seeds

Any vacancy created by the withdrawal of a seed shall be filled by the next highest ranked player
eligible to be seeded. The position vacated by that next highest ranked player shall be filled in
accordance with Section V.L. Vacancies/Substitutions.

Any vacancy created by the withdrawal of a seed which occurs after the release of the Order of Play
for the first day of Qualifying shall be filled by an eligible Alternate.

Any vacancy created by the withdrawal of a seed which occurs after the release of the Order of Play
for the first day of Main Draw, shall be filled by eligible Lucky Losers.

IX. PLAYERS’ REST

A. Between Tournaments

If the ITF Supervisor receives notice from a player of the date and time of her last match played in a
previous week’s Professional Tournament, ITF Sanctioned Tournament or ITF Team Competition,
then the ITF Supervisor shall, whenever possible, give the player one full day’s rest between such
match and the player’s first match in the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, unless
weather or unavoidable circumstances has caused schedule disruption or unless the player was a
finalist in a Monday or other delayed final.

Page 116 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

B. Between Qualifying and Main Draw

Other than in exceptional circumstances, no player shall be required to play her first-round match in
the Singles Main Draw until at least twelve (12) hours after the completion of her final Qualifying
match. If a player plays two (2) Singles Qualifying matches in one day during Qualifying competition,
she should have one day of rest before the Main Draw commences, unless the player is accepted as
a Lucky Loser or inclement weather at the tournament requires the player to compete.

C. Between Matches

In the Main Draw, except when weather or other unavoidable circumstances causes schedule
disruption, players shall be scheduled for a maximum of one (1) Singles match and one (1) Doubles
match per day, which shall not be scheduled less than twelve (12) hours after the completion of the
last match of such player on the preceding day or round.

Players competing in Qualifying could be scheduled to play two matches on the same day. If players
are required to play two matches in the same day and if other circumstances during the Tournament
dictate that a player is scheduled for more than one match per day, then she shall, be given the
following minimum rest periods, unless she is in the Singles and Doubles finals to be played
consecutively:

If she has played less than 60 minutes - 30 minutes rest

If she has played between 60 and 90 minutes - 60 minutes rest
If she has played more than 90 minutes - 90 minutes rest

If a player is involved in the Singles (semi-final or final) and Doubles final she shall be allowed a rest
period of 30 minutes.

A player may play before the end of the rest period if all participants agree.

X. ORDER OF PLAY AND SUBMISSION OF RESULTS

A. Scheduling and Order of Play

1. Release of the Order of Play

Once the Supervisor determines the following day’s Order of Play, it shall be released by the
Supervisor, both on-site and via the ITF Tournament Planner program no later than 22:00 hours local
time. Players are expected to check the official Order of Play, which is also available from the
Supervisor. It is the responsibility of all players to ascertain their playing schedules from the ITF
Supervisor/Referee for each day’s play The Order of Play will detail the Sign-in deadline times for
Alternates and Lucky Losers.

Players should be aware that the last match on any court may be moved to a different court or re-
scheduled.

Page 117 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

2. Amendments to the Order of Play
Once officially released, the Order of Play shall not be amended unless the Supervisor deems it
necessary and/or appropriate. When the schedule is amended because of inclement weather, the
supervisor should post the revised schedule. It is the responsibility of all players to ascertain their
playing schedules from the ITF Supervisor/Referee for the revised Order of Play.

3. Failure to complete Tournament

If a Tournament cannot be completed within the Tournament Week because of bad weather, at the
option of the Tournament one extra day shall be allowed. The ITF Supervisor shall approve the
commencement times for matches on the extra day, which shall then be scheduled during the
morning or early afternoon. No further extension of the Tournament shall be permitted without the
approval of the ITF.

B. Results

At the end of each day's play at Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments, including the
completion of the Tournament, the Supervisor shall submit, using the ITF Tournament Planner
program, updated Tournament results for Main Draw and Qualifying, Singles and Doubles.

XI. DATA RIGHTS

Refer to Appendix F Media, Commercial and Data Rights for full information.

A. Scoring

The ITF will have the exclusive right to provide a scoring service at any Women’s ITF World Tennis
Tour event. Each Tournament will assist the ITF in its efforts to produce the service.

B. Protection of Tournament Data

Each Tournament shall not allow or authorise the dissemination, transmission, publication or release
of any match score or related statistical data from the grounds of the Tournament.
The use of laptop computers, mobile phones or other handheld electronic devices to collate, collect,
use, store, reproduce, onward supply or make available any Official Data (as defined in Appendix F)
for purposes relating to gambling or betting within the confines of the Tournament match courts
(spectator areas) shall be prohibited and each Tournament shall take reasonable steps to enforce
such prohibition (including without limitation by means of venue and spectator regulations, ticket
conditions and accreditation terms). The exception to this provision is Tournament credentialed
personnel when used in the performance of their duties.

XII. PRIZE MONEY AND WTA/ITF POINTS

A. Prize Money Distribution

Please see Appendix J – Women’s Prize Money Tables.

Page 118 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

The prize money distribution detailed below shall apply to all Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournaments. A proportion of prize money is deducted at every Tournament to contribute to the
provision of healthcare services (Primary Healthcare Programme – PHCP) at each Tournament and
on the Tour in general. This is not an additional cost to the Tournament, rather a contribution from
players towards the provision of healthcare services across the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour.

B. Uncompleted Matches

If the Singles or Doubles event of a Tournament is cancelled, e.g. due to poor weather, and there has
been no play, first round prize money will be paid out to the players. If play has commenced and
been terminated before the Tournament is concluded, players will be paid loser’s prize money for
the individual round reached. Additionally, all players/teams will receive their Round Points earned
only if all matches in the round have been completed, and the Tournament will count as a
Tournament played.

If a Tournament is officially cancelled and the final(s) have not been completed, the finalists will each
receive finalists’ prize money and ranking points. Any remaining difference between the winner and
finalist prize money will revert back to the Tournament.

C. Defaults, Byes, Withdrawals and Retirements

Prize money and points awarded will be awarded as follows:

1. General
a) No points or prize money will be awarded to a player or team who withdraws or is a “No
Show” without playing their first match.
b) A match won by retirement, default or walkover will count as a match won for ranking
points and prize money except walkovers in the first round or if a player has not won any
matches in previous round no points shall be awarded.

2. Defaults
a) Any player who is defaulted shall lose all prize money, hospitality and points earned for that event
at that Tournament, unless:

i) The player was defaulted for a Violation of the Punctuality or Dress and Equipment sections
of the Code of Conduct
ii) The player or team was defaulted, as a result of a medical condition
iii) The Default was caused by one member of a Doubles team in which case the non-defaulting
team member shall receive points and prize money from the previous round reached.

b) For any disciplinary default occurring in a Tournament after the match begins, the advancing
player or team will be awarded ranking points.

c) If a player receives one (1) or more consecutive byes and the player then defaults her next round,
no ranking points shall be awarded, the Tournament will not count on her record, and no prize
money shall be paid out.

Page 119 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

3. Byes
a) If a player or team receives one (1) or more consecutive byes and loses her/their 1st match
played, 1st round losers’ points will be awarded, and the player or team shall receive prize money
for the round reached.

b) If a player or team receives one (1) or more consecutive byes and withdraws from her/their 1st
match, no ranking points shall be awarded, the Tournament will not count on her/their record and
no prize money shall be paid out.

4. Walkovers

a) If a player or team receives a walkover in the 1st round, and there is no Alternate or Lucky Loser
to take the place in the draw, or if a player or team receives a walkover in a subsequent round
without having yet played a match, the player or team will receive ranking points from the round
preceding her/their elimination.

b) A player who receives a walkover in any round except the 1st round after having played and won
a match shall be awarded ranking points for a walkover from an opponent. For any disciplinary
default occurring in a Tournament after the match begins, the advancing player will be awarded
ranking points.

5. Withdrawals

a) If a Singles player withdraws from a Tournament, she shall receive the loser’s prize money and
ranking points for reaching the round in which she withdrew, except as follows:

i) A player accepted into the Main Draw who withdraws in the 1st round will receive no prize
money and the Tournament shall not count on her record.
ii) A Qualifier withdrawing in the 1st round of Qualifying receives no prize money and the
Tournament shall not count on her record.
iii) A Qualifier who has not played a match in the Qualifying draw and advances to the Main
Draw will not receive Qualifier points.
iv) A Qualifier withdrawing in the 1st round of the Main Draw receives prize money equal to the
last round of Qualifying prize money and Qualifier points.
v) A player or team accepted directly into the Main Draw who withdraws in the 1st round will
receive no prize money, and the Tournament shall not count on their record
vi) If a player or team receives one (1) or more consecutive byes and loses her 1st match
played, 1st round losers’ points will be awarded, and the player shall receive prize money for
the round reached.

b) If a Singles player withdraws from the semi-final or the final, their prize money is calculated per
the round they withdrew less 50% of the difference between that round and the previous round.
Such 50% shall be retained by the Tournament.

c) If a player withdraws from the Singles final, and the Tournament Organiser so desires, a substitute
player will play a best of 3 set exhibition match against the Tournament winner. The substitute
player will receive all the money defaulted.

Page 120 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

d) For a Doubles team that withdraws after the first round, the non-withdrawing player will receive
loser’s points and prize money for the round reached but the withdrawing player will receive loser’s
points and prize money for the previous round reached. In addition, the player withdrawing will not
be allowed to play in any other Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour tennis event until Monday of the
next Tournament Week (unless she is still playing in Singles).

e) If a Doubles team withdraws in any round, their prize money will be calculated as follows:

1. the non-withdrawing partner shall receive prize money per the round they withdrew;
and

2. the partner causing the withdrawal shall receive the prize money from the previous
round, unless one (1) of the following apply, in which case the withdrawing partner shall
receive prize money per the round she withdrew:

i) the player withdraws/retires from a Singles match which was scheduled during the same
Tournament; or

ii) in the event the partner causing the withdrawal is declared medically unfit to play
Singles or Doubles at the same Tournament due to illness that could cause a danger to the
public health, she shall receive prize money per the round she withdrew.

3. A team accepted directly into the Main Draw who withdraws in the 1st round will
receive no prize money, and the Tournament shall not count on their record.

f) If a Doubles team withdraws in any round, their ranking points will be calculated as follows:

1. the non-withdrawing partner shall receive ranking points per the round they withdrew;
and

2. the partner causing the withdrawal shall receive ranking points from the previous round,
unless one (1) of the following apply, in which case the withdrawing partner shall receive
prize money and ranking points per the round she withdrew:

i) the player also withdraws from playing Singles in a Tournament to be held the following
week at the time she withdraws from Doubles;

ii) the player withdraws/retires from a Singles match which was scheduled during the same
Tournament; or

iii) the player does not play Singles in a tennis event the following week.

iv) in the event the partner causing the withdrawal is declared medically unfit to play
Singles or Doubles at the same Tournament due to an illness that could cause a danger to
the public health, she shall receive the ranking points per the round she withdrew. A team
accepted directly into the Main Draw who withdraws in the 1st round will receive no prize
money, and the Tournament shall not count on their record.

Page 121 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 XIII. WTA RANKINGS

A. Introduction

WTA Ranking points are awarded at WTA Tour Tournaments and Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournaments offering at least $15,000 in prize money. Typically, the Ranking System is a 52-week,
cumulative system in which the number of Tournament results that comprise a player’s ranking is
capped at sixteen (16) Tournament results for Singles and eleven (11) Tournament results for
Doubles.

The rankings determine player acceptance and seeding for all Tournaments. Rankings are computed
and published weekly by the WTA from its U.S. Headquarters in St. Petersburg, Florida.

Note: Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments with prize money of $15,000 and $25,000 are
processed a minimum of one (1) week following the conclusion of the Tournament. For a complete
statement of the official rules and regulations regarding WTA rankings, refer to the WTA Official
Rulebook.

B. General Rules

1. WTA Official Rulebook

The WTA has an official rulebook which governs WTA ranking points and the inclusion of Women’s
ITF World Tennis Tour $15,000 through $100,000 tournaments, including events with complimentary
hospitality (“+H” events) to earn points on the WTA Tour. Players are bound by all WTA Rules and
Regulations from tournaments in which players earn WTA Ranking points. Please refer to
www.wtatennis.com for their rulebook.

2. Singles and Doubles Rankings

Players are ranked on the basis of their total points. Singles rankings will be comprised of a player’s
best sixteen (16) Singles results and Doubles rankings will be comprised of a player’s best eleven (11)
Tournament results.

3. Processing of Rankings
WTA Tournaments and Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour $40,000, $60,000, $80,000 and $100,000,
Tournaments (as long as completed by the Sunday of that week) are processed on a weekly basis.
$15,000 and 25,000 Tournaments are processed a minimum of one (1) week following the
completion of the Tournament. Points stay valid for fifty-two (52) weeks from the week in which a
Tournament is included in the ranking totals.

4. Eligibility
In order to appear on the WTA rankings, players must have earned ranking points in at least 3 valid
Tournaments, or a minimum of 10 Singles ranking points or 10 Doubles ranking points in one or
more valid Tournaments, which must be at the $15,000 level or higher. Players under the age of
fourteen (14) cannot obtain a ranking. If a player under the age of fourteen (14) plays Singles or
Doubles in a Tournament, that Tournament and the points acquired during play will not be counted
for ranking purposes for that player. If a player plays Singles or Doubles in a Tournament that

Page 122 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

exceeds the number permitted to be played under the Age Eligibility Rule, that Tournament and the
points acquired during play will not be counted for ranking purposes for that player.

5. WTA Special Ranking

A player’s WTA ranking assigned to a player who has been unable, due to medical condition,
parental start, or pregnancy, to compete in any tennis tournament for a minimum of twenty-six (26)
weeks and a maximum of 2 years. The criteria for application to the WTA and eligibility are set out in
the WTA rulebook.

C. WTA SINGLES and DOUBLES ROUND POINTS

*** Please see Appendix K – WTA / ITF World Tennis Ranking Point Tables for the WTA ranking
points awarded at Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour tournaments. ***

1. Singles

a) Players are awarded WTA ranking points for the highest round they reach, unless the player
is defaulted or there is a rule modifying the points.
b) Qualifiers who lose in the 1st round of the Main Draw are awarded only the points specified
in the Qualifier (QFR) column in the ranking points table above.
c) Qualifiers who won their 1st round match will earn Main Draw WTA ranking points based on
the highest round reached in the Main Draw plus the ranking points specified in the Qualifier
(QFR) column in the ranking points table above.
d) Lucky Losers earn only Main Draw WTA ranking points based on the highest round reached
in the Main Draw.
e) Losers in the last round of Qualifying, except Lucky Losers and players who have not won a
match to reach the last round of Qualifying, will earn FQR points.

2. Doubles

a) A team withdrawing from the first round will not receive WTA ranking points, whether there
is or is not an Alternate/Lucky Loser team able to take their place.
b) Teams are awarded WTA ranking points for the highest round they reach, unless an
individual player is defaulted or there is a rule modifying the points.

3. General

With the exception of the Grand Slams, the WTA Finals, the WTA Elite Trophy and the WTA Premier
Mandatory events, all Singles Main Draw and Doubles 1st round losers in Tournaments with prize
money of $60,000 or greater receive one (1) WTA ranking point regardless of draw size. Please check
Appendix K for ranking points table.

D. Hospitality (+H) at $15,000, $25,000, $40,000, $60,000, $80,000, and $100,000

Events

Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments offering $25,000 or $60,000 in prize money which
offer hospitality (+H) will receive increased WTA Ranking points.

Page 123 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments offering $15,000 +H or $40,000 +H do not receive
increased WTA Ranking points.

Tournaments providing hospitality must follow the following requirements:

1. Hospitality (+H) at $15,000 and $25,000 Tournaments

Hospitality is defined as accommodation in a twin room with another player, plus breakfast.
Hospitality must be of the same standard for Singles and Doubles players.

a) Singles:
i) Rooms are to be made available to each Singles player for a minimum of
three (3) nights and a maximum of seven (7) nights.
ii) Accommodation must be available one (1) day before the commencement
of the Main Draw, although a player can have accommodation start the day
the Main Draw commences, if they request it from the Tournament Director.
iii) Accommodation continues through to include the night she is eliminated or
until her three (3) nights minimum has been provided, whichever is later.
iv) Successful Qualifiers must be afforded the same number of nights and same
accommodations as Main Draw players. Nights spent in accommodation
during Qualifying shall count towards the minimum number of nights to
which Main Draw players are entitled.
b) Doubles:
i) Rooms are to be made available to each Doubles player for a minimum of
two (2) nights.
ii) Accommodation must be available beginning the day of Sign-In.
iii) Accommodation continues through to include the night of the player’s last
match or until the two (2) nights minimum has been provided, whichever is
the later.
c) Players under 18 may only share a room with another player under 18. If there are
no shared rooms then a private room must be provided to the junior player. Any
breach of Regulation XIII.D.1(f) shall be dealt with in accordance with the ITF Welfare
Policy and/or Article VIII (Tournament Offences) of the Code of Conduct.
d) Main draw players (Singles and Doubles players, includes partner) who have
withdrawn on-site for medical reasons and who are examined by the on-site
Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist shall receive hospitality through the night
of the examination.

The standard of hospitality, including any exceptions to the rules above, must be approved in advance
by the ITF. The ITF may reject hospitality of an unsatisfactory standard, notwithstanding that it meets
the minimum number of days.

2. Hospitality (+H) at $40,000 and $60,000, and Tournaments at $80,000, & $100,000

Page 124 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

Hospitality is defined as one complimentary room, plus breakfast, for the use of each player
accepted into the Singles Main Draw and/or Doubles (single or double occupancy, to be decided by
the Tournament). Hospitality must be of the same standard for Singles and Doubles players.
a) Singles:
i) Rooms are to be available to each Singles player for a minimum of four (4)
nights.
ii) Accommodation must be available one (1) day before the commencement
of the Main Draw, although a player has can have accommodation start the
day the Main Draw commences if they request it from the Tournament
Director.
iii) Accommodation continues through to include the night that she plays her
last match or until her four (4) night minimum has been provided, whichever
is later.
iv) Successful Qualifiers must be afforded the same accommodations as Main
Draw players. Nights spent in accommodation during Qualifying shall count
towards the minimum number of nights to which Main Draw players are
entitled.

b) Doubles:
i) Rooms are to be made available to each Doubles player for a minimum of
two (2) nights.
ii) Accommodation must be available beginning the day of Sign-In.
iii) Accommodation continues through to include the night of the player’s last
match or until the two (2) nights minimum has been provided, whichever is
later.
c) Players under 18 may only share a room with another player that is under 18. If there are no
shared rooms then a private room must be provided to the junior player. Any breach of this
Regulation XIII.D.2(c) shall be dealt with in accordance with the ITF Welfare Policy and/or
Article VIII (Tournament Offences) of the Code of Conduct.
d) Main draw players (Singles and Doubles players, includes partner) who have withdrawn on-
site for medical reasons and who are examined by the on-site Tournament Doctor/Sports
Physiotherapist shall receive hospitality through the night of the examination.

The standard of hospitality, including any exceptions to the rules above, must be approved in
advance by the ITF. The ITF may reject hospitality of an unsatisfactory standard, notwithstanding
that it meets the minimum defined requirements.

E. Further information – WTA Contact details

Queries and requests for full information on the WTA Rankings should be directed to the WTA office
in Florida.

Telephone: +1 727 895 5000

Page 125 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 XIV. ITF WORLD TENNIS RANKING

A. Introduction

ITF World Tennis Ranking points are also awarded in Women’s $15,000 and $25,000 ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournaments. The ITF World Tennis Ranking system is a 52-week, cumulative system in
which the number of Tournament results that comprise a player’s ranking is capped at a player’s
best fourteen (14) Tournament results for Singles. The ITF World Tennis Ranking will be used in
conjunction with the WTA Rankings for acceptance and seeding. See the applicable System of Merit
in Section VII.
Rankings are computed and published weekly by the ITF from its headquarters in London.

B. General Rules

1. Singles Rankings
Players are ranked on the basis of their total points. A Singles ranking will be calculated based on a
player’s best fourteen (14) Singles results.

If players are tied, the ranking will be ordered as follows:

a) The player with the fewest number of Tournaments played over the previous 52-week
period.
b) The highest number of points earned from one single Tournament, then, if needed, the
second highest, and so on.

2. Processing of Rankings
The ITF World Tennis Rankings and the Tournaments results used in the ranking will be calculated
and published on Monday each week. ITF World Tennis Ranking points earned at these Tournaments
will be processed a minimum of one (1) week following the completion of the Tournament and
processed on a weekly basis. Points stay valid for fifty-two (52) weeks from the week in which a
Tournament is included in the ranking totals.

3. Eligibility

To earn an ITF ranking, players must have earned at least 1 ranking point at a $15,000 or $25,000
Tournament. Players under the age of fourteen (14) are not eligible for an ITF World Tennis Ranking.
If a player under the age of fourteen (14) plays Singles or Doubles in a Tournament, that Tournament
and the points acquired during play will not be counted for ranking purposes for that player.

C. ITF World Tennis Ranking Singles and Doubles Points

Please see Appendix K – WTA / ITF World Tennis Ranking Point Tables for the ITF World Tennis
ranking points awarded at Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour tournaments.

Page 126 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

1. Singles
a) Players are awarded ranking points for the furthest round reached in qualifying, unless the
player is defaulted or there is a rule modifying the points.
b) A match won by a player through retirement or walkover will count as a match won for
ranking points. However, if a player receives a walkover in the first round and loses in the
second round or has not won any matches in any previous rounds in the Main Draw then no
points shall be awarded. Losers in the last round of Qualifying, except players moving into
the Main Draw as Lucky Losers and players who have not won a match to reach the
Qualifying final, will earn Final Qualifying round points.
c) Loser points for the rounds reached are awarded to players in any Tournament not
completed.
d) If no matches are played in Qualifying Draw, then no points will be awarded for that draw.

2. Doubles
No ITF Doubles points are awarded.

3. Byes, Walkover, Withdrawals and Defaults

The rules for prize money and points for Byes, Walkover, Withdrawals and Defaults are detailed in
Section XII Prize Money and WTA/ITF Points.

D. Hospitality (+H) at $15,000 & $25,000 Tournaments

Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments offering hospitality (+H) will receive increased ITF
World Tennis Ranking points in qualifying. (No additional WTA ranking points are offered for $15,000
and $40,000 tournaments).

The Hospitality requirements are detailed in Regulation XIII.D WTA Ranking.

E. Further Information – ITF Contacts

Queries and requests on the ITF World Tennis Rankings should be sent to the ITF.

International Tennis Federation

Bank Lane
Roehampton, London
SW15 5XZ
United Kingdom
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 8878 6464
Email: Womens@itftennis.com

Page 127 Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

 MEN’S AND WOMEN’S
ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR

APPENDICES
2023
© ITF Limited t/a International Tennis Federation
All rights reserved
2022
 APPENDIX A

GRAND SLAM PLAYER DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

Administered by the International Tennis Federation

The Grand Slam Player Development Programme (GSPDP), previously known as the Grand Slam
Development Fund (GSDF) was established in 1985 by the International Tennis Federation from
contributions donated by the Grand Slam tournaments to provide financial assistance to affiliated
National Associations to aid the development of competitive tennis. Since then, over US$99 million
has been invested in tennis development worldwide. Administered by the ITF, the Grand Slam Player
Development Programme is designed to help increase access to competitive opportunities
worldwide via travel grants, and touring teams. Both programs help players to gain valuable
international competitive experience with the aim of ensuring more nations will be represented at
the highest levels of the professional game internationally.

Only Member Nations eligible for assistance from ITF (who are part of the ITF Development
Programme) may apply (on behalf of their athletes) for GSPDP Player Grants or, to participate on
GSPDP Touring Teams. Applications must be submitted by National Associations in writing using the
appropriate forms (which are available upon request from the ITF London office). The Grand Slam
Player Development Committee and/or the ITF has full discretion regarding the granting of
assistance, and there is no appeal from any such decision.
National Associations benefiting from the Grand Slam Player Development Programme are required
to publicize (whenever possible) that their athlete or event is being “supported by the Grand Slam
Player Development Programme.

Full details of the Grand Slam Player Development Program can be found on the ITF’s website
https://www.itftennis.com/en/growing-the-game/grand-slam-player-development-programme/
Application forms, are available on request from:
Executive Director, Tennis Development
International Tennis Federation
Bank Lane
Roehampton
London, SW15 5XZ
Telephone: (44) 20 8878 6464
E-mail:development@itftennis.com

128 Appendices
 APPENDIX B

TRANSGENDER PLAYERS
The ITF will deal with any cases involving transgender players in accordance with the principles set
out in the ITF Transgender Policy, which can be found on the ITF website:
https://www.itftennis.com/en/about-us/governance/rules-and-regulations/

129 Appendices
 APPENDIX C

WTA AGE ELIGIBILITY

Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
($15,000 through $100,000 Tournaments)

For full details on the WTA Age Eligibility Rule and “Player Development” requirements please refer
to the 2023 WTA Official Rulebook, available online at: http://www.wtatennis.com/wta-rules

130 Appendices
 APPENDIX D

2023 JUNIOR EXEMPT PROJECT (Girls) and ACCELERATOR

PROGRAMME (Boys)
Junior Exempt Project (Girls)
Junior Exempt (JE) positions are available in the Singles Main Draw of Women’s ITF World Tennis
Tour tournaments. These positions are allocated to the Top 20-ranked junior players that receive an
ITF year-end junior ranking in 2022. An eligible player shall be entitled to use their JE allocation to
gain direct entry to the Main Draw of the applicable tournament where they would not otherwise
gain entry on the basis of their WTA / ITF World Tennis / National ranking. The ITF allocates only 1
JE place per tournament.

Junior Exempt positions will be allocated according to the following criteria:

Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour

2022 year-end ITF Number of ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments

Junior Ranking

1 One (1) Tournament up to and including $100,000

Four (4) Tournaments up to and including $80,000
2 Two (2) Tournaments up to and including $80,000
Three (3) Tournaments up to and including $60,000 (excluding
$60,000+H)
3-5 Two (2) Tournaments up to and including $60,000 (excluding $60,000+H)
Three (3) Tournaments up to and including $40,000 (excluding
$40,000+H)
6-10 One (1) Tournament up to and including $40,000 (excluding $40,000+H)
Four (4) Tournaments up to and including $25,000 (excluding $25,000+H)
11-20 One (1) Tournament up to and including $25,000 (excluding $25,000+H)
Four (4) Tournaments up to and including $15,000 (excluding $15,000+H)

THE PROVISIONS OF THE WTA AGE ELIGIBILITY RULE WILL BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.

Accelerator Programme (Boys)

Accelerator Spots (JAS) are available in the Singles Main Draw of Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour and
ATP Challenger Tournaments. These positions are allocated to the Top 30 ranked junior players on
the 2022 ITF Year-End Junior Ranking, along with Junior Grand Slam Champions/Finalists who did
not finish in the Top 30. An eligible player shall be entitled to use their JAS allocation to gain direct
entry to the Main/Qualifying Draw of an applicable tournament where they would not otherwise

131 Appendices
gain entry on the basis of their ATP / ITF World Tennis / National ranking. The ITF allocates only 1
JAS spot per tournament.

Accelerator Spots will be allocated according to the following criteria:

Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour

2022 ITF year- Number of ITF World Tennis Tour

end Junior Tournaments
Ranking
1-10 (and JSG Up to eight (8) Singles Main Draw Up to two (2) Singles Main Draw spots at
Champions) spots at Challenger 50 and M25 and/or M15
Challenger 75
22-20 (and JSG Up to eight (8) Singles Qualifying Up to two (2) Singles Main Draw spots at
Finalists) Draw spots at Challenger 50 and M25 and/or M15
Challenger 75
21-30 N/A Up to eight (8) Singles Main Draw spots
at M25 and/or M15

Application (for JE and JAS)

A JE/JAS Application Form must be completed by each player and sent to the ITF. Applications
received by or on 2 January 2023, for published tournaments in the calendar, will be processed by
the ITF and tournaments allocated based on a player’s position in the ITF Top 20 Girls and ITF Top
30 Boys year-end junior ranking list in 2022. If two or more players apply for the same tournament,
the JE/JAS position will be allocated to the player with the highest year-end junior ranking.

All applications received after 2 January 2023 will be treated in the order that they are received. A
player may change/add tournaments at any point during the year as more tournaments are added
on the ITF World Tennis Tour calendar. However, the player is required to request to the ITF the use
of their JE/JAS position at least one (1) week before the relevant entry deadline.

The ITF will not enter a player into a tournament allocated. It is the responsibility of the player to
enter into an allocated tournament by using the player’s IPIN account.

132 Appendices
 APPENDIX E

MEDICAL, EXTREME WEATHER CONDITIONS AND

TOILET/CHANGE OF ATTIRE BREAKS
MEDICAL

a. Medical Condition
A medical condition is a medical illness or a musculoskeletal injury that warrants medical
evaluation and/or medical treatment by the Sports Physiotherapist (as defined in the ITF Guide
to Recommended Healthcare Standards) during the warm-up or the match.

Treatable Medical Conditions

i. Acute medical condition: the sudden development of a medical illness or
musculoskeletal injury during the warm-up or the match that requires immediate
medical attention.
ii Non-acute medical condition: a medical illness or musculoskeletal injury that
develops or is aggravated during the warm-up or the match and requires medical
attention at the changeover or set break.

Non-Treatable Medical Conditions

i. Any medical condition that cannot be treated appropriately, or that will not be
improved by available medical treatment within the time allowed.
ii. Any medical condition (inclusive of symptoms) that has not developed or has not been
aggravated during the warm-up or the match.
iii. General player fatigue.
iv. Any medical condition requiring injections or intravenous infusions, except for
diabetes, for which prior medical certification has been obtained, and for which
subcutaneous injections of insulin may be administered.
v. Any medical condition requiring oxygen, unless prior medical approval has been given
by the ITF. Except as permitted by this provision, the use of supplemental oxygen is
not permitted at any time, for any reason.

b. Medical Evaluation
During the warm-up or the match, the player may request through the Chair Umpire for the
Sports Physiotherapist to evaluate him/her during the next change over or set break. Only in the
case that a player develops an acute medical condition that necessitates an immediate stop in
play may the player request through the Chair Umpire for the Sports Physiotherapist to evaluate
him/her immediately.

The purpose of the medical evaluation is to determine if the player has developed a treatable
medical condition and, if so, to determine when medical treatment is warranted. Such
evaluation should be performed within a reasonable length of time, balancing player safety on
the one hand, and continuous play on the other. At the discretion of the Sports Physiotherapist,
such evaluation may be performed in conjunction with the Tournament Doctor and may be
performed off-court.

133 Appendices
 If the Sports Physiotherapist determines that the player has a non-treatable medical condition,
then the player will be advised that no medical treatment will be allowed.

c. Medical Time-Out
A Medical Time-Out is allowed by the ITF Supervisor or Chair Umpire when the Sports
Physiotherapist has evaluated the player and has determined that additional time for medical
treatment is required. The Medical Time-Out takes place during a change over or set break,
unless the Sports Physiotherapist determines that the player has developed an acute medical
condition that requires immediate medical treatment.

The Medical Time-Out begins when the Sports Physiotherapist is ready to start treatment. At
the discretion of the Sports Physiotherapist, treatment during a Medical Time-Out may take
place off-court and may proceed in conjunction with the Tournament Doctor.

The Medical Time-Out is limited to three (3) minutes of treatment. However, at professional
tournaments with prize money of $25,000 or less, the ITF Supervisor may extend the time
allowed for treatment if necessary.

A player is allowed one (1) Medical Time-Out for each distinct treatable medical condition. All
clinical manifestations of heat illness shall be considered as one (1) treatable medical condition.
All treatable musculoskeletal injuries that manifest as part of a kinetic chain continuum shall be
considered as one (1) treatable medical condition.

Muscle Cramping: A player may receive treatment for muscle cramping only during the time
allotted for change of ends and/or set breaks. Players may not receive a Medical Time-Out for
muscle cramping.

In cases where there is doubt about whether the player suffers from an acute medical condition,
non-acute medical condition inclusive of muscle cramping, or non-treatable medical condition,
the decision of the Sports Physiotherapist in conjunction with the Tournament Doctor, if
appropriate, is final. If the Sports Physiotherapist believes that the player has heat illness, and
if muscle cramping is one of the manifestations of heat illness, then the muscle cramping may
only be treated as part of the recommended treatment by the Sports Physiotherapist for the
heat illness condition.

Note:
A player who has stopped play by claiming an acute medical condition but is determined by the
Sports Physiotherapist and/or Tournament Doctor to have muscle cramping, shall be ordered
by the Chair Umpire to resume play immediately.
If the player cannot continue playing due to severe muscle cramping, as determined by the
Sports Physiotherapist and/or Tournament Doctor, he/she may forfeit the point(s)/game(s)
needed to get to a change of ends or set-break in order to receive treatment. There may be a
total of two (2) full change of ends or set-break treatments for muscle cramping in a match, not
necessarily consecutive.
If it is determined by the Chair Umpire or ITF Supervisor that gamesmanship was involved, then
a Code Violation for Unsportsmanlike Conduct could be issued.

A total of two (2) consecutive Medical Time-Outs may be allowed by the Supervisor or Chair
Umpire for the special circumstance in which the Sports Physiotherapist determines that the
player has developed at least two (2) distinct acute and treatable medical conditions. This may

134 Appendices
 include: a medical illness in conjunction with a musculoskeletal injury; two or more acute and
distinct musculoskeletal injuries. In such cases, the Sports Physiotherapist will perform a medical
evaluation for the two or more treatable medical conditions during a single evaluation and may
then determine that two consecutive Medical Time-Outs are required.

d. Medical Treatment
A player may receive on-court medical treatment and/or supplies from the Sports
Physiotherapist and/or Tournament Doctor during any changeover or set break. As a guideline,
such medical treatment should be limited to two (2) changeovers/set breaks for each treatable
medical condition, before or after a Medical Time-Out, and need not be consecutive. Players
may not receive medical treatment for non-treatable medical conditions.

e. Penalty
After completion of a Medical Time-Out or medical treatment, any delay in resumption of play
shall be penalised by Code Violations for Delay of Game.

Any player abuse of this Medical Rule will be subject to penalty in accordance with the
Unsportsmanlike Conduct section of the Code of Conduct.

f. Bleeding
If a player is bleeding, the Chair Umpire must stop play as soon as possible, and the Sports
Physiotherapist must be called to the court by the Chair Umpire for evaluation and treatment.
The Sports Physiotherapist, in conjunction with the Tournament Doctor if appropriate, will
evaluate the source of the bleeding, and will request a Medical Time-Out for treatment if
necessary.

If requested by the Sports Physiotherapist and/or Tournament Doctor, the ITF Supervisor or
Chair Umpire may allow up to a total of five (5) minutes to assure control of the bleeding.

If blood has spilled onto the court or its immediate vicinity, play must not resume until the blood
spill has been cleaned appropriately.

g. Vomiting
If a player is vomiting, the Chair Umpire must stop play if vomiting has spilled onto the court, or
if the player requests medical evaluation. If the player requests medical evaluation, then the
Sports Physiotherapist must determine if the player has a treatable medical condition, and if so,
whether the medical condition is acute or non-acute.

If vomiting has spilled onto the court, play must not resume until the vomit spill has been
cleaned appropriately.

h. Incapacity
If any concern arises about a player’s medical condition (whether physical or psychological) that
they are unable to compete, or they pose a serious health risk to players, officials or Tournment
Organisers or staff, the Sports Physiotherapist and/or Tournament Doctor should be called to
assist the player.

If the issue arises during a match, the Chair Umpire shall immediately call for the Tournament
Doctor and/or Sports Physiotherapist to assist the player.

135 Appendices
 The Tournament Doctor is responsible for ensuring that the player is afforded the best medical
attention, that his/her well-being is not put at risk, and that his/her medical condition is not a
risk to other players or the public at large. All discussions between the Tournament Doctor and
the player take place within the context of a doctor-patient relationship and are therefore
confidential and may not be divulged to a third party without the informed consent of the
player. However, if the Tournament Doctor determines that the player’s medical condition
makes the player unable to participate safely in the tournament, the player must permit the
Tournament Doctor to advise the ITF Supervisor/Referee of their determination (only disclosing
medical information to which the player has consented). Upon receipt of such a report from
the Tournament Doctor, the ITF Supervisor will decide whether to retire the player from the
match in progress or withdraw the player from the match to be played (as applicable). The
Supervisor shall use great discretion before taking this action and should base the decision on
the best interests of professional tennis, as well as taking all medical opinion and advice, and
any other relevant information into consideration.

If the player’s medical condition improves sufficiently to return to match play, the Tournament
Doctor may inform the ITF Supervisor accordingly. At the discretion of the ITF Supervisor, the
player may subsequently compete in another event at the same tournament (e.g. Doubles),
either that day or on a subsequent day.

It is recognized that national laws or governmental or other binding Regulations imposed upon
the tournament by authorities outside its control may require more compulsory participation
by the Tournament Doctor in all decisions regarding diagnosis and treatment.

TOILET/CHANGE OF ATTIRE BREAKS

Any reference in this section to “Change of Attire Break” is applicable to the Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour only.

A player is allowed to request permission to leave the court for a reasonable time for a toilet break
/ change of attire break. Toilet breaks should be taken on a set break and can be used for no other
purpose. Change of attire breaks must be taken on a set break.

In Men’s Singles events a player is entitled to one (1) toilet break during a best of three (3) set match.
In Women’s Singles events, a player is entitled to one (1) break during a match.

In Men’s Doubles matches, each team is entitled to a total of one (1) break. If partners leave the
court together, it counts as one (1) of the team’s authorised breaks.

In Women’s Doubles matches, each team is entitled to a total of two (2) breaks. If partners leave
the court together, it counts as one (1) of the team’s authorised breaks.

Any time a player leaves the court for a toilet break/change of attire break, it is considered one (1)
of the authorised breaks regardless of whether or not the opponent has left the court. Any toilet
break taken after a warm-up has started is considered one (1) of the authorised breaks.

Additional breaks will be authorised but will be penalised in accordance with the Point Penalty
Schedule if the player is not ready to play within the allowed time.

136 Appendices
Any player abuse of this rule will be subject to penalty in accordance with the Unsportsmanlike
Conduct section of the Code of Conduct. EXTREME WEATHER CONDITIONS

a. Definitions

Extreme Heat Condition: Modification of Play

Extreme Heat Condition: Modification of Play criterion is defined as when the Web-Bulb Globe
Temperature (WBGT) on court meets or exceeds 30.1°C (86.2°F). If the WBGT cannot be measured,
then the Heat Index should be calculated using the chart below, and Extreme Heat Condition:
Modification of Play criterion is defined as when the Heat Index meets or exceeds 34.0°C (93.2°F).

Extreme Heat Condition: Suspension of Play

Extreme Heat Condition: Suspension of Play criterion is defined as when the WBGT on court meets
or exceeds 32.2°C (90.0°F). If the WBGT cannot be measured, then the Heat Index should be
calculated using the chart below, and Extreme Heat Condition: Suspension of Play criterion is
defined as when the Heat Index meets or exceeds 40.1°C (104.2°F).

Air temperature
21.1°C 23.9°C 26.7°C 29.4°C 32.2°C 35°C 37.8°C 40.6°C 43.3°C 46.1°C 48.9°C
70°F 75°F 80°F 85°F 90°F 95°F 100°F 105°F 110°F 115°F 120°F
Relative Heat Index
humidity (combined index of air temperature and relative humidity)
17.8°C 20.6°C 22.8°C 25.6°C 28.3°C 30.6°C 32.8°C 35°C 37.2°C 39.4°C 41.7°C
0%
64°F 69°F 73°F 78°F 83°F 87°F 91°F 95°F 99°F 103°F 107°F
18.3°C 21.1°C 23.9°C 26.7°C 29.4°C 32.2°C 35°C 37.8°C 40.6°C 43.9°C 46.7°C
10%
65°F 70°F 75°F 80°F 85°F 90°F 95°F 100°F 105°F 111°F 116°F
18.9°C 22.2°C 25°C 27.8°C 30.6°C 33.9°C 37.2°C 40.6°C 44.4°C 48.9°C 54.4°C
20%
66°F 72°F 77°F 82°F 87°F 93°F 99°F 105°F 112°F 120°F 130°F
40.1°C
19.4°C 22.8°C 25.6°C 28.9°C 32.2°C 35.6°C 45°C 50.6°C 57.2°C 64.4°C
30% 104.2°
67°F 73°F 78°F 84°F 90°F 96°F 113°F 123°F 135°F 148°F
F
20°C 23.3°C 26.1°C 30°C 33.9°C 38.3°C 43.3°C 50.6°C 58.3°C 66.1°C
40%
68°F 74°F 79°F 86°F 93°F 101°F 110°F 123°F 137°F 151°F
20.6°C 23.9°C 27.2°C 31.1°C 35.6°C 41.7°C 48.9°C 57.2°C 65.6°C
50%
69°F 75°F 81°F 88°F 96°F 107°F 120°F 135°F 150°F
21.1°C 24.4°C 27.8°C 32.2°C 37.8°C 45.6°C 55.6°C 65°C
60%
70°F 76°F 82°F 90°F 100°F 114°F 132°F 149°F
21.1°C 25°C 29.4°C 33.9°C 41.1°C 51.1°C 62.2°C
70%
70°F 77°F 85°F 93°F 106°F 124°F 144°F
21.7°C 25.6°C 30°C 36.1°C 45°C 57.8°C
80%
71°F 78°F 86°F 97°F 113°F 136°F
21.7°C 26.1°C 31.1°C 38.9°C 50°C
90%
71°F 79°F 88°F 102°F 122°F

137 Appendices
b. Measurement Procedure

The WBGT or Heat Index should be measured at least three (3) times daily by the ITF Supervisor or
his/her designee. Ideally, measurements should be taken every 2 hours, but a minimum three (3)
readings should be taken at the following times:
1. 30 minutes before match play begins;
2. Middle of the scheduled day’s play; and
3. Just prior to beginning the last match of the day, or just prior to the start of the first evening
session match.

The WBGT or Heat Index should also be measured under the following circumstances:
1. Following any suspension of play; and
2. At the discretion of the ITF Supervisor, in consultation with the Tournament Doctor and/or
Sports Physiotherapist.

Details on the measurement of WBGT and Heat Index are provided in the current edition of the ITF
Guide to Recommended Health Care Standards for Tennis Tournaments.

c. Extreme Heat Condition: Modification of Play

When the Extreme Heat Condition: Modification of Play criterion is met before the start or
resumption of a match, the procedures set out below in sub-section (d) should be followed. For the
avoidance of doubt, the ITF Supervisor has the discretion to apply the procedures set out in sub-
section (d) at a WBGT or Heat Index below the Extreme Heat Condition: Modification of Play
criterion, if in his or her opinion it is required in the safety and wellbeing of players, officials,
spectators or others.

If there is a change in weather conditions and the Extreme Heat Condition: Modification of Play
criterion is met while a match is in progress, as determined by the periodic monitoring set out above
in sub-section (b), the procedures set out below in sub-section (d) should be followed on all courts,
including matches already in progress. Once notified that the Extreme Weather Condition:
Modification of Play criterion is met, the Chair Umpire must inform the players at the next change
of ends or set break.

If there is a change in weather conditions and the Extreme Heat Condition: Modification of Play
criterion is no longer met, as determined by the periodic monitoring set out above in sub-section
(b), those matches already in progress should continue to follow the procedures set out below in
sub-section (d) until they are completed or suspended.

d. Modification of Play Procedures (Singles and Doubles)

A 10-minute break will be allowed between the second and third sets (in a best of 3 tie-break sets
match only) if one or more of the players requests such a break. If neither/none of the players
requests such a break, then play will continue.

However, if a match has already resumed following the suspension of play and one set was
completed before the suspension of play (in a best of 3 sets match), the 10-minute break will no
longer be available, unless otherwise decided by the ITF Supervisor.

138 Appendices
The ITF Supervisor, in consultation with the Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist, may choose
to delay the starting time for matches until such a time as the Extreme Heat Condition: Modification
of Play criterion is no longer met.

i. During the 10-minute break:

a. No coaching is allowed.

b. A Medical Evaluation, Medical Time-Out or Medical Treatment is not allowed,

unless approved by the ITF Supervisor. This would normally be restricted to
requests for the Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist that are made on-
court to the Chair Umpire, or were already agreed before the end of the second
set (in a best of 3 sets match). However, a player is allowed to receive an
adjustment of medical support, medical equipment and/or medical advice from
the Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist during the 10-minute break.

ii. Immediately following the 10-minute break:

a. Any delay in resumption of play will subject a player to Time Violations

(Warning, Point Penalties only apply).

b. No re-warm up is allowed.

c. A player is not allowed to receive a Medical Evaluation, Medical Time-Out or

Medical Treatment, unless approved by the ITF Supervisor.
iii. Consecutive Breaks

An Extreme Weather Condition: Modification of Play 10-minute break and a

Bathroom/Change of Attire break cannot be taken consecutively.

e. Extreme Heat Condition: Suspension of Play (Singles and Doubles)

When the Extreme Heat Condition: Suspension of Play criterion is met before the start or
resumption of a match, the start or resumption of play should be suspended until Extreme Heat
Condition: Suspension of Play criterion is no longer met. If a game is in progress when the Extreme
Heat Condition: Suspension of Play criterion is met, play should be suspended at the end of that
game. Once the Extreme Heat Condition: Suspension of Play criterion is no longer met, the ITF
Supervisor should give the players reasonable notice of the time at which play will resume. For the
avoidance of doubt, the ITF Supervisor has the discretion to suspend play at a WBGT or Heat Index
below the Extreme Heat Condition: Suspension of Play criterion, if in his or her opinion it is required
in the safety and wellbeing of players, officials, spectators or others.

f. Lightning

The ITF Supervisor or his/her designee is responsible for monitoring the local weather for lightning.
The ITF Supervisor has the authority to suspend play when a thunderstorm appears imminent (for
instance if lightning is sighted and thunder occurs in 30 seconds or less). Everyone on-site should be
advised to seek appropriate shelter immediately. Play should not resume until the likelihood of a
lightning strike has passed (as a guideline, at least 30 minutes after the last lightning strike is seen

139 Appendices
and the last sound of thunder is heard). Additional information on thunderstorms and lightning is
provided in the ITF Guide to Recommended Health Care Standards for Tennis Tournaments.

140 Appendices
 APPENDIX F

MEDIA, COMMERCIAL AND DATA RIGHTS

The Men’s and Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour are sanctioned and governed by ITF Ltd (“ITF”).

The individual tennis tournaments (“the Tournaments”) which comprise the ITF World Tennis Tour
are organised and staged by the National Tennis Association of the country where the Tournament
is held (“National Association”) and/or by promoters/organisers approved by the applicable
National Association. The National Tennis Associations are members of the ITF.

The National Associations own and/or control the Tournaments staged under their jurisdiction and
recognise the mutual benefits that may be created for them and the ITF by establishing a framework
for the creation and exploitation of certain rights relating thereto.

Specific rights (as defined below) relating to the ITF World Tennis Tour and the Tournaments shall
be exploited as set out below.

1. DEFINITIONS

In these Regulations the following terms shall have the meaning described below:-

“Tour Sponsor Rights” The right of ITF to appoint a sponsor (a “Tour Sponsor”) of the
overall ITF World Tennis Tour and/or of a Cross Border Group (as
defined below) (i.e. not in respect of individual Tournaments
and/or groups of Tournaments in one country) including without
limitation in the form of “the XYZ ITF World Tennis Tour”;

“Commercial Rights” Any and all commercial rights relating to the individual
Tournaments excluding the Data Rights, the Media Rights and
Tour Sponsor Rights but including without limitation tournament
sponsorships (including without limitation sponsorship of
individual Tournaments and sponsorship of groups of
Tournaments in one country or jurisdiction), official supplier
arrangements, venue advertising, programmes, tickets and
hospitality;

“Coverage” Any and all audio-visual coverage of a Tournament or any part

thereof;

“Cross Border Group” Shall mean groups of Tournaments staged under the jurisdiction
of two or more different National Associations, as authorised by
the respective National Associations.

Shall mean the Live Scoring Rights and the Non-Live Data Rights;
“Data Rights”

141 Appendices
“Delay Period” Shall mean the period of 30 seconds immediately following the
actual occurrence of an incident of match play or action that leads
to such live score update (such as match starting, challenge, a
point being scored, number of aces, etc.)

Shall mean the period commencing on 1st January 2017 and

“Extended Period” expiring 31st December 2026;

Shall mean the period commencing in 2012 and expiring 31st

“Initial Period” January 2016;

Shall mean the right to collect, collate, store, use, reproduce,

exploit, onward supply or make available any and all Official Data
“Non-Live Data Rights” outside of the applicable Delay Period;

“Own Tournaments” Shall mean in respect of a National Association, those

Tournaments that are staged under its jurisdiction;

“Internet Rights” Shall mean the right to transmit and/or make available the
Coverage for reception by viewers by means of the Internet
including without limitation Live Streaming;

“Media and Commercial Shall mean the group of individuals representative of National
Rights Working Group” Associations and the ITF;

“Live Scoring Rights” Shall mean the right to collect, collate, store, use, reproduce,
exploit, onward supply or make available any live match
scores/in-match incident (such as match starting, challenge, a
point being scored, number of aces etc.) during the applicable
Delay Period;

“Live Signal” Shall mean a live audio-visual signal of Coverage of a Tournament;

“Live Streaming” Shall mean the transmission and/or making available of Coverage
from a Tournament through a Live Signal by means of the Internet
Rights and/or Mobile Rights which shall only be permitted in
accordance with paragraph 2 (Media Rights) below;

“Media Rights” Shall mean the right to transmit, exhibit or otherwise make
available the Coverage or any part thereof by any form of
electronic media including without limitation by means of the
Television Rights and/or Internet Rights and/or Mobile Rights;

“Mobile Rights” Shall mean the right to transmit, exhibit or otherwise make
available the Coverage or any part thereof by means of mobile
wireless technology (e.g. GPRS, GSM and/or UMTS) and/or mobile
broadcast technology (e.g. DVB-H, DAB, DMB-T) and any similar
or derivative technologies;

142 Appendices
 “Net Revenue” Shall mean revenues actually received by or on behalf of ITF from
the exploitation of Commercial Rights, and/or Tour Sponsor
Rights and/or Media Rights hereunder after deduction of any
costs, which are subject to the mutual approval of the ITF and
each relevant National Association, incurred directly in the
generation of such revenues (e.g. agency commissions,
production costs, incremental and directly attributable ITF staff
costs) and/or any taxes levied thereon;

“Official Data” Shall mean any order of play/schedule, draw, scoring (including,
without limitation live match scores/in-match incident such as
match starting, challenge, a point being scored, number of aces
etc) and/or other statistical information relating to any
Tournament and/or the participants therein;

“Television Rights” Shall mean the right to exhibit and/or licence third parties to
exhibit the Coverage live and/or delayed and/or in highlights form
by means of traditional broadcast television delivery including
without limitation terrestrial, cable, and satellite television,
analogue and/or digital.

2. MEDIA RIGHTS

Each National Association shall retain and have the exclusive right to exploit the Media Rights in
respect of its Own Tournaments and retain all revenues thereby generated provided that National
Associations must not exploit (or authorise the exploitation of) any such Media Rights for use in
connection with the provision of betting and gaming services unless approved in advance in writing
by the IT.

As part of their retained Media Rights, the National Associations may carry out and/or authorise
Live Streaming and/or other exhibitions of Coverage of their Own Tournaments. Each such National
Association will not, during the Initial Period and/or the Extended Period, allow any such Coverage
through Live Streaming to be transmitted or made available by means of the Internet Rights or
Mobile Rights with a less than 30 second delay between the action taking place at the Tournament
and the Live Streaming being available to viewers unless a shorter delay period is agreed otherwise
with ITF in writing on a case by case basis. For the avoidance of doubt National Associations will not
be required to delay exhibitions made by means of the Television Rights.

ITF shall have the exclusive right to exploit the Media Rights in respect of any Cross-Border Group
of Tournaments. Such exploitation is subject to agreement by each of the relevant National
Associations. Upon expiry or termination of any agreement entered into by ITF for the exploitation
of such rights, ITF may not renew or replace such agreement without the further agreement of each
relevant National Association. ITF shall be free to propose such collective arrangements to each of
the National Associations and each National Association may accept or reject such proposals at their
discretion.

During the Initial Period and/or the Extended Period, ITF shall be exclusively entitled to seek
licensees for the right to transmit or make available Live Streaming of the relevant National
143 Appendices
Association’s Own Tournaments for use in connection with the provision of betting and gaming
services.

Each National Association shall retain the right to produce and/or appoint a third party to access its
Own Tournaments in order to produce Coverage thereof. Where ITF has concluded any Media Rights
arrangement in respect of a Cross Border Group (which will include without limitation any such
arrangement for Live Streaming for betting and gaming purposes), and provided that a National
Association is producing Coverage to exploit Media Rights in respect of any of its Own Tournaments,
the respective National Association shall ensure that the producer of the Coverage, whether a
broadcaster, production company or other entity, makes the Coverage available to ITF and/or ITF’s
licensees, as a Live Signal (if available) at the venue of the relevant Tournament(s) (or other agreed
point) and use reasonable efforts to procure that access to the Live Signal is free of charge, subject
to payment for transmission of the production feed (uplink and downlink) and/or in the form of tape
delay subject to payment of reasonable tape costs.

If a National Association is not producing and has not appointed a third party to produce Coverage
in respect of any of its Own Tournaments where ITF has concluded a Media Rights arrangement in
respect of such Tournament as part of a Cross Border Group (which will include without limitation
any such arrangement for Live Streaming for betting and gaming purposes), ITF shall be responsible
for producing and/or appointing a third party to access the relevant Tournaments in order to
produce Coverage to the extent required for any Media Rights arrangement in respect of such Cross
Border Group. In such case, the relevant National Association shall procure reasonable access to the
Tournament venues and existing facilities (e.g. parking) for ITF’s broadcaster, production company
or other entity free of charge save for reimbursement of reasonable, directly attributable and
incremental costs incurred by the relevant National Association and any of its Own Tournaments.
ITF shall ensure that the producer of the Coverage, whether a broadcaster, production company or
other entity, makes the Coverage available to the relevant National Association, as a Live Signal (if
available) at the venue of the relevant Tournament(s) (or other agreed point) and use reasonable
efforts to procure that access to the Live Signal is free of charge, subject to payment for transmission
of the production feed (uplink and downlink) and/or in the form of tape delay subject to payment
of reasonable tape costs.

In the case of any Media Rights exploited by the ITF 20 per cent of Net Revenue will be retained by
ITF and 80 per cent of Net Revenue will be shared by National Associations which participate in ITF
exploitation of such Media Rights according to a formula determined by ITF in consultation with the
Media and Commercial Rights Working Group.

3. COMMERCIAL RIGHTS

Each National Association shall retain and have the exclusive right to exploit the Commercial Rights
in respect of its Own Tournaments and retain all revenues thereby generated.

ITF shall have the exclusive right to exploit the Tour Sponsor Rights in respect of any Cross-Border
Group of Tournaments or the overall ITF World Tennis Tour. Such exploitation is subject to
agreement by each of the relevant National Associations whose respective Own Tournaments will
be subject to any Tour Sponsor Rights. Upon expiry or termination of any agreement entered into
by ITF for the exploitation of such rights, ITF may not renew or replace such agreement without the
further agreement of each relevant National Association. ITF shall be free to propose such collective
arrangements to each National Association and each National Association may accept or reject such
proposals at their discretion.

144 Appendices
In the case of Tour Sponsor Rights exploited by the ITF, 20 per cent of Net Revenue will be retained
by ITF and 80 per cent of Net Revenue will be shared by National Associations which participate in
activating such Tour Sponsor Rights according to a formula determined by ITF in consultation with
the Media and Commercial Rights Working Group.

For the avoidance of doubt no sponsorship will be permitted either as part of the Commercial Rights
or as Tour Sponsor Rights to any entity in respect of tobacco or e-cigarette products, hard liquor
products, betting companies, political activity or other category deemed to be detrimental to the
sport of tennis, as reasonably determined by ITF in consultation with the applicable National
Associations. It is permitted to appoint casinos or national, regional or state sports lotteries as part
of the above rights (with the prior approval of the ITF) provided they do not offer tennis betting as
part of their business activity.

4. DATA RIGHTS

The National Associations and ITF recognised the potential value of collaborating closely in the
development and exploitation of Live Scoring Rights. Accordingly, the National Associations and ITF
have agreed that during the period, covering the Initial Period and the extended Period, expiring at
the end of the Extended Period unless extended on the same or a modified basis thereafter by
further agreement (following good faith discussions) by each National Association and ITF:

i. Subject to clause (iii) below, the ITF shall have the exclusive right to exploit and/or to
authorise third parties to exploit the Live Scoring Rights during the Initial Period and/or
Extended Period with respect to all Tournaments and will keep the National Associations
informed about such exploitation.

ii. The ITF will have the non-exclusive right to exploit the Non-Live Data Rights during the Initial
Period and/or Extended Period and will keep the National Associations informed about such
exploitation.

iii. The National Associations will retain all rights not expressly granted to the ITF during the
Initial Period and/or Extended Period that relate to their Own Tournaments including,
without limitation, with respect to the Live Scoring Rights and the Non-Live Data Rights.
Notwithstanding the grant to ITF in clause (i), the National Associations shall retain the right
to exhibit:

a. Live Scoring Rights on on-court scoreboards and other areas located within the
respective venues; and

b. Live Scoring Rights on exhibitions made by means of the Television Rights of their own
Tournaments to which such Live Scoring Rights relate.

Following expiry of the Extended Period if the arrangement is not agreed to be extended and/or
renewed all Live Scoring Rights and Non-Live Data Rights which derive from the ownership and/or
control of each of the Tournaments shall remain vested in the respective National Association.

Any and all revenue generated from the exploitation of the Live Scoring Rights and Non-Live Data
Rights by ITF during the Initial Period and/or Extended Period after recoupment by ITF from such
revenues of all reasonable direct and incremental costs it incurs in relation to such exploitation (such

145 Appendices
costs to be periodically reviewed with the ITF World Tennis Tour Media, Commercial & Data Rights
Working Group) shall be divided:
a. 20 per cent to ITF; and
b. 80 per cent to be shared by National Associations according to a formula determined by ITF
in consultation with the Media and Commercial Rights Working Group.

The National Associations and Tournaments shall co-operate with the ITF during the Initial Period
and/or Extended Period in relation to:

- any system or scheme that the ITF implements for the collection, supply and/or
licensing (in each case by the ITF itself or via an appointed 3rd party) of Live Scoring
Rights and Non-Live Data Rights at Tournaments;

- any reasonable measures that the ITF takes to protect the value of the Live Scoring
Rights including without limitation to prevent the unauthorised collection and
exploitation of the Live Scoring Rights relating to Tournaments during the Delay Period.
Such measures may include the implementation and enforcement of ticket conditions,
accreditation terms and access to venue agreements and shall be developed in
consultation with the ITF World Tennis Tour Media, Commercial & Data Rights Working
Group.

ITF shall make available to the National Associations free of charge any Official Data collected by ITF
for use by the National Associations consistent with this rule.

ITF and the National Associations shall at all times co-operate with and comply with the
requirements of the Tennis Integrity Unit.

146 Appendices
 APPENDIX G

PLAYER ANALYSIS TECHNOLOGY (“PAT”) DATA RIGHTS

1. Definition

“PAT Data” shall mean player performance analysis data and/or other data or information (and any
analysis derived from that data or information) that is collected (a) during a match in a tournament,
and (b) by means of any system of Player analysis technology that is approved by ITF for use in that
Tournament whether or not it is collected by or in co-operation with the ITF, a Nation or the Player.

2. PAT Data exploitation

ITF has, subject to the Rules of Tennis, agreed that players using approved PAT systems may collect,
collate, assemble and store PAT Data from games and matches played in a Tournament subject to
the following conditions:

i. During a match, coaches and players and any technology providers or service operators
involved in the collection, collation and/or analysis of PAT Data shall only use such PAT Data
for internal analysis and coaching purposes of the respective player and/or team and such
use shall be strictly subject to Rule 31 of the Rules of Tennis.

ii. Each coach and player shall and undertakes to procure that any technology provider or
service operator involved in the collection, collation and/or analysis of PAT Data at any time
shall:

a. Not publish, use or otherwise exploit any PAT Data or supply any PAT Data or analysis
derived therefrom to third parties for any purposes other than as described in (i) above or
that have otherwise been pre-approved in writing by ITF and shall take such steps as ITF
may reasonably require to prevent any unauthorised access to and/or use of such PAT Data.
In particular, but without limitation, no PAT Data or analysis or product derived therefrom
shall be used or supplied to any third party for any purpose related to betting and/or
gambling;

b. Ensure that ITF shall be able to access free of charge any and all such PAT Data live and/or
delayed at the venue of the match and/or such other point as may be agreed, and ITF shall
be free to use such PAT Data and authorise third parties to use such PAT Data for any
purposes.

iii. In the event that such PAT Data is accessed by unauthorised third parties and/or ITF
reasonably believes that PAT Data and/or PAT equipment and/or services are being used
for any purposes in breach of these regulations ITF shall be entitled to rescind its approval
and coaches and players will immediately cease use of the PAT system pending resolution.

147 Appendices
 APPENDIX H – MEN’S PRIZE MONEY TABLES
The prize money distribution detailed below shall apply to all Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournaments.

Tournament Prize Money - US DOLLARS $15,000 $25,000

Singles
32 Draw 75% $11,250 $18,750

Winner 14.40% $2,160 $3,600

Finalist 8.48% $1,272 $2,120
Semi-Finalist 5.02% $753 $1,255
Quarterfinalist 2.92% $438 $730
Round of 16 1.72% $258 $430
Round of 32 1.04% $156 $260

Doubles (Per Team)

16 Draw 25% $3,750 $6,250

Winner 6.20% $930 $1,550

Finalist 3.60% $540 $900
Semi-Finalist 2.16% $324 $540
Quarterfinalist 1.28% $192 $320
Round of 16 0.72% $108 $180

Tournament Prize Money - EUROS €13,500 €22,500

Singles
32 Draw 75% €10,125 €16,875

Winner 14.40% €1,944 €3,239

Finalist 8.48% €1,145 €1,908
Semi-Finalist 5.02% €678 €1,130
Quarterfinalist 2.92% €394 €657
Round of 16 1.72% €233 €387
Round of 32 1.04% €140 €234
Doubles (Per Team)
16 Draw 25% €3,375 €5,625

Winner 6.20% €837 €1,395

Finalist 3.60% €486 €810
Semi-Finalist 2.16% €292 €486
Quarterfinalist 1.28% €173 €288
Round of 16 0.72% €97 €162

148 Appendices
 APPENDIX I
ATP / ITF WORLD TENNIS RANKING POINT TABLES
A. ATP Ranking points
Subject always to the authority of the ATP, ATP Ranking points will be awarded in Men’s
ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments in Singles and Doubles as follows:

Singles

Tournament Level Winner Finalist SF QF R16 R32 QFR^ FQR*

$25,000 &
25 16 8 3 1 - - -
$25,000 + H

$15,000 &
15 8 4 2 1 - - -
$15,000 + H
^ Qualifier
*FQR – Qualifying Finalist

Doubles

Tournament Level Winner Finalist SF QF R16

$25,000 &
25 16 8 3 -
$25,000 + H

$15,000 &
15 8 4 2 -
$15,000 + H

B. ITF World Tennis Ranking points

ITF World Tennis Tour Singles Ranking points are earned in Singles Qualifying as detailed
below.

Tournament Level Winner Finalist SF QF R16 R32 QFR^ FQR*

$25,000+H - - - - - - 4 1
$25,000 - - - - - - 3 1
$15,000+H - - - - - - 3 1
$15,000 - - - - - - 2 1

No ITF World Tennis Doubles Ranking points are awarded.

^ Qualifier
*FQR – Qualifying Finalist

149 Appendices
 APPENDIX J – WOMEN’S PRIZE MONEY TABLES

A. Tournaments with a 48 Main Draw

TOURNAMENT PRIZE MONEY (48 Main Draws) - US DOLLARS

Prize Money Category $ 25,000 $ 40,000 $ 60,000 $ 80,000 $ 100,000

PHCP Fee $ 500 $ 2,000 $ 3,000 $ 4,000 $ 5,000

Singles Main Draw MD-48 Draw MD-48 Draw MD-48 Draw MD-48 Draw MD-48 Draw
Total $ 18,222 $27,967.27 $ 41,958 $ 55,930 $ 69,912
Winner $ 3,188 $4,903.00 $ 7,344 $ 9,798 $ 12,285
Finalist $ 1,684 $2,591.67 $ 3,882 $ 5,178 $ 6,495
Semi-finalist $ 1,001 $1,538.52 $ 2,308 $ 3,077 $ 3,846
Quarterfinalist $ 617 $951.51 $ 1,427 $ 1,904 $ 2,378
Round of 16 $ 408 $623.64 $ 935 $ 1,248 $ 1,559
Round of 32 $ 244 $370.58 $ 557 $ 740 $ 926
Round of 48 $ 107 $166.94 $ 251 $ 335 $ 415

Singles Qualifying – 32 Draw

Total $ 1,572.00 $2,736.47 $ 4,098.00 $ 5,478.00 $ 6,846.00
Final Round $ 96.50 $152.61 $ 228.75 $ 305.25 $ 381.75
Round of 32 $ 50.00 $94.73 $ 141.75 $ 189.75 $ 237.00
- - - -

Doubles (Per Team) - 16 Draw

Total $ 4,706.00 $7,296.27 $ 10,944.00 $ 14,592.00 $ 18,242.00
Winner $ 1,437.00 $2,229.51 $ 3,344.00 $ 4,460.00 $ 5,573.00
Finalist $ 719.00 $1,114.82 $ 1,672.00 $ 2,230.00 $ 2,787.00
Semi-finalist $ 359.00 $557.34 $ 836.00 $ 1,115.00 $ 1,393.00
Quarterfinalist $ 196.00 $304.00 $ 456.00 $ 608.00 $ 760.00
Round of 16 $ 131.00 $202.66 $ 304.00 $ 405.00 $ 507.00

150 Appendices
 A. Tournaments with a 48 Main Draw (Continued)

TOURNAMENT PRIZE MONEY (48 Main Draw) – EUROS

Prize Money Category € 22,500 € 36,000.00 € 54,500 € 72,500 € 91,000

PHCP Fee € 450 € 1,800.00 € 2,725 € 3,625 € 4,550

Singles Main Draw MD-48 Draw MD-48 Draw MD-48 Draw MD-48 Draw MD-48 Draw
Total € 16,406 € 25,170.54 € 38,111 € 50,690 € 63,617
Winner € 2,870 € 4,412.70 € 6,614 € 8,820 € 11,100
Finalist € 1,516 € 2,332.50 € 3,531 € 4,682 € 5,951
Semi-finalist € 904 € 1,384.67 € 2,101 € 2,790 € 3,495
Quarterfinalist € 555 € 856.36 € 1,315 € 1,748 € 2,190
Round of 16 € 367 € 561.28 € 849 € 1,131 € 1,418
Round of 32 € 220 € 333.52 € 506 € 671 € 843
Round of 48 € 96 € 150.25 € 226 € 302 € 374

Singles Qualifying - 32 Draw

Total € 1,410 € 2,462.82 € 3,726 € 4,962 € 6,234
Final Round € 86.25 € 137.35 € 207.75 € 276.75 € 347.25
Round of 32 € 45.00 € 85.25 € 129.00 € 171.75 € 216.00
Round of 64 €0 €0 €0 €0 €0

Doubles (Per Team) - 16 Draw

Total € 4,234 € 6,566.64 € 9,938 € 13,223 € 16,599
Winner € 1,293 € 2,006.56 € 3,037 € 4,042 € 5,071
Finalist € 647 € 1,003.34 € 1,519 € 2,021 € 2,536
Semi-finalist € 323 € 501.61 € 759 € 1,010 € 1,268
Quarterfinalist € 176 € 273.60 € 414 € 551 € 692
Round of 16 € 118 € 182.39 € 276 € 367 € 461

151 Appendices
 B. Tournaments with a 32 Main Draw

TOURNAMENT PRIZE MONEY - US DOLLARS

Prize Money Category $15,000 $25,000 $40,000 $60,000 $80,000 $100,000

PHCP Fee $ 300 $ 500 $ 2,000 $ 3,000 $ 4,000 $ 5,000

Singles Main Draw - 32 Draw

Total $ 11,462 $ 18,222 $27,957 $ 41,958 $ 55,930 $ 69,912
Winner $ 2,352 $ 3,935 $6,094 $ 9,142 $ 12,192 $ 15,239
Finalist $ 1,470 $ 2,107 $3,257 $ 4,886 $ 6,518 $ 8,147
Semi-finalist $ 734 $ 1,162 $1,789 $ 2,683 $ 3,580 $ 4,473
Quarterfinalist $ 367 $ 672 $1,029 $ 1,543 $ 2,059 $ 2,573
Round of 16 $ 294 $ 408 $624 $ 935 $ 1,248 $ 1,559
Round of 32 $ 147 $ 244 $370 $ 557 $ 740 $ 926

Singles Qualifying – 24/32/48/64 Draw

Total $ - $ 1,572 $2,744 $ 4,098 $ 5,478 $ 6,846
Final Round $ - $ 96.50 $153 $ 228.75 $ 305.25 $ 381.75
Round of 32 $ - $ 50.00 $95 $ 141.75 $ 189.75 $ 237.00
Round of 64 $ - $ - - $ - $ - $ -

Doubles (Per Team) - 16 Draw

Total $ 3,238 $ 4,706 $7,299 $ 10,944 $ 14,592 $ 18,242
Winner $ 955 $ 1,437 $2,230 $ 3,344 $ 4,460 $ 5,573
Finalist $ 515 $ 719 $1,115 $ 1,672 $ 2,230 $ 2,787
Semi-finalist $ 294 $ 359 $557 $ 836 $ 1,115 $ 1,393
Quarterfinalist $ 147 $ 196 $304 $ 456 $ 608 $ 760
Round of 16 $ 74 $ 131 $203 $ 304 $ 405 $ 507

152 Appendices
B. Tournaments with a 32 Main Draw (Continued)

TOURNAMENT PRIZE MONEY (32 Main Draws)– EUROS

Prize Money Category € 13,500 € 22,500 € 54,500 € 72,500 € 91,000

€ 36,000

PHCP Fee € 270 € 450 € 1,800 € 2,725 € 3,625 € 4,550

Singles Main Draw 32 Draw 32 Draw 32 Draw 32 Draw 32 Draw 32 Draw

Total € 10,312 € 16,406 €25,147 € 38,111 € 50,690 € 63,617
Winner € 2,116 € 3,542 €5,484 € 8,303 € 11,047 € 13,859
Finalist € 1,322 € 1,896 €2,931 € 4,438 € 5,907 € 7,414
Semi-finalist € 661 € 1,046 €1,610 € 2,437 € 3,244 € 4,070
Quarterfinalist € 330 € 605 €926 € 1,402 € 1,866 € 2,341
Round of 16 € 265 € 367 €562 € 849 € 1,131 € 1,419
Round of 32 € 132 € 220 €332 € 506 € 671 € 843

Singles Qualifying – 24/32/48/

64Draw
Total €0 € 1,410 €2,480 € 3,726 € 4,962 € 6,234

Final Round €0 € 86.25 €138 € 207.75 € 276.75 € 347.25

Round of 32 €0 € 45.00 €86 € 129.00 € 171.75 € 216.00

Round of 64 €0 €0 €0 €0 €0 €0

Doubles (Per Team) - 16 Draw

Total € 2,918 € 4,234 € 6,573 € 9,938 € 13,223 € 16,599
Winner € 860 € 1,293 € 2,007 € 3,037 € 4,042 € 5,071
Finalist € 464 € 647 € 1,004 € 1,519 € 2,021 € 2,536
Semi-finalist € 265 € 323 € 501 € 759 € 1,010 € 1,268
Quarterfinalist € 132 € 176 € 274 € 414 € 551 € 692
Round of 16 € 67 € 118 € 183 € 276 € 367 € 461

153 Appendices
 APPENDIX K – WTA / ITF WORLD TENNIS RANKING POINT TABLES

A. WTA Ranking points

WTA Ranking points will be awarded for tournaments played in 2023 at all Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournaments in Singles and Doubles as follows:

Category (Draw Size) W F SF QF R16 R32 R64 R128 QFR FQR Q2 Q1

ITF $100,000 (48S, 32Q) 140 85 50 25 13 7 1 - 6 4 - -
ITF $100,000 (32S,32/24Q) 140 85 50 25 13 1 - - 6 4 - -
ITF $100,000 (16D) 140 85 50 25 1 - - - - - - -
ITF $80,000 (48S, 32Q) 115 70 42 21 10 6 1 - 5 3 - -
ITF $80,000 (32S,32/24Q) 115 70 42 21 10 1 - - 5 3 - -
ITF $80,000 (16D) 115 70 42 21 1 - - - - - - -
ITF $60,000 + H (48S, 32Q) 100 60 36 18 9 5 1 - 5 3 - -
ITF $60,000 + H (32S,32/24Q) 100 60 36 18 9 1 - - 5 3 - -
ITF $60,000 + H (32S, 48/64Q) 100 60 36 18 9 1 - - 5 3 - -
ITF $60,000 + H (16D) 100 60 36 18 1 - - - - - - -
ITF $60,000 (48S, 32Q) 80 48 29 15 8 5 1 - 5 3 - -
ITF $60,000 (32S,32/24Q) 80 48 29 15 8 1 - - 5 3 - -
ITF $60,000 (16D) 80 48 29 15 1 - - - - - - -
ITF $40,000 (48S, 32Q) 70 42 25 13 7 4 1 - 4 2 - -
ITF $40,000 (32S,32/24Q) 70 42 25 13 7 1 - - 4 2 - -
ITF $40,000 (16D) 70 42 25 13 - - - - - - - -
ITF $25,000 + H (48S, 32Q) 60 36 22 11 6 3 1 - 2 - - -
ITF $25,000 + H (32S,32/24Q) 60 36 22 11 6 1 - - 2 - - -
ITF $25,000 + H (32S, 48/64Q) 60 36 22 11 6 1 - - 2 - - -
ITF $25,000 + H (16D) 60 36 22 11 1 - - - - - - -
ITF $25,000 (48S, 32Q) 50 30 18 9 5 3 1 - 1 - - -
ITF $25,000 (32S,32/24Q) 50 30 18 9 5 - - - 1 - - -
ITF $25,000 (32S, 48/64Q) 50 30 18 9 5 - - - 1 - - -
ITF $25,000 (16D) 50 30 18 9 1 - - - - - - -
ITF $15,000 (32S,32/24Q) 10 6 4 2 1 - - - - - - -
ITF $15,000 (32S, 48/64Q) 10 6 4 2 1 - - - - - - -
ITF $15,000 (16D) 10 6 4 1 - - - - - - - -

QFR= Qualifier, FQR-Qualifying Finalist, Q2-Second Round of Qualifying, Q1-First Round of Qualifying
+H indicates that Hospitality is provided.
Hospitality may be provided at $15,000 and $40,000 tournaments, but no additional WTA Ranking Points are offered.

154 Appendices
B. ITF World Tennis Ranking points
ITF World Tennis Tour Singles Ranking points are earned in Singles Qualifying as detailed
below.

Tournament Level Winner Finalist SF QF R16 R32 QFR^ FQR*

$25,000+H - - - - - - 4 1
$25,000 - - - - - - 3 1
$15,000+H - - - - - - 3 1
$15,000 - - - - - - 2 1

No ITF World Tennis Doubles Ranking points are awarded.

155 Appendices
 APPENDIX L

CONTACTS

INTERNATIONAL TENNIS FEDERATION

Bank Lane
Roehampton
London SW15 5XZ
Telephone: (44) (0) 20 8878 6464
email: mens@itftennis.com
email: womens@itftennis.com

Jackie Nesbitt, Senior Executive Director, Tours and Player Pathway

Andrew Moss, Head, ITF World Tennis Tour, Strategy and Pathway
George Donnelly, Head, ITF World Tennis Tour, Operations

156 Appendices
 MEN’S AND WOMEN’S
ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR

CODE OF CONDUCT
2023
© ITF Limited t/a International Tennis Federation
All rights reserved
2022
 CODE OF CONDUCT
MEN’S AND WOMEN’S
ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR 2023
Please note that where the rules apply to the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Regulations only, the
text is in Italics.

Amendments to the Code of Conduct made for the beginning of 2023 are underlined,
amendments to the Code of Conduct made Mid-Year are underlined in blue.

ARTICLE I: GENERAL

References in this Code of Conduct (“Code”) to the “ITF Executive Director” shall hereafter mean
the ITF Senior Executive Director of Tours and Player Pathway.

References in this Code to the “Committee” shall hereafter mean the ITF World Tennis Tour
Committee.

For the purposes of this Code “Related Person” is defined as any coach, trainer, therapist, physician,
management representative, agent, family member, Tournament guest, business associate or other
affiliate or associate of any player, or any other person who receives accreditation at a Men’s or
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament at the request of the player or any other Related
Person.

For the purposes of Article V.1, and Article XIII of this Code, “Covered Persons” is defined as any
player, and any player’s coach, trainer, manager, agent, medical or para-medical personnel and/or
family member, tournament guest, or other similar associate of any player, and any tournament
personnel, such as an official, tournament director, staff, volunteer, sponsor, health care provider,
ITF staff member and members of the media that accredited to attend an ITF World Tennis Tour
tournament.

A. PURPOSE

The International Tennis Federation promulgates this Code of Conduct (“Code”) in order to maintain
fair and reasonable standards of conduct by players, Related Persons, Covered Persons and the
organisers of Men’s and Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour tournaments, and to protect their
respective rights, the rights of the public and the integrity of the Sport of Tennis. All references to
the International Tennis Federation or the ITF shall mean the ITF Limited.

B. EXCLUSIVE APPLICABILITY

This 2023 ITF World Tennis Tour Code of Conduct shall be the exclusive basis for disciplinary action
against any player, Related Person, Covered Persons (for the purposes of Article V-1 and the Article
XIII) or tournament in ITF sanctioned ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments, except to the extent that
disciplinary jurisdiction is established in relation to such Tournaments under (I) the Tennis Anti-
Doping Programme; (ii) the Anti-Corruption Program; and/or (iii) the ITF Welfare Policy.

C. FINES

All monetary fines set forth in the Code are in US Dollars.

157 Code of Conduct

A player who has accumulated $500 or more in unpaid fines for violations of the Code of Conduct
shall not be allowed to enter and play in any ITF tournament until such time as all fines have been
paid.

A player who has outstanding fines at the end of the calendar year shall not be allowed to enter any
Men’s or Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments in the following calendar year until such
time as all fines have been paid.

Players who are fined for major offences must pay all fines prior to their next event.

D. ITF SUPERVISOR

The approved ITF Supervisor for each Men’s or Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament shall
be the final authority for the interpretation of these Tournament Regulations, Code of Conduct and
the Rules of Tennis as to all matters arising that require immediate resolution at the tournament
site.

ARTICLE II: MEN’S ENTRY OFFENCES

A. APPLICABILITY

This Article shall only apply to Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments.

B. ENTRY OFFENCES

1. Late Withdrawal
Any withdrawal from a player accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying of Singles or
Advance Entry for Doubles that occurs after the Withdrawal Deadline shall be considered a
Late Withdrawal and will be penalised, except in the below circumstances:

a) a player who is on the Qualifying Acceptance List but who is still playing in another
Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, ITF World Tennis Tour Junior tournament or
ATP tournament at the time of the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline, provided the player
withdraws before the Qualifying Sign-In closes;

b) a player who is on the Qualifying Acceptance List but who is still playing in another
“qualified” Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour or ATP tournament and who applies for a
Special Exempt position, but where such Special Exempt position is not available for the
player;

c) a player who qualifies for entry or receives a Wild Card into the Qualifying or Main Draw
of a Grand Slam tournament, provided the player withdraws from the ITF Tournament
before the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline;

d) a player who is nominated to represent his country in an ITF Team Competition,

provided the player withdraws before the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline;

e) a player who is on the Main Draw or Qualifying Acceptance List of an ITF World Tennis
Tour Tournament but is accepted into an ATP Tour or Challenger main draw or
qualifying by 10:00 (EST) on the Friday prior to the following weeks start date will not
be penalised, provided the player was withdrawn at the “ATP Freeze Deadline”.

158 Code of Conduct

 f) The provisions of Article II, Rule B.4, Playing Another Event / One Tournament per
Week apply.

Players who meet one of the exceptions for Late Withdrawal offences written above should
email Mens@itftennis.com and provide them the appropriate documentation so the Late
Withdrawal penalty can be removed from the player’s Code of Conduct record.

Players who have been subject to Automatic Withdrawals will not be fined.

A player’s first three (3) Late Withdrawal Singles offences and first three (3) Late
Withdrawal Doubles offences within a calendar year are automatically excused and the
fines cancelled with a “withdrawal amnesty”, provided the withdrawal is submitted online
through the player’s IPIN account:

(i) For Singles, prior to the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline (“Singles Amnesty”); and

(ii) For Doubles, prior to the Doubles On-site Sign-in Deadline (“Doubles Amnesty”).

The excused Withdrawal is valid for two consecutive Tournament weeks provided the
player withdraws in accordance with the process set out above.

If a player withdraws from both Singles and Doubles at the same Tournament, the player
may use a Singles Amnesty to withdraw himself from both the Singles and Doubles event
of that Tournament. A Doubles Amnesty may only be used for Doubles withdrawals and
not Singles withdrawals.

Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $500 as further set out in the
Fines Guidelines.

2. No Show
A player will have Committed a No Show Offence if:

a) He is accepted into the Qualifying and fails to sign in by the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline
(in accordance with Section V.K Sign-In of the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Regulations
2020) without validly withdrawing from the Tournament in advance of the Qualifying
Sign-In Deadline (as set out in Article II.B.1 above); or

b) He is accepted into the Main Draw or has been granted a Wild Card (Main Draw or
Qualifying) and fails to arrive on-site for his first match in the Tournament without
withdrawing from the Tournament in advance of his first-round match (as set out in
Article II.B.1 above).

c) A player or Doubles team accepted into the Doubles Draw (Advance Entry or On-Site
Entry) fails to arrive On-Site for the team’s first match in the Tournament without
withdrawing from the Tournament in advance of his/their first-round match (as set out
in Article II.B.1 above).

The ITF Supervisor may waive the No Show Offence for a player/team who arrives on-site
after the scheduled commencement time for his/their first match, and penalise him/them
for the On-Site Offence of Punctuality instead.

A player that commits a No-Show violation may not use an on-site medical certificate to
appeal a penalty.

159 Code of Conduct

 Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $500 as further set out in the
Fines Guidelines.

In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of the Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation of this Section
shall also constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour”.

3. On-Site Medical Withdrawal

a. If a player is forced to retire or withdraw during a Tournament for medical reasons, the ITF
Medical Certification form must be completed by the on-site Tournament Doctor / Sports
Physiotherapist verifying that the player is unfit to continue playing in the current
Tournament. Violation of this section shall subject a player to a fine of up to $500.

b. A player that has endured a medical condition during the Tournament Week, but who
completes their Tournament matches, may obtain a Medical Certificate from the
Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist that can be used to withdraw from the following
week’s tournament without penalty. The player must obtain the Medical Certificate within
24 hours of completing their final match.

If the player wishes to use the Medical Certificate to withdraw from the following week’s
tournament, then the player must inform the ITF and the ITF Supervisor (if after the Freeze
deadline) no more than 48 hours after obtaining the Medical Certificate or before the
Qualifying Sign-In, whichever is sooner.

Players who complete their final match of the tournament after the Qualifying Sign-In of the
following week’s Tournament must obtain a Medical Certificate and inform the ITF
Supervisor before leaving the site if they wish to withdraw from the following week’s
Tournament.

Violation of this section shall subject a player to a fine of up to $500 as further set out in the
Fines Guidelines.

c. A valid ITF Medical Certificate will excuse a Late Withdrawal penalty for any subsequent
Tournament until the player next competes in any tennis event, provided that a withdrawal
for each tournament is submitted online through the player’s IPIN account prior to the
relevant Qualifying Sign-In Deadline for Singles or On-Site Doubles Sign-In Deadline for
Doubles. A player must email the ITF Medical Certificate to the ITF (mens@itftennis.com)
for each subsequent tournament that the player wishes to use the medical certificate.

d. A player who withdraws from a tournament after the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline will be
excused a Late Withdrawal penalty provided:

i. the player is still competing in the previous week’s tournament at or after the time of
the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline, is thereafter forced to withdraw/retire, is examined
by that tournament’s doctor and is determined to be unfit to compete at the
following week’s tournament; or
ii. the player is on-site at the tournament from which the player will withdraw when the
withdrawal occurs and is determined to be unfit to compete by the tournament’s
doctor.

160 Code of Conduct

 For the purpose of this rule, the player must withdraw before the start of his first match and
the ITF Medical Certification form must be completed and submitted to the ITF no later than
the last day of the tournament.

4. Playing Another Event / One Tournament Per Week

a. No player who has entered and been accepted into the Singles Qualifying, Singles Main
Draw or Advance Entry Doubles Main Draw of a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament
after the Withdrawal Deadline shall play in any other tennis event during the period of such
tournament except as stated below.

Participation by a Committed player in an alternative tournament is permitted in the

following specific circumstances and provided an official withdrawal for the tournament he
was originally Committed to, has been submitted prior to its Qualifying Sign-In deadline for
Singles (see section V. C. Entry and Withdrawal Deadlines and F. Freeze Deadline in the
Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Regulations) or prior to the Doubles On-Site Sign-in Deadline
for Doubles (see Section VI. Doubles Entries and Withdrawal):

i. A player is nominated to represent his country in an ITF Team competition;

ii. A player qualifies for entry or is nominated to receive a Wild Card into the
Qualifying or Main Draw of a Grand Slam tournament;
iii. A player accepted into Singles Qualifying of a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament is nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Singles Main Draw
of another Professional tournament;
iv. A player accepted into Singles Qualifying, Singles Main Draw, or Advance
Entry Doubles Main Draw of a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament is
nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Singles Qualifying or Singles Main
Draw of another ITF World Tennis Tour tournament in a higher prize money
category;
v. A player accepted into the Singles Qualifying or Main Draw or Advance Entry
Doubles of a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament is nominated to
receive a Singles Wild Card into the Qualifying or Main Draw of a Challenger
or ATP Tour event.
vi. A player accepted into Qualifying or Main Draw of a Men’s ITF World Tennis
Tour Tournament is nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Main Draw or
Qualifying of a Juniors ITF World Tennis Tour (Grand Slam, J500, J300)
tournament.
vii. A player accepted into a Junior ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament is
nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Main Draw or Qualifying of a Men’s
ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament.
viii. Both members of a Doubles team accepted as an Advance Entry Main Draw
team are nominated to receive a Wild Card as a team into a higher prize
money event.
ix. The player who is not responsible for the late withdrawal of an Advance Entry
Doubles Main Draw team may enter Doubles On-site with another partner.
x. If a player is awarded a Singles Wild Card and the player/team was previously
accepted as an Advance Entry Doubles Main Draw team then both the player
and his partner may enter onsite at the same tournament or another
tournament with the same or different partner.
xi. A player is forced to withdraw from a Qualifying event because he is still
Committed to and still participating in a Tournament in the previous week’s
tournament but is not eligible to apply for, or has been unsuccessful in
applying for, a Special Exempt place.

161 Code of Conduct

A player not Committed by Advance Entry to a Doubles Main Draw may enter the Doubles
event of any other tournament. However, late withdrawals from Singles Main Draw and
Qualifying shall be subject to the late withdrawal provisions at Article II.B.1 above.

Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $250 as further set out in the
Fines Guidelines in addition to any other fines provided in the Code.

Playing Another Event Rule amendment

Singles
All Singles players will be eligible for three opportunities to benefit from additional flexibility
to play up from an ITF World Tennis Tour tournament into an ATP tournament without
penalty (“Singles PAE Exemptions”). The Singles PAE Exemption exempts the player from
fines that would otherwise be imposed for late withdrawal (Article II.B.1) and for playing
another event (Article II.B.4).

Singles PAE Exemptions shall be granted:

i. whether or not a player is accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying
Acceptance List of an ATP Tour or ATP Challenger Acceptance List by 10:00
Eastern Standard Time (GMT-5) on the Friday preceding the Tournament
Week;
ii. on three (3) occasions during the calendar year;
iii. only where the player withdraws from a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament prior to 10:00 Eastern Standard Time (GMT-5) on the Friday
preceding the Tournament Week; and
iv. where the player has played Singles at the Challenger tournament in the
same week as the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament from which he
withdrew.

Advance Entry in Doubles

Teams accepted by Advance Entry into an ITF Doubles Main Draw by the Doubles Freeze
Deadline will be eligible for three opportunities to play up from an ITF Men’s World Tennis
Tour Tournament into an ATP Tour / Challenger Tournament, without penalty “Doubles PAE
Exemptions”). The Doubles PAE Exemption exempts both players in the team from fines that
would otherwise be imposed for late withdrawal (Article III.B.1) and for playing another
event (Article III.B.4).

To qualify for a Doubles PAE Exemption, the team must:

i. withdraw from the ITF Men’s World Tennis Tour Tournament in accordance with
these Regulations before the ITF Men’s World Tennis Tour Tournament’s Doubles
Sign-in Deadline; and
ii. and have played Doubles at the ATP Tour / ATP Challenger tournament in the same
week as the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament from which they withdrew.

Participation by a player who has played in Qualifying or Main Draw of a Men’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournament in an additional tournament during the same week is only
permitted in the following specific circumstances:

i. A player is allowed to play Singles Qualifying of one Professional tournament

and Doubles in another tournament played the same week, provided the
player has played and been eliminated from one tournament prior to the On-
Site Doubles entry deadline in the other tournament and the player is not

162 Code of Conduct

 Committed as an Advance Entry for Doubles. A player may not participate in
both tournaments at the same time.
ii. A player who played in the Qualifying of a Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament is allowed to accept a Wild Card into the Main Draw of an ITF
World Tennis Tour Junior tournament during the same week provided he lost
in the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament prior to being offered the
Wild Card.
iii. A player is nominated to represent his country in an ITF Team competition,
provided the player has already lost in the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
tournament prior to being nominated.
iv. A player is allowed to participate in an "Other" Tournament (see section II.B.
Categories of Tournaments in the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Regulations)
during the same week, provided he:
a) notifies the ITF Supervisor and ITF (mens@itftennis.com) of his intention
to do so before his first match in the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament; and
b) has played and been eliminated from the Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament; and
c) is released by the ITF Supervisor after his last match in the Men’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament to play in the “Other” Tournament. The
ITF Supervisor should send an email to the ITF.

A player who was a No Show or who withdrew or retired from either Singles
or Doubles Main Draw in any round may not participate in Singles or Doubles
in any "Other" Tournament during the same week.

With the exception of administrative error, players found to have been accepted into two
Tournaments in one week after the Withdrawal Deadline should not be allowed into any
Tournament. Players found to have competed in another Tournament or in two
Tournaments in one week other than as stated above shall be immediately defaulted and
shall forfeit all prize money and ITF World Tennis ranking points earned at the
Tournament(s) in question (where applicable).

Violation of this section shall result in a fine up to $1,000 in addition to any other fines
provided in the Code.

In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of the tournament, or are
singularly egregious, a single violation of this Section shall also constitute the Major Offence of
“Aggravated Behaviour.

C. WILD CARDS

No player or Related Person, directly or indirectly, shall offer, give, solicit, receive or accept, or agree
to offer, give, solicit, receive or accept anything of value in exchange for a Wild Card. Violation of
this section by a player or Related Person shall result in a fine of up to $5,000.

In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of a Men’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation of this Section shall also
constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour”.

163 Code of Conduct

D. DETERMINATION AND PENALTY

The ITF or ITF Supervisor shall make such investigation as is reasonable to determine the facts
regarding all entry offences and upon determining that a violation has occurred shall specify the fine
and/or other punishment therefore and where possible notify the player.

E. PAYMENT OF FINES

All fines levied for entry offences shall be paid by the player within ten (10) days after the notice
thereof is provided. Unpaid fines shall also be collected at other Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournaments for remission to the ITF.

F. FALSIFYING OFFICIAL DOCUMENTATION

Should a player submit documentation that the ITF deems to be false evidence, including, but not
limited to, documents pertaining to Tournament entry and withdrawal and Code of Conduct
appeals, the player shall be subject to a fine of up to $500 in addition to any other fines provided in
the Code.

In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of the tournament, or are
singularly egregious, a single violation of this section shall also constitute the Major Offence of
“Aggravated Behaviour”.

G. APPEALS

Any player found to have Committed an Entry Offence may, after paying all fines as above provided,
appeal the offence and/or any fine imposed to the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel, which shall
determine the matter in accordance with its Procedural Rules (save that there shall be no right of
appeal against the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel's decision). The appeal shall be made in writing,
using the official form prescribed by the ITF and must be filed with the ITF by 17:00 (5.00 pm) GMT
within fourteen (14) days from the date the player is notified of the violation (the “Notice of
Appeal”). The Notice of Appeal must include a statement by the player as to the facts and
circumstances of the incident along with any other evidence the player wishes to submit.

Please note that the appeals made after fourteen (14) days following the notification to a player of
an Entry Offence, may not be appealed.

The use of a “withdrawal amnesty” may not be appealed.

Under extraordinary circumstances, which must be substantiated by documentation and agreed by

the ITF, a player may appeal a Late Withdrawal or No Show fine to the ITF Internal Adjudication
Panel in advance of payment or without payment.

ARTICLE III: WOMEN’S ENTRY OFFENCES

A. APPLICABILITY

This Article shall only apply to Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments.

B. ENTRY OFFENCES
1. Late Withdrawal/ No Show

164 Code of Conduct

 Any withdrawal from a player accepted into the Main Draw or Qualifying of Singles or
Advance Entry for Doubles of a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament for any reason
after the Withdrawal Deadline shall be considered a Late Withdrawal and will be penalised,
except in the following circumstances:

a) a player who is on the Qualifying Acceptance List but who is still playing in another
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, ITF World Tennis Tour Junior tournament,
or WTA tournament at the time of the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline, provided the player
withdraws before the Qualifying Sign-In closes;

b) a player who is on the Qualifying Acceptance List but who is still playing in another
“qualified” Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament or WTA tournament and who
applies for a Special Exempt position, but where such Special Exempt position is not
available for the player;

c) a player who qualifies for entry or receives a Wild Card into the Qualifying or Main Draw
of a Grand Slam Tournaments, provided the player withdraws from the ITF Tournament
before the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline;

d) a player who is nominated to represent her country in an ITF Team Competition,

provided the player withdraws before the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline.

The provisions of Article III, Rule B.4 Playing Another Event / One Tournament Per Week
apply.

Players who meet one of the exceptions for Late Withdrawal offences written above should email
womens@itftennis.com and provide them the appropriate documentation so the Late
Withdrawal penalty can be removed from the player’s Code of Conduct record.

Players who have been subject to Automatic Withdrawals will not be fined.

A player’s first three (3) Late Withdrawal Singles offences and first three (3) Late Withdrawal
Doubles offences with a calendar year are automatically excused and the fines cancelled with a
“withdrawal amnesty”, provided the withdrawal is submitted online through a player’s IPIN
account:

(iii) For Singles, prior to the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline (“Singles Amnesty”); and

(iv) For Doubles, prior to the Doubles On-site Sign-in Deadline (“Doubles Amnesty”).

The excused Withdrawal is valid for two consecutive Tournament weeks provided the player
withdraws, as above.

If a player withdraws from both Singles and Doubles at the same Tournament, the player may
use a Singles Amnesty to withdraw herself from both the Singles and Doubles event of that
Tournament. A Doubles Amnesty may only be used for Doubles withdrawals and not Singles
withdrawals.

Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $1,000 as further set out in the Fines
Guidelines.

2. No Show
A player will have committed a No Show Offence if:

165 Code of Conduct

 a) She is accepted into the Qualifying and fails to Sign-In by the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline (in
accordance with Section V.K Sign-In of the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour regulations),
without validly withdrawing from the Tournament in advance of the Qualifying Sign-In
Deadline (as set out in Article III.B.1 above); or

b) She is accepted into the Main Draw or has a Wild Card (Main Draw or Qualifying) and fails
to arrive on-site for her first match in the Tournament without withdrawing from the
Tournament in advance of her first match (as set out in Article III.B.1 above).

c) A player or Doubles team accepted into the Doubles Main Draw (Advance Entry or On-Site
Entry) fails to arrive on site for the team’s first match in the Tournament without
withdrawing from the Tournament in advance of their first round match (as set out in
Article III.B.1 above.

The ITF Supervisor may waive a No Show Offence for a player/team who arrives on-site after
the scheduled commencement time for her/their first match, and penalise her/them for the On-
Site Offence of Punctuality instead.

A player that commits a No Show violation may not use an on-site medical certificate to appeal a
penalty.

Violation of this section shall result in a fine up to $1,000 as further set out in the Fines Guideline.

In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of a Women’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation of this Section shall
also constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour”.

3. On-site Medical Withdrawal

a. If a player is forced to retire or withdraw during a Tournament for medical reasons, the ITF
Medical Certificate must be completed by the on-site Tournament Doctor/Sports
Physiotherapist verifying that the player is unfit to continue playing in the current
Tournament. Violation of this section shall subject a player to a fine of up to $500.

b. A player that has endured a medical condition during the Tournament Week, but who
completes their Tournament matches, may obtain a Medical Certificate from the
Tournament Doctor/Sports Physiotherapist that can be used to withdraw from the following
week’s tournament without penalty. The player must obtain the Medical Certificate within
24 hours of completing their final match.

If the player wishes to use the Medical Certificate to withdraw from the following week’s
tournament, then the player must inform the ITF and the ITF Supervisor (if after the Freeze
deadline) no more than 48 hours after obtaining the Medical Certificate or before the
Qualifying Sign-In, whichever is sooner.

Players who complete their final match of the Tournament after the Qualifying Sign-In of the
following week’s Tournament must obtain a Medical Certificate and inform the ITF
Supervisor before leaving the site if they wish to withdraw from the following week’s
Tournament.

Violation of this section shall subject a player to a fine of up to $500.

166 Code of Conduct

c. A valid ITF Medical Certification form will excuse a Late Withdrawal penalty for any
subsequent tournament until the player next competes in a Tournament, provided a
withdrawal for each Tournament is submitted online through the player’s IPIN account:
(i) for Singles: prior to the relevant Qualifying Sign-In Deadline; and
(ii) for Doubles: prior to the On-Site Doubles Sign-In Deadline.

The player must email the ITF Medical Certificate to the ITF Women’s department
(womens@itftennis.com) for each subsequent Tournament for which the player wishes to
use the medical certificate.

d. A player who withdraws from a tournament after the Qualifying Sign-In Deadline will be
excused a Late Withdrawal penalty provided:
i. the player is still competing in the previous week’s tournament at or after the time of the
Qualifying Sign-In Deadline, is thereafter forced to withdraw/retire, is examined by that
tournament’s doctor and is determined to be unfit to compete at the following week’s
tournament; or

ii. the player is on-site at the tournament from which the player will withdraw when the
withdrawal occurs and is determined to be unfit to compete by the tournament’s doctor.

For the purpose of this rule, the player must withdraw before the start of her first match and
the ITF Medical Certification form must be completed and submitted to the ITF no later than
the last day of the tournament.

4. Playing Another Event / One Tournament Per Week

a. No player who has entered and been accepted into Singles Qualifying, Singles Main Draw, or
Advance Entry for Doubles Main Draw of a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament after
the Withdrawal Deadline shall play in any other tennis event during the period of such
tournament except as stated below.

Participation by a Committed player in an alternative tournament is permitted in the following

specific circumstances and provided an official withdrawal for the Tournament she was
originally Committed to has been submitted prior to its Qualifying Sign-In Deadline for Singles
(see section V. C. Entry and Withdrawal Deadlines and F. Freeze Deadline of the Women’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Regulations) or prior to the Doubles On-Site Sign-In Deadline for Doubles (see
Section VI. Doubles Entries and Withdrawals):

i. A player is nominated to represent her country in an ITF Team competition;

ii. A player qualifies for entry or is nominated to receive a Wild Card into the
Qualifying or Main Draw of a Grand Slam tournament;
iii. A player accepted into Singles Qualifying of a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament is nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Main Draw of another
Professional tournament;
iv. A player accepted into Singles Qualifying, Singles Main Draw or Advance Entry
Doubles Main Draw of a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament is
nominated to receive a Singles Wild Card into the Qualifying or Main Draw of
another Professional tournament in a higher prize money category;
v. A player accepted into Qualifying or Main Draw of a Women’s ITF World Tennis
Tour Tournament is nominated to receive a Wild Card into the Main Draw or
Qualifying of a Juniors ITF World Tennis Tour (Grand Slam, J500, J300)
tournament.

167 Code of Conduct

 vi. A player accepted into a Junior ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament is nominated
to receive a Wild Card into the Main Draw or Qualifying of a Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournament.
vii. Both members of a Doubles team accepted as an Advance Entry Main Draw
team are nominated to receive a Wild Card as a team into a higher prize money
event.
viii. The player who is not responsible for the late withdrawal of an Advance Entry
Doubles Main Draw team may enter Doubles On-site with another partner.
ix. If a player is awarded a Singles Wild Card and the player/team was previously
accepted as an Advance Entry Doubles Main Draw team then both the player
and her partner may enter On-site at the same Tournament or another
Tournament with the same or different partner.
x. A player is forced to withdraw from a qualifying event because she is still
Committed to and still participating in a Tournament in the previous week’s
tournament but is not eligible to apply, or has been unsuccessful in applying for,
a special exempt place.

A player not Committed by Advance Entry to a Doubles Main Draw may enter the Doubles
event of any tournament, although the player is subject to Late Withdrawal penalties in
Singles.

Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $500 as further set out in the
Fines Guidelines, in addition to any other fines provided in the Code.

Playing Another Event Rule amendment

Singles
~All Singles players will be eligible for three opportunities to benefit from additional flexibility
to play up from an ITF World Tennis Tour tournament into a WTA Tournament (inclusive of
WTA 125s), without penalty (“Singles PAE Exemption”). The Singles PAE Exemption exempts
the player from fines that would otherwise be imposed for late withdrawal (Article III.B.1)
and for playing another event (Article III.B.4).

To qualify for a Singles PAE Exemption, a player must:

i. withdraw from the ITF Women’s World Tennis Tour Tournament in compliance with the
Regulations before the ITF tournament’s Singles Qualifying Sign-in Deadline;
ii. and have played Singles WTA Tournament in the same week as the Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournament from which they withdrew.

Advance Entry in Doubles

Teams accepted by Advance Entry into an ITF Doubles Main Draw by the Doubles Freeze
Deadline will be eligible for three opportunities to play up from an ITF World Tennis Tour
tournament into a WTA Tournament (inclusive of WTA 125s), without penalty (“Doubles PAE
Exemption”). The Doubles PAE Exemption exempts both players in the team from fines that
would otherwise be imposed for late withdrawal (Article III.B.1) and for playing another
event (Article III.B.4).

To qualify for a Doubles PAE Exemption, the team must:

i. withdraw from the ITF Women’s World Tennis Tour Tournament in compliance with
the Regulations before the ITF tournament’s Doubles Sign-in Deadline;
ii. and have played Doubles at the WTA tournament in the same week as the Women’s
ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament from which they withdrew.

168 Code of Conduct

b. Participation by a player who has played in Qualifying or Main Draw of a Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournament in an additional tournament during the same week is permitted in the
following specific circumstances.

i. A player is allowed to play Singles Qualifying of one Professional tournament

and Doubles in another tournament played the same week, provided the player
has played and been eliminated from one tournament prior to the On-Site
Doubles entry deadline in the other tournament and the player is not
Committed as an Advance Entry for Doubles. A player may not participate in
both tournaments at the same time.
ii. A player who played in the Qualifying of Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament is allowed to accept a Wild Card into Main Draw of ITF World
Tennis Tour Junior tournament during the same week provided she lost in the
Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament prior to being offered the Wild
Card for the ITF World Tennis Tour Junior tournament.
iii. A player is nominated to represent her country in an ITF Team competition,
provided the player has already lost in the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament prior to being nominated;
iv. A player is allowed to participate in an "Other" Tournament (see section II.B.
Tournaments above) during the same week, provided she:
a) notifies the ITF Supervisor and ITF (womens@itftennis.com) of her
intention to do so before her first match in the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament; and
b) has played and been eliminated from the Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament; and
c) is released by the ITF Supervisor after her last match in the Women’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament to play in the Other Tournament. The ITF
Supervisor should send an email to the ITF.

A player who was a No Show or who withdrew or retired from either Singles or
Doubles Main Draw in any round of a Tournament may not participate in Singles
or Doubles in any "Other" tournament during the same week.

A player is not allowed to compete in Singles in two (2) tournaments nor in Doubles in two (2)
tournaments (WTA and Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour) held in one week and will be
withdrawn from the second tournament by the ITF (i.e. a player may not play the Qualifying of
a WTA tournament, lose, and then play in a Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament in the
same week). If a player does play two (2) tournaments in one (1) week, upon the first occurrence
the player will receive the lesser of the ranking points earned from the two (2) tournaments.

Other than in the circumstances stated above, players found to have competed in another
tournament or in two Tournaments in one week (including second and any subsequent
occurrences) shall be immediately defaulted and shall forfeit all prize money and computer
points (where applicable).

Violation of this Section shall result in a fine up to $1,000 in addition to any other Late
Withdrawal fines provided in the Code.

In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of a Women’s ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation of this Section
shall also constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour”.

169 Code of Conduct

C. WILD CARDS

No player or Related Person, directly or indirectly, shall offer, give, solicit, receive or accept, or agree
to offer, give, solicit, receive or accept anything of value in exchange for a Wild Card. Violation of
this section by a player or Related Person shall result in a fine of up to $5,000.

In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of a Women’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation of this Section shall also
constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour”.

D. DETERMINATION AND PENALTY

The ITF or ITF Supervisor shall make such investigation as is reasonable to determine the facts
regarding all Entry Offences and upon determining that a violation has occurred shall specify the fine
and/or other punishment therefore and where possible notify the player.

E. PAYMENT OF FINES

All fines levied for entry offences shall be paid by the player within ten (10) days after the notice
thereof is provided. Unpaid fines shall also be collected at other Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournaments for remission to the ITF.

F. FALSIFYING OFFICIAL DOCUMENTATION

Should a player submit documentation that the ITF deems to be false evidence, including, but not
limited to, documents pertaining to tournament entry and withdrawal and Code of Conduct appeals,
the player shall be subject to a fine of up to $1,000 in addition to any other fines provided in the
Code.

In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of the tournament, or are
singularly egregious, a single violation of this section shall also constitute the Major Offence of
“Aggravated Behaviour”.

G. APPEALS

Any player found to have committed an Entry Offence may, after paying all fines as provided above,
appeal the offence and/or any fine imposed to the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel, which shall
determine the matter in accordance with its Procedural Rules (save that there shall be no right of
appeal against the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel's decision). The appeal shall be made in writing,
using the official form prescribed by the ITF and must be filed with the ITF by 17:00 (5.00pm) GMT
within fourteen (14) days from the date the player is notified of the violation (the “Notice of Appeal”).
The Notice of Appeal must include a statement by the player as to the facts and circumstances of the
incident along with any other evidence the player wishes to submit.

Please note that the appeals made after fourteen (14) days following the notification to a player of
an Entry Offence, may not be appealed.

The use of a “withdrawal amnesty” may not be appealed.

Under extraordinary circumstances, which must be substantiated by documentation and agreed by

the ITF, a player may appeal a Late Withdrawal or No Show fine to the ITF Internal Adjudication
Panel in advance of payment or without payment

170 Code of Conduct

 ARTICLE IV: ON-SITE OFFENCES

A. GENERAL

Every player shall, during all matches and at all times while within the precincts of the site conduct
himself/herself in a professional manner. The provisions below shall apply to each player’s conduct
while within the precincts of each such site, and references to the site shall include tournament
hotels, transport, all tournament facilities and locations of tournament functions or activities.

B. PUNCTUALITY

Matches shall follow each other without delay in accordance with the announced order of play. The
order of play shall be posted at a highly visible place in a general players’ area as designated by the
ITF Supervisor.

Matches shall be called in accordance with the order of play using all available and reasonable
means. Players shall be ready to play when their matches are called.

1. Any player not ready to play within ten (10) minutes after his match is called may
be fined $50.

2. Any player not ready to play within fifteen (15) minutes after his match is called may
be fined up to an additional $200 and shall be defaulted unless the ITF Supervisor
in his sole discretion, after consideration of all relevant circumstances, elects not to
declare a default. The player may also be subject to the additional penalties set out
in Article IV, O.

This section applies only to those players who are or have been on-site or who have signed-in with
the referee by telephone during the Tournament Week.

C. DRESS AND EQUIPMENT

Every player shall dress and present himself/herself for play in a professional manner. Clean and
customarily acceptable tennis attire shall be worn.

Any player who violates this Section may be ordered by the Chair Umpire or ITF Supervisor to change
his/her attire or equipment immediately. Failure of a player to comply with such order may result
in an immediate default. (The ITF reserves the right to interpret the following rules so as to give
effect to the intent and purposes of these Regulations.

1. Unacceptable Attire
Sweatshirts, gym shorts, dress shirts, T-shirts or any other inappropriate attire shall not be
worn during a match (including the warm-up).

2. Shoes
Players are required to wear tennis shoes generally accepted as proper tennis attire. Shoes
shall not cause damage to the court other than what is expected during the normal course
of a match or practice. Damage to a court may be considered as physical or visible, which
may include a shoe that leaves mark beyond what is considered acceptable. The ITF
Supervisor has the authority to determine that a shoe does not meet these criteria and may
order the player to change.

171 Code of Conduct

 i. Grass Court Shoes
At grass court tournaments, no grass court shoes other than those with rubber
soles, without heels, ribs, studs, or coverings, shall be worn by players.
Shoes with pimples or studs around the outside of the toes shall not be permitted.
The foxing around the toes must be smooth.
The ITF Supervisor has the authority to determine that a tennis shoe’s sole does not
conform to such customs and standards and can prohibit its use at grass court
tournaments.

ii. Clay Court Shoes

Players are required to wear tennis shoes generally accepted for play on clay courts
or granular surfaces. The ITF Supervisor has the authority to determine that a tennis
shoe’s sole does not conform to such customs and standards and can prohibit its
use at clay court tournaments.
Grass court shoes shall not be worn during a match on clay courts.

3. Identification
No identification shall be permitted on a player’s clothing, products, or equipment on court
during a match or at any press conference or tournament ceremony, except as follows:

a. Men’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments

1. Shirt, Sweater or Jacket

i. Sleeves. Two (2) positions for commercial (i.e. non-manufacturer’s) or
manufacturer’s identification for each sleeve, neither of which exceeds six
(6) square inches (39 sq.cm), shall be permitted. Maximum of two (2)
identifications may be placed within each six (6) square inch position.
Identifications may contain writing.

ii. Sleeveless. Two (2) positions of the manufacturer’s or commercial

identification, neither of which exceeds six (6) square inches (39 sq.cm) may
be placed on the front or collar of the shirt. If no more than one (1)
identification is placed on the front or collar of the shirt, then one (1)
manufacturer identification may be placed on the back of the shirt, not to
exceed four (4) square inches (26 sq. cm). Identifications may contain
writing.

iii. Front and Collar. Two (2) logos of the manufacturer’s or commercial
identifications, neither of which exceeds six (6) square inches (39 sq.cm)
may be placed in any location on the front or on the collar. OR, one (1)
manufacturer’s or commercial identification which may not exceed six (6)
square inches (39 sq.cm) may be placed on the front or collar.
Identifications may contain writing.

Back – If only one (1) manufacturer’s or commercial identification which

may not exceed six (6) square inches (39 sq.cm) is placed on the front or
collar and then an additional manufacturer’s identification, not to exceed
four (4) square inches (26 sq.cm), may be placed on the back.
Identifications may contain writing.

172 Code of Conduct

 iv. Other. Identification of the clothing manufacturer, without the name of the
manufacturer or any other writing, may be placed once or repeatedly within
an area not to exceed twelve (12) square inches (77.5 sq.cm) in one of the
following positions:
a. On each of the shirt sleeves (if a manufacturer’s identification is not
on the sleeves pursuant to the section i. above); or
b. On the outer seams (sides of torso) of the shirt.

2. Shorts
Two (2) manufacturer’s identifications, neither of which exceeds two (2) square
inches (13 sq.cm) may be placed on the front or back of the shorts; or two (2)
manufacturer’s identification neither of which exceeds four (4) square inches (26
sq.cm) may be placed as follows: one (1) identification on the front and one (1)
identification on the back of the shorts. Identifications may contain writing.

On compression shorts and/or compression sleeves, two (2) manufacturer’s

identification not to exceed two (2) square inches (13 sq.cm) or one (1)
manufacturer’s identification which must not exceed four (4) square inches (26
sq.cm). These shall be in addition to the manufacturer’s identifications permitted
on shorts.

3. Socks/Shoes
Manufacturer’s identifications on each sock and on each shoe shall be permitted.

4. Racquet
Manufacturer’s identifications on racquet and strings shall be permitted.

5. Hat, Headband, Wristband and Face Covering

One (1) manufacturer’s identification and/or one (1) commercial identification,
neither if which exceeds four (4) square inches (26 sq.cm), shall be permitted on
hats, headbands. The commercial identification must be located on the side of
the garment and worn so that it is positioned on the side of the head.

One (1) manufacturer’s identification not to exceed four (4) square inches (26
sq.cm) will be permitted on wristbands or face covering.

6. Bags, Towels, Other Equipment or Paraphernalia

Tennis equipment manufacturer’s identifications, on each item plus two (2)
separate commercial identifications on one (1) bag, neither of which exceeds six
(6) square inches (39sq.cm) shall be permitted.
Note: The Tecnifibre ATP line of racquet bags are allowed at ITF Men’s ITF World
Tennis Tour Tournaments.

b. Women’s ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments

1. Shirt, Sweater or Jacket

i. Sleeves. One (1) commercial (non-manufacturer’s) identification for each
sleeve, neither of which exceeds four (4) square inches (26 sq.cm), plus one
(1) manufacturer’s identification on each sleeve, neither of which exceeds
four (4) square inches (26 sq.cm) shall be permitted Identifications may
contain writing.

173 Code of Conduct

 ii. Sleeveless. The two (2) commercial (non-manufacturer’s) identifications
permitted on the sleeves above, neither of which shall exceed four (4) square
inches (26 sq.cm), may be placed on the front of the garment. Identifications
may contain writing.

iii. Front, Back and Collar. Total of two (2) manufacturer’s identifications,
neither of which exceeds two (2) square inches (13 sq.cm) or one (1)
manufacturer’s identification, which does not exceed four (4) square inches
(26 sq.cm) may be placed in any of these three locations. Identifications may
contain writing.

iv. Other. Identification of the clothing manufacturer, without the name of the
manufacturer or any other writing, may be placed once or repeatedly within
an area not to exceed twelve (12) square inches (77.5 sq.cm) in one of the
following positions:
c. On each of the shirt sleeves (if a manufacturer’s identification is not
on the sleeves pursuant to the section i. above); or
d. On the outer seams (sides of torso) of the shirt

2. Shorts / Skirts/ Compression Shorts / Leggings

On short and skirts, two (2) manufacturer’s identifications, neither of which
exceeds two (2) square inches (13 sq.cm), or one (1) manufacturer’s identification
which does not exceed four (4) square inches (26 sq.cm) shall be permitted.

On leggings or mid-thigh compression shorts, worn with a skirt or shorts, one (1)
manufacturer’s identification not to exceed two (2) square inches (13 sq.cm) and
which shall be in addition to the manufacturer’s identifications on shorts/skirts
shall be permitted. Identifications may contain writing.

On leggings or mid-thigh compression shorts, worn without a skirt or shorts,

allowed up to two (2) manufacturer’s identifications, neither of which exceeds
two (2) square inches (13 sq.cm), or one (1) manufacturer’s identification which
does not exceed four (4) square inches (26 sq.cm) shall be permitted.

Note: A dress for the purposes of permissible identification shall be treated as a

combination of a skirt and a shirt (dividing dress at waist).

3. Socks / Shoes
Manufacturer’s identifications on each sock and on each shoe shall be permitted.
The identifications on the sock(s) on each foot shall be limited to a maximum of
two (2) square inches (13 sq.cm). Identifications may contain writing.

4. Racquet
Manufacturer’s identifications on racquet and strings shall be permitted.

5. Hat, Headband, Wristband and Face Covering

One (1) manufacturer’s identification not to exceed three (3) square inches (19.5
sq.cm) shall be permitted on wristbands or face covering.
For hats, headbands one (1) manufacturer’s identification on the front and one
(1) commercial (non-manufacturer’s) identification on the side, both of which
may contain writing not to exceed three (3) square inches (19.5 sq.cm).
Identifications may contain writing.

174 Code of Conduct

 6. Bags, Other Equipment or Paraphernalia
Tennis equipment manufacturer’s identifications, on each item plus two (2)
separate commercial identifications on one (1) bag, neither of which exceeds four
(4) square inches (26 sq.cm) shall be permitted.

c. Another Tennis, Sport or Entertainment Event

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereinabove set forth the identification by
use of the name, emblem, logo, trademark, symbol or other description of any tennis
circuit, series of tennis events, tennis exhibition, tennis tournament, any other sport or
entertainment event other than the ITF World Tennis Tour is prohibited on all dress or
equipment, unless otherwise approved by the ITF.

d. General
All identifications should be firmly attached at all points on the clothing or equipment.

No identification shall be permitted on player's clothing or equipment that

promotes/displays betting companies, tobacco or e-cigarette products, hard liquor
products, political activity or other category deemed to be detrimental to the sport of
tennis, the ITF or the ITF World Tennis Tour.

In the event the utilisation of any of the foregoing permitted commercial identifications
would violate any governmental regulation with respect to television, then the same
shall be prohibited.

For the purposes of this rule, the manufacturer means the manufacturer of the clothing
or equipment in question.

Tennis Equipment Manufacturer. The tennis equipment manufacturer is the entity that
distributes, or offers for sale, tennis racquets, clothing, strings, or shoes.

Clothing Manufacturer. The clothing manufacturer is the corporate or product

identification, trademarks (regardless of registration status) or other recognizable
names presented in the form of a logo or mark on the clothing product in question.

Commercial Identification. Corporate or product identification other than the

manufacturer of the item, including social media usernames, hashtags, and URLs.

In addition, the size limitation shall be ascertained by determining the area of the actual
patch or other addition to a player’s clothing without regard to the colour of the same.
In determining area, depending on the shape of the patch or other addition, a circle,
triangle or rectangle shall be drawn around the same and the size of the patch for the
purpose of this Rule shall be the area within the circumference of the circle or the
perimeter of the triangle or rectangle as the case may be.

4. Warm-up Clothing
Players may wear warm-up clothing during the warm-up and during a match provided it
complies with the foregoing provisions and provided further that the players obtain
approval of the ITF Supervisor prior to wearing warm-up clothing during a match.

5. Taping

175 Code of Conduct

 No taping over of logos/patches shall be allowed.

6. Fines
Any player who violates this Section and is not defaulted shall be subject to the following
fines:

a. Unacceptable Attire
Violation of the provisions with respect to Unacceptable Attire shall result in a fine
of up to $250;
b. Manufacturer’s Identification
Violation of the provisions with respect to manufacturer’s identifications shall result
in a fine of up to $250;
c. Commercial Identification
Violation of the provisions with respect to commercial identifications shall result in
a fine of up to $250;
d. Another Tennis Event
Violation of the provisions with respect to the name of an event shall result in a fine
of up to $250.

D. START OF MATCH / TIME VIOLATION / DELAY OF GAME

Start of match
A maximum of sixty (60) seconds shall elapse from when the last player arrives to his/her seat on
court until the players are ready for the pre-match meeting with the Chair Umpire. This will be
followed immediately by the warm-up period, which will last no longer than five (5) minutes. At the
end of the warm-up period the players have sixty (60) seconds to be ready to start the match.

During play
Following the expiration of the warm-up period play shall be continuous and a player shall not
unreasonably delay a match for any cause.

A maximum of twenty-five (25) seconds shall elapse from the moment the ball goes out of play at
the end of the point until the time the ball is struck for the first serve of the next point. If such serve
is a fault, then the second serve must be struck by the server without delay.

When changing ends, a maximum of ninety (90) seconds shall elapse from the moment the ball goes
out of play at the end of the game until the time the first serve is struck for the next game. If such
first serve is a fault the second serve must be struck by the server without delay. However, after the
first game of each set and during a tie-break, play shall be continuous, and the players shall change
ends without a rest period.

At the conclusion of each set, regardless of the score, there shall be a set break of one hundred and
twenty (120) seconds from the moment the ball goes out of play at the end of the set until the time
the first serve is struck for the next set. If a set ends after an even number of games, there shall be
no change of ends until after the first game of the next set.

The receiver shall play to the reasonable pace of the server and shall be ready to receive within a
reasonable time of the server being ready. A Time Violation may be issued prior to the expiration of
twenty-five (25) seconds if the receiver’s actions are delaying the reasonable pace of the server.

176 Code of Conduct

The first violation of this Section, as either server or receiver, shall be penalised by a Time Violation
– Warning and each subsequent violation, as either server or receiver, shall be penalised as follows:

• Server The Time Violation shall result in a “fault”

• Receiver The Time Violation shall result in a “point penalty”

In each case, the Chair Umpire/Supervisor may determine that an extension of time is necessary
and/or decide not to impose any penalty.

When a violation is a result of a medical condition, refusal to play or not returning to the court within
the allowed time a Code Violation (Delay of Game) penalty shall be assessed in accordance with the
Point Penalty Schedule.

E. AUDIBLE OBSCENITY (Aob)

Players shall not use an audible obscenity within the precinct of the tournament site. Violation of
this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $500 for each violation. In addition, if such violation
occurs during a match (including the warm-up), the player shall be penalised in accordance with the
Point Penalty Schedule below. In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the
success of a tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation of this Section shall also
constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour” and shall be subject to the additional
penalties below therefore.

For the purposes of this Rule, audible obscenity is defined as the use of words commonly known
and understood to be profane and uttered clearly and loudly enough to be heard by the Court
Officials or spectators.

F. VISIBLE OBSCENITY (Vob)

Players shall not make obscene gestures of any kind within the precincts of the tournament site.
Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $500 for each violation. In addition, if
such violation occurs during a match (including the warm-up), the player shall be penalised in
accordance with the Point Penalty Schedule below. In circumstances that are flagrant and
particularly injurious to the success of a tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation
of this Section shall also constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour” and shall be
subject to the additional penalties below.

For the purposes of this Rule, visible obscenity is defined as the making of signs by a player with his
hands and/or racquet or balls that commonly have an obscene meaning.

G. VERBAL ABUSE (VA)

Players shall not at any time directly or indirectly verbally abuse any official, opponent, sponsor,
spectator, or other person within the precincts of the tournament site.

Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $500 for each violation. In addition, if
such violation occurs during a match (including the warm-up), the player shall be penalised in
accordance with the Point Penalty Schedule below. In circumstances that are flagrant and
particularly injurious to the success of a tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation
of this Section shall also constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour” and shall be
subject to the additional penalties below.

177 Code of Conduct

For the purposes of this Rule, verbal abuse is defined as a statement about an official, opponent,
sponsor, spectator, or other person that implies dishonesty or is derogatory, insulting or otherwise
abusive.

H. PHYSICAL ABUSE (PhA)

Players shall not at any time physically abuse any official, opponent, spectator, or other person
within the precincts of the tournament site.

Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $500 for each violation. In addition, if
such violation occurs during a match (including the warm-up), the player shall be penalised in
accordance with the Point Penalty Schedule below. In circumstances that are flagrant and
particularly injurious to the success of a tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation
of this Section shall also constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour” and shall be
subject to the additional penalties below.

For the purposes of this Rule, physical abuse is the unauthorised touching of an official, opponent,
spectator, or other person.

I. ABUSE OF BALLS (BA)

Players shall not violently, dangerously or with anger hit, kick, or throw a tennis ball within the
precincts of the tournament site except in the reasonable pursuit of a point during a match
(including the warm-up). Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $250 for each
violation. In addition, if such violation occurs during a match (including the warm-up), the player
shall be penalised in accordance with the Point Penalty Schedule below.

For the purposes of this Rule, abuse of balls is defined as intentionally hitting a ball out of the
enclosure of the court, hitting a ball dangerously or recklessly within the court or hitting a ball with
negligent disregard of the consequences.

J. ABUSE OF RACQUETS OR EQUIPMENT (RA)

Players shall not violently or with anger hit, kick, or throw a racquet or other equipment within the
precincts of the tournament site. Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $250
for each violation. In addition, if such violation occurs during a match (including the warm-up), the
player shall be penalised in accordance with the Point Penalty Schedule below.

For the purposes of this Rule, abuse of racquets or equipment is defined as intentionally and
violently destroying or damaging racquets or equipment or intentionally and violently hitting the
net, court, umpire’s chair, or other fixture during a match out of anger or frustration.

K. COACHING AND COACHES (CC)

Players shall not receive coaching during a match. Communications of any kind, audible or visible,
between a player and a coach may be construed as coaching. Players shall also prohibit their coaches
(1) from using audible obscenity within the precincts of the tournament site, (2) from making
obscene gestures of any kind within the precincts of the tournament site, (3) from verbally abusing
any tournament staff, official, opponent, spectator or other person within the precincts of the
tournament site, (4) from physically abusing any tournament staff, official, opponent, spectator or
other person within the precincts of the tournament site and (5) from giving, making, issuing,
authorising or endorsing any public statement within the precincts of the tournament site having,

178 Code of Conduct

or designed to have, an effect prejudicial or detrimental to the best interest of the tournament
and/or of the officiating thereof.

Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $500 for each violation. In addition, if
such violation occurs during a match (including the warm-up), the player shall be penalised in
accordance with the Point Penalty Schedule below. In circumstances that are flagrant and
particularly injurious to the success of a tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation
of this section shall also constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour” and shall be subject
to the additional penalties below and the ITF Supervisor may order the Coach to be removed from
the site of a match or the precincts of the tournament site and may declare an immediate default
of such player.

For the purposes of this Rule, a “coach” shall also include any representative and/or relative of a
player.

L. UNSPORTSMANLIKE CONDUCT (UnC)

Players shall at all times conduct themselves in a sportsmanlike manner and give due regard to the
authority of officials and the rights of opponents, spectators, and others. Violation of this Section
shall subject a player to a fine up to $500 for each violation. In addition, if such violation occurs
during a match (including the warm-up), the player shall be penalised in accordance with the Point
Penalty Schedule below. In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the success
of a tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single violation of this Section shall also constitute
the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour” and shall be subject to the additional penalties below.

For the purposes of this Rule, unsportsmanlike conduct is defined as any misconduct by a player
that is clearly abusive or detrimental to the Competition, the ITF, or the sport of tennis. In addition,
unsportsmanlike conduct shall include, but not be limited to, the giving, making, issuing, authorising
or endorsing any public statement having, or designed to have, an effect prejudicial or detrimental
to the best interests of the tournament and/or the officiating thereof.

M. BEST EFFORTS (BE)

A player shall use his best efforts to win a match when competing in an ITF World Tennis Tour
Tournament. Violation of this section shall subject a player to a fine up to $500 for each violation.

For purposes of this Rule, the ITF Supervisor and/or the Chair Umpire shall have the authority to
penalise a player in accordance with the Point Penalty Schedule. In circumstances that are flagrant
and particularly injurious to the success of a tournament, or are singularly egregious, a single
violation of this Section shall also constitute the Major Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour” and shall
be subject to the additional penalties below.

N. LEAVING THE COURT (LC)

A player shall not leave the court area during a match (including the warm-up) without the
permission of the Chair Umpire. Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $250
for each violation. In addition, the player may be defaulted and subjected to the additional penalties
for Failure to Complete Match as below.

O. FAILURE TO COMPLETE MATCH OR TOURNAMENT (FCM)

A player must complete a match in progress, and complete the Tournament, unless he/she is
reasonably unable to do so. Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $750.

179 Code of Conduct

In circumstances that are flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of the Tournament, or
are singularly egregious, a single violation of this Section shall also constitute a Major Offence of
“Aggravated Behaviour” and shall be subject to the additional penalties below.

If a Doubles team fails to complete a match in progress or the Tournament, the ITF Supervisor shall
have discretion over whether one or both of the team members will be sanctioned under this Article
IV.O.

P. CEREMONIES (Cer)

A player participating in the finals of an ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament must attend and
participate in the final ceremonies after the match unless he/she is reasonably unable to do so.
Violation of this Section shall subject a player to a fine up to $250.

Q. MEDIA CONFERENCE (MC)

Unless injured and physically unable to appear, a player or team must attend the post-match media
conference(s) organised immediately or within thirty (30) minutes after the conclusion of each
match, including walkovers, whether the player or team was the winner or loser, unless such time
is extended or otherwise modified by the ITF Supervisor for good cause. Violation of this Section
shall subject a player to a fine up to $250.

R. POINT PENALTY SCHEDULE

The Point Penalty Schedule to be used for violations set forth above is as follows:

FIRST offence WARNING

SECOND offence POINT PENALTY
THIRD and each subsequent offence GAME PENALTY

However, after the third Code Violation, the ITF Supervisor shall determine whether each
subsequent offence shall constitute a default.

The imposition of a penalty under the Point Penalty Schedule shall be final and unappealable.

S. DEFAULTS

The ITF Supervisor may declare a default for either a single violation of this Code (Immediate
Default) or pursuant to the Point Penalty Schedule set out above. In all cases of default, the decision
of the ITF Supervisor shall be final and unappealable.

Subject to the exceptions specified below, any player who is defaulted shall be subject to the
following penalties:
a) loss of all prize money, hospitality and points earned for that event at that tournament, and
b) a fine of up to $250 in addition to any or all other fines levied with respect to the offending
incident, and
c) at the ITF Supervisor’s discretion, default from all other events, if any, at that tournament.

The exceptions to the additional penalties set out above are:

a. the player or team was defaulted for a violation of the Punctuality or Dress and
Equipment provisions set forth in Article IV. B and C, or
b. the player or team was defaulted as a result of a medical condition, or

180 Code of Conduct

 c. the player’s Doubles partner committed the Code Violation which caused the default.

Default of a player from the remainder of the Tournament may include at the ITF Supervisor’s
discretion the removal of accreditation and denial of access to the site.

T. DOUBLES EVENTS

1. Warnings/Point Penalties/Game Penalties/Defaults

Warnings, Point Penalties, Game Penalties and/or a default if assessed for violation of
the Code shall be assessed against the team.
2. Fines
All fines for violation of Article IV of the Code shall be assessed only against the
individual member of the team who is in violation unless both members of the team
are in violation.

U. DETERMINATION AND PENALTY

The ITF Supervisor shall make such investigation as is reasonable to determine the facts regarding
all On-Site Offences and upon determining that a violation has occurred shall specify the fine and/or
other punishment therefore and give written notice thereof to the player. Notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, the ITF Supervisor may, at his discretion, limit the fines levied
during any tournament qualifying event to a maximum of $100 for each violation.

V. PAYMENT OF FINES

Each ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament shall deduct fines levied by the ITF Supervisor for on-site
offences from the player’s winnings, if any, and promptly pay the same to the ITF. Any unpaid fines
shall also be collected at other ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments for remission to the ITF.

A player who has outstanding fines in the amount of $500 or greater or has any fines at the end of
the calendar year shall not be allowed to enter any ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments in the
following calendar year until such time as all fines have been paid.

W. APPEALS

Any player found to have committed an On-Site Offence may, after paying all fines as provided
above, appeal the determination of a violation and/or the punishment imposed under section U.
above (but not any point penalties or defaults) to the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel, which shall
determine the matter in accordance with its Procedural Rules (save that there shall be no right of
appeal against the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel's decision). The appeal shall be made in writing,
using the form prescribed by the ITF and must be filed with the ITF by 17:00 (5.00pm) GMT within
fourteen (14) days from the date the player is notified of the violation. The Notice of Appeal must
include a statement by the player as to the facts and circumstances of the incident along with any
other evidence the player wishes to submit.

ARTICLE V: TENNIS ANTI-CORRUPTION PROGRAM

The Tennis Anti-Corruption Program applies to the ITF World Tennis Tour, and any player or other
covered person (as defined in the Tennis Anti-Corruption Program) who enters of participates in the
ITF World Tennis Tour shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to comply with all of its
provisions. The Tennis Anti-Corruption Program may be downloaded at www.itia.tennis.

181 Code of Conduct

 ARTICLE V-1: COVID-19 PROTOCOLS (COVERED PERSON)

A. MINIMUM STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOUR

A Covered Person shall comply with the ITF Return to International Tennis Protocols including
without limitation the Minimum Standards of Behaviour (the ‘Protocols’). Any failure to comply with
the Protocols shall amount to a violation of this Article V-1. Violation of this Article V-1 may result
in the following sanctions:
(i) For a player: a fine of up to $500, and/ or an Immediate Default under Article IV.S (Defaults). If
such violation occurs during a match (including the warm-up), the player shall be penalised in
accordance with the Point Penalty Schedule at Article IV.R. One violation of this Article V-1.A
that is flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of the tournament, or is singularly
egregious, or a series of two (2) or more violations of this Article V-1.A within a twelve (12)
month period which when viewed together establish a pattern of conduct that is collectively
egregious and is detrimental or injurious to the tournament may also constitute the Major
Offence of “Aggravated Behaviour”.
(ii) For a Related Person or any other Covered Person: immediate revocation of accreditation and
denial of access to the tournament. One or more violations which are singularly or collectively
flagrant or egregious or detrimental or injurious to the tournament may also result in
permanent revocation of accreditation and denial of access to all ITF tournaments,
competitions and events as determined by the ITF.

B. DETERMINATION AND PENALTY

The ITF Supervisor shall make such investigation as is reasonable to determine the facts regarding
an alleged violation of Article V.1.A. Upon determining that a violation has occurred, the ITF
Supervisor shall specify the fine and/or other sanction(s) to be imposed and give written notice
thereof to the Covered Person. The ITF Supervisor shall not revoke a Covered Person’s entry and/or
access to an ITF World Tennis Tour tournament without first consulting the ITF Executive Director
save where the immediate revocation of entry and/or access to a tournament is, in the reasonable
opinion of the ITF Supervisor, necessary to preserve the health and safety of other Covered Person.

C. PAYMENT OF FINES

Each ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament shall deduct fines levied by the ITF Supervisor for violations
of this Article V-1 from a player’s winnings, if any, and promptly pay the same to the ITF. Any unpaid
fines by any Player shall also be collected at other ITF tournaments for remission to the ITF.

D. APPEAL

Any Covered Person found to have committed an offence under Article V.1.A may, after paying all
fines as provided above, appeal the determination of a violation and/or the punishment imposed
under section A. above (but not any Immediate Default issued to a player) to the ITF Internal
Adjudication Panel, which shall determine the matter in accordance with its Procedural Rules (save
that there shall be no right of appeal against the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel's decision). The
appeal shall be made in writing, using the form prescribed by the ITF and must be filed with the ITF
by 17:00 (5.00pm) GMT within fourteen (14) days from the date the Covered Person is notified of
the violation. The Notice of Appeal must include a statement by the Covered Person as to the facts
and circumstances of the incident along with any other evidence the Covered Person wishes to
submit.

182 Code of Conduct

 ARTICLE VI: MAJOR OFFENCES

A. AGGRAVATED BEHAVIOUR

No player or Related Person at any ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament shall engage in “Aggravated
Behaviour” which is defined as follows:

1. One or more incidents of behaviour designated in this Code as constituting “Aggravated

Behaviour”;

2. One incident of behaviour that is flagrant and particularly injurious to the success of an ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament, or is singularly egregious;

3. A series of two (2) or more violations of this Code within a twelve (12) month period which
singularly do not constitute “Aggravated Behaviour”, but when viewed together establish a
pattern of conduct that is collectively egregious and is detrimental or injurious to the ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournaments.

In addition, any player or Related Person who, directly or indirectly, offers or provides or receives
any money, benefit or consideration to or from any other Covered Person or third party in exchange
for access and/or accreditation to the tournament site shall be deemed to have engaged in
Aggravated Behaviour and be in violation of this Section.

Violation of this Section by a player, directly or indirectly through a Related Person or others, shall
subject a player to a fine of up to $5,000 or the amount of prize money won at the tournament,
whichever is greater, and a maximum penalty of permanent suspension from play in any ITF
Tournament, event or ITF World Tennis Tour.

Violation of this Section shall subject a Related Person to a maximum penalty of permanent
revocation of accreditation and denial of access to any the ITF World Tennis Tour, ITF Tournament,
event, or circuit.

B. CONDUCT CONTRARY TO THE INTEGRITY OF THE GAME

No player or Related Person shall engage in conduct contrary to the integrity of the Game of Tennis.
If a player is convicted of the violation of a criminal or civil law of any country, the player may be
deemed by virtue of such conviction to have engaged in conduct contrary to the integrity of the
Game of Tennis and the ITF Executive Director may provisionally suspend such player from further
participation in ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments pending a final determination in Section C. In
addition, if a player has at any time behaved in a manner severely damaging to the reputation of
the sport, the player may be deemed by virtue of such behaviour to have engaged in conduct
contrary to the integrity of the Game of Tennis and be in violation of this Section. Violation of this
Section by a player, directly or indirectly through a Related Person or others, shall subject a player
to a fine up to $5,000 and/or to a maximum penalty of permanent suspension from play in any ITF
World Tennis Tour Tournament, ITF Tournament, event or circuit.

Violation of this Section shall subject a Related Person to a maximum penalty of permanent
revocation of accreditation and denial of access to any ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, ITF
Tournament, event, or circuit.

C. DETERMINATION AND PENALTY

183 Code of Conduct

The ITF will investigate all facts concerning any alleged Major Offence. All Players and Related
Persons must cooperate fully with such investigations. The ITF may make a written demand to a
Player or Related Person (a "Demand") to furnish to the ITF any information that may evidence or
lead to the discovery of evidence of a Major Offence, including (without limitation) requiring the
Player or other Related Person to attend an interview and/or to provide a written statement setting
forth his/her knowledge of the relevant facts and circumstances. The Player or Related Person must
furnish such information within seven business days of the making of such Demand, or within such
other deadline as may be specified by the ITF.

Where, as the result of an investigation under this Article VI.C, the ITF forms the view that a Player
or Related Person has a case to answer for commission of a Major Offence, the ITF shall refer the
matter to the Review Board.

Review Board
The ITF shall identify one or more individuals who are independent of the ITF and who have the
expertise required by the nature of the particular case to form the Review Board and to review the
evidence to determine whether there is a case to answer. The ITF shall send the entire dossier of
evidence to the Review Board member(s). Where necessary, the Review Board may request that the
ITF provide additional information for the Review Board's consideration. There shall be no obligation
for the Review Board to meet in person to deliberate. However, any decision by the Review Board
that the Player or other Person has a case to answer must be unanimous.

Where the Review Board concludes that there is no case to answer, then the ITF shall notify the
Player or Related Person and any other party with a right of appeal, and (subject to the rights of
appeal) the matter shall not proceed any further.

When the Review Board determines that a Player or Related Person has a case to answer, the ITF
will send a written notice to the Player or Related Person (the "Notice of Charge"), with a copy to
the Chairman of the Independent Tribunal, setting out:

(a) the Major Offence(s) alleged to have been committed, a summary of the facts upon which
such allegations are based;
(b) the potential consequences applicable if it is determined that the alleged Major Offence has
been committed; and
(c) the Player or Related Person's entitlement to respond to the Notice of Charge in one of the
following ways:
(i) to admit the Major Offence(s) charged, and accede to the consequences specified in the
Notice of Charge;
(ii) to admit the Major Offence(s) charged, but to dispute and/or seek to mitigate the
consequences specified in the Notice of Charge, and to have the Independent Tribunal
determine the consequences at a hearing; or
(iii) to deny the Major Offence(s) charged, and to have the Independent Tribunal determine
the charge and (if the charge is upheld) any consequences, at a hearing.
(d) if the Player or Related Person wishes to exercise his/her right to a hearing before the
Independent Tribunal, he/she must submit a written request for such a hearing so that it is
received by the ITF as soon as possible, but in any event within 10 days of the Player or
Related Person's receipt of the Notice. The request must also state how the Player or
Related Person responds to the charge in the Notice and must explain (in summary form)
the basis for such response. In the event no such response is received by that deadline, the
Player or Related Person will be deemed to have admitted the Major Offence(s) charged,
and to have acceded to the consequences specified in the Notice of Charge.

184 Code of Conduct

In the event that the ITF withdraws the Notice of Charge, or the Player or Related Person admits the
Major Offence(s) charged and accedes to the consequences specified by the ITF (or is deemed to
have done so), a hearing before the Independent Tribunal shall not be required. Instead the ITF shall
promptly issue a decision confirming (as applicable) its withdrawal of the Notice of Charge or the
commission of the Major Offence(s) and the imposition of the specified consequences, and shall
send a copy of the decision to the Player or Related Person.

Provisional Suspension
At the time, afterwards, or (exceptionally) before, it issues a Notice of Charge, the ITF may impose
a Provisional Suspension on the Player or Related Person in question pending determination of the
charge(s), where it considers it necessary to protect the integrity and/or reputation of the
Competition, the ITF, and/or the sport of tennis.

Where a Provisional Suspension is imposed, the ITF shall notify the Player or Related Person of
his/her right:

(a) at his/her election, to make an application to the Chairman of the Independent

Tribunal convened to hear his/her case, either immediately or at any time prior to the full
hearing, for an order that the Provisional Suspension should not be imposed (or, if the
Provisional Suspension has been imposed, that it should be vacated). The Chairman of the
Independent Tribunal, sitting alone, will rule on the application as soon as reasonably
practicable; and

(b) to have the proceedings before the Independent Tribunal expedited so that the
hearing is held, and the charge against him/her is determined, as soon as possible,
consistent with the requirements of due process.

In circumstances where the ITF decides not to impose a Provisional Suspension, the Player or
Related Person shall be offered the opportunity to accept a voluntary Provisional Suspension
pending the resolution of the matter. If the Player or Related Person wishes to accept the offer (and
receive credit against any period of suspension that might be imposed), the Player or Related Person
must communicate his/her acceptance in writing to the ITF, in a form acceptable to the ITF.

No admission shall be inferred, or other adverse inference drawn, from the decision of a Player or
Related Person (a) not to make an application to avoid (or to vacate) a Provisional Suspension, or
(b) to accept a voluntary Provisional Suspension.

A Player or Related Person may not, during the period of any Provisional Suspension, play, coach or
otherwise participate in any capacity in any ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament, ITF Tournament,
event, or circuit owned or sanctioned by the ITF.

Any period of Provisional Suspension served by the Player or Related Person (whether imposed or
voluntarily accepted in writing, in a form acceptable to the ITF) shall be credited against any period
of suspension imposed by the Independent Tribunal, provided that the Player or Related Person
must have respected the terms of the Provisional Suspension in full. No credit against a period of
suspension shall be given for any time period before the effective date of the Provisional
Suspension (whether imposed or voluntarily accepted in writing, in a form acceptable to the ITF),
regardless of the Player's or Related Person's status or lack of participation during such period. If a
period of suspension is served pursuant to a decision that is subsequently appealed, then the
Player or Related Person shall receive a credit for such period of Provisional Suspension served
against any period of suspension that may ultimately be imposed on appeal.

Hearing

185 Code of Conduct

If the Player or Related Person charged exercises his/her right to a hearing, the matter shall be
referred to the Independent Tribunal and shall be resolved in accordance with the Independent
Tribunal's Procedural Rules.

D. PAYMENT OF FINES

All fines levied by the Independent Tribunal for Major Offences shall be paid by the player to the ITF
within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof. If the fine is not paid in thirty (30) days,
the ITF Executive Director will instruct:
a) the next ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament to require the player to pay the entire fine prior to
playing; or
b) withhold prize money due to the player until settlement is made; and
c) the Player’s fine will be added to the Player’s unpaid fines and Article I, C. shall apply.

E. COMMENCEMENT OF PENALTY

A suspension imposed on a Player for a Major Offence shall take effect from the later of the
following, unless specified otherwise by the Independent Tribunal or the ITF when issuing the
suspension:
a) the date of notification by the ITF or Independent Tribunal;
b) if the Player is participating in a Tournament on the date of notification, the day after he or she
finishes competing in that Tournament.

The revocation of accreditation or denial of access to ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments imposed
on a Related Person shall take effect immediately upon notification.

Any breach by a player or Related Person of the terms of their penalty under this section VI shall be
referred to the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel and dealt with pursuant to clause 5 of the Procedural
Rules governing an Internal Adjudication Panel convened under ITF Rules.

F. APPEAL

The ITF, the Player and/or the Related Person may appeal the Independent Tribunal’s decision to
the Court of Arbitration for Sport. The appeal proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with
the CAS Code of Sports-related Arbitration, in the English language, and shall be governed by English
Law.

ARTICLE VII: MEDICAL CONTROL – ANTI-DOPING POLICY

Any Player, Player Support Personnel or other Person who enters or participates in the ITF World
Tennis Tour shall be bound by and shall comply with all of the provisions of the ITIA Tennis Anti-
Doping Programme.

The ITIA Tennis Anti-Doping Programme is set out in full on the ITF website
(https://www.itia.tennis/anti-doping).

ARTICLE VIII: TOURNAMENT OFFENCES

A. APPLICABILITY

This Article shall apply to each ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament and any Applicant for such an
event. References in this Article to a “Tournament” shall hereafter mean an ITF Tournament or
applicant for such a tournament, and where applicable refers to the legal entity (personal or

186 Code of Conduct

corporate) that is applying for, administering, operating or otherwise organising the ITF
Tournament.

B. GUARANTEES

The owner(s), operator(s), sponsor(s) or agent(s) of a Tournament shall not offer, give or pay money
or anything of value, nor shall such a tournament permit any other person or entity to offer, give or
pay money or anything of value to a player, directly or indirectly, to influence or guarantee a player’s
appearance at a Tournament other than prize money and permitted amateur expenses, unless
authorised to do so by the Committee. Violation of this Section shall subject the Tournament to a
fine up to $5,000 plus the amount or value of any such payment, disqualification, and loss of
sanction, and/ or forfeiture of all sums, if any, previously paid to the ITF. In the event the ITF
Executive Director believes that a Tournament may be violating this Section, then upon demand the
Tournament must furnish or cause to be furnished to the ITF Executive Director or his agent access
to and copies of all records to which it has access relating in any way to such alleged guarantee, or,
in the absence of such records, an affidavit setting forth the facts in detail with respect to any
transaction under question by the ITF Executive Director.

C. WILD CARDS

No Tournament, directly or indirectly, shall offer, give, solicit, receive or accept, or agree to offer,
give, solicit, receive or accept anything of value in exchange for a Wild Card. Violation of this section
shall subject the Tournament to a fine of up to $5,000, and/or forfeiture of all sums, if any, previously
paid to the ITF, and/or withdrawal of its sanction.

D. CONDUCT CONTRARY TO THE INTEGRITY OF THE GAME

No Tournament, or any owner, promoter, or operator thereof, shall engage in conduct contrary to
the integrity of the Sport.

Violation of this Section shall subject the Tournament to a fine up to $5,000 and/or forfeiture of all
sums, if any, previously paid to the ITF.

E. ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR RULES

No Tournament shall violate any provisions of these ITF World Tennis Tour Rules. Violation of this
Section shall subject the Tournament to withdrawal of sanction, a fine up to $5,000 and/or forfeiture
of all sums, if any, previously paid to the ITF.

F. LATE CANCELLATION

No Tournament shall cancel less than sixty (60) days prior to the scheduled commencement of the
event.

Violation of this section shall subject the Tournament to a fine of up to $5,000, forfeiture of all sums,
if any, previously paid or due to the ITF, reimbursement of unrecoverable expenses incurred and/or
denial of subsequent Applications.

G. COVID-19 PROTOCOLS

A Tournament shall comply with the ITF Return to International Tennis Protocols, including without
limitation the Minimum Standards of Behaviour (the ‘Protocols’). Any failure to comply with the
Protocols shall amount to a violation of this Article VIII.G. Violation of this Article VIII.G shall subject

187 Code of Conduct

the Tournament to a fine of up to $5,000, forfeiture of all sums, if any, previously paid or due to the
ITF, an order for reimbursement of unrecoverable expenses incurred by Covered Person, withdrawal
of its sanction and/or denial of subsequent applications to host.

H. DETERMINATION AND PENALTY

The ITF shall cause an investigation to be made of all facts concerning any alleged Tournament
Offence by a Tournament and shall provide written notice of such investigation to the Tournament
involved. The Tournament must cooperate fully with such investigations.

The ITF may make a written demand to a Tournament (a "Demand") to furnish to the ITF any
information that may evidence or lead to the discovery of evidence of a Tournament Offence,
including (without limitation) requiring the Tournament to attend an interview and/or to provide a
written statement setting forth its knowledge of the relevant facts and circumstances. The
Tournament must furnish such information within seven business days of the making of such
Demand, or within such other deadline as may be specified by the ITF.

Where, as the result of an investigation under this Article VIII.H, the ITF forms the view that a
Tournament has a case to answer for commission of a Tournament Offence, the ITF shall refer the
matter to the Review Board.

Review Board
The ITF shall identify one or more individuals who are independent of the ITF and who have the
expertise required by the nature of the particular case to form the Review Board and to review the
evidence to determine whether there is a case to answer. The ITF shall send the entire dossier of
evidence to the Review Board member(s). Where necessary, the Review Board may request that the
ITF provide additional information for the Review Board's consideration. There shall be no obligation
for the Review Board to meet in person to deliberate. However, any decision by the Review Board
that the Tournament has a case to answer must be unanimous.

Where the Review Board concludes that there is no case to answer, then the ITF shall notify the
Tournament and any other party with a right of appeal, and (subject to the rights of appeal) the
matter shall not proceed any further.

When the Review Board determines that a Tournament has a case to answer, the ITF will send a
written notice to the Tournament (the “Notice of Charge”), with a copy to the Chairman of the
Independent Tribunal, setting out:

(a) the Tournament Offence(s) alleged to have been committed, a summary of the facts upon
which such allegations are based;
(b) the potential consequences applicable if it is determined that the alleged Tournament
Offence has been committed; and
(c) the Tournament’s entitlement to respond to the Notice of Charge in one of the following
ways:
(i) to admit the Tournament Offence(s) charged, and accede to the consequences
specified in the Notice of Charge;

(ii) to admit the Tournament Offence(s) charged, but to dispute and/or seek to mitigate
the consequences specified in the Notice of Charge, and to have the Independent
Tribunal determine the consequences at a hearing; or

(iii) to deny the Tournament Offence(s) charged, and to have the Independent Tribunal
determine the charge and (if the charge is upheld) any consequences, at a hearing;

188 Code of Conduct

(d) if the Tournament wishes to exercise its right to a hearing before the Independent Tribunal,
it must submit a written request for such a hearing so that it is received by the ITF as soon
as possible, but in any event within 10 days of the Tournament's receipt of the Notice. The
request must also state how the Tournament responds to the charge in the Notice and must
explain (in summary form) the basis for such response. In the event no such response is
received by that deadline, the Tournament will be deemed to have admitted the
Tournament Offence(s) charged, and to have acceded to the consequences specified in the
Notice of Charge.

In the event that the ITF withdraws the Notice of Charge, or the Tournament admits the Tournament
Offence(s) charged and accedes to the consequences specified by the ITF (or is deemed to have
done so), a hearing before the Independent Tribunal shall not be required. Instead the ITF shall
promptly issue a decision confirming (as applicable) its withdrawal of the Notice of Charge or the
commission of the Tournament Offence(s) and the imposition of the specified consequences and
shall send a copy of the decision to the tournament.

Hearing
If the tournament charged exercises its right to a hearing, the matter shall be referred to the
Independent Tribunal and shall be resolved in accordance with the Independent Tribunal's
Procedural Rules.

I. PAYMENT OF FINES

All fines levied by the Independent Tribunal for Tournament Offences shall be paid by the
Tournament to the ITF within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof.

J. APPEALS

Any Tournament found to have committed a Tournament Offence may, after paying all fines as
above provided, appeal the decision of the Independent Tribunal to the Court of Arbitration for
Sport. The appeal proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the CAS Code of Sports-related
Arbitration, in the English language, and shall be governed by English Law.

ARTICLE IX: RECIPROCITY & INFORMATION SHARING

The ITF reserves the right to ask the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel to affirm, modify, extend or
reject with respect to any or all ITF World Tennis Tour Tournaments, a suspension or other sanction
issued against a Covered Person (as defined in Article XIII - ITF Welfare Policy) either by or on behalf
of the ITF pursuant to a conduct or disciplinary process under any ITF code or policy or by any other
tennis organisation including but not limited to the Women’s Tennis Association and Association of
Tennis Professionals the Grand Slam Board, and each member national association or other relevant
authority.

The ITF shall have the right in its absolute discretion to share information concerning any complaint
against a Covered Person with and/or conduct an investigation in conjunction with any other tennis
organisation or any other relevant authorities. The ITF Internal Adjudication Panel may also refer
the complaint, and/or any information received during the course of investigating an allegation or
prosecuting a charge to any authorities it considers appropriate in its absolute discretion. The ITF
shall have the absolute discretion, where it deems appropriate, to stay its own investigation pending

189 Code of Conduct

the outcome of investigations being conducted by any other tennis organisations and/or any
relevant authorities.

A decision by the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel to affirm, modify or reject a suspension or other
sanction issued against a Covered Person may be appealed by the Covered Person to the
Independent Tribunal, which shall determine the matter in accordance with its Procedural Rules
(save that there shall be no right of appeal against the Independent Tribunal’s decision).

A Player with unpaid fines of $500 or above owing to the ITF, having been afforded sufficient time
to pay the fine(s), shall not be considered in ‘Good Standing’ and shall be ineligible to play in ITF
Team Competitions until the fine(s) have been paid.

ARTICLE X: INTERPRETATIONS

Any person or entity subject to this Code may file with the ITF Internal Adjudication Panel a request
for an interpretation or clarification of the Code and/or its applicability and effect on a particular
event or transaction.

ARTICLE XI: NOTICE

All written communications to the ITF Senior Executive Director should be addressed as follows,
unless notice of change is subsequently published:

ITF Senior Executive Director, Tours and Player Pathway

International Tennis Federation
Bank Lane
Roehampton
London SW15 5XZ
England
Tel: (44) 20 8878 6464

A. PLAYER

Notice that a player is being investigated pursuant to a possible Major Offence charge shall be
served personally upon him. Service of any other document required by the Code shall be deemed
complete if mailed to the subject player at his home address or other address designated by the
player, along with a copy to any player association of which he is a member provided that the ITF
Senior Executive Director of Tours and Player Pathway has notice of such membership.

B. TOURNAMENT

Service of any document on an ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament as required by this Code shall be
deemed complete if mailed to the ITF World Tennis Tour Tournament Director along with a copy to
the Tournament Administrator.

ARTICLE XII: AMENDMENTS

This ITF World Tennis Tour Code of Conduct may only be amended, repealed, or otherwise modified,
in whole or in part, by the ITF.

190 Code of Conduct

 ARTICLE XIII: WELFARE POLICY

A “Covered Person” is bound by all sections of this Welfare Policy, and is defined as any person who:
• Receives accreditation and/or otherwise competes, coaches, officiates, works at, or
otherwise participates in any tennis tournament, event or activity organised or sanctioned
by the ITF;
• Holds a valid player registration to enter or compete in any ITF tennis tournament (Player);
• Is a parent, legal guardian or chaperone of a Player;
• Is a coach, trainer, manager, agent, team staff, official, medical, paramedical personnel,
therapist or any other Person supporting, working with, treating or assisting any Player
participating in or preparing to participate in a tennis tournament, event or activity
organised or sanctioned by the ITF;
• Attends, or is a resident or is employed at, an ITF Regional Training Centre;
• Is a member of an ITF Touring Team in any capacity;
• Is an ITF employee or ITF-appointed consultant;
• Holds an ITF or ITF-recognised Officiating or Coaching qualification or certification;
• Attends, whether by payment or otherwise, any ITF tournament, event or activity; or
• Acts as an ITF contractor or volunteer or is involved in the administration of or preparation
for any of the above.

Each Covered Person is deemed, as a condition of their participation in the activities described
above, to have agreed to be bound by this Policy, and to have submitted to the authority of the ITF
to enforce this Policy, including any consequences for breach thereof, and to the jurisdiction of the
hearing panels identified in these Regulations and in the ITF Safeguarding and Case Management
Procedures to hear and determine cases and appeals brought under this Policy.

Section A.
Criminal Conduct – illegal drugs and substances
Any Covered Person convicted of or having entered a plea of guilty or no contest to a criminal
charge or indictment relating to the use, possession, distribution or intent to distribute illegal
drugs or substances will be deemed to be in violation of this Section A of the ITF Welfare Policy
and shall be subject to sanction in accordance with the Procedural Rules Governing Proceedings
before an Internal Adjudication Panel Convened Under ITF Rules.

Section B.
Children Safeguarding Policy
Published separately and available in full on the ITF website at
https://www.itftennis.com/en/about-us/governance/rules-and-regulations/

Section C.
Adult Safeguarding Policy
Published separately and available in full on the ITF website at
https://www.itftennis.com/en/about-us/governance/rules-and-regulations/

Section D.
Safeguarding and Case Management Procedures
Published separately and available in full on the ITF website at
https://www.itftennis.com/en/about-us/governance/rules-and-regulations/

191 Code of Conduct

2023 FINES GUIDELINES AND OFFENCE CODES FOR ITF WORLD TENNIS TOUR TOURNAMENTS
ENTRY OFFENCES
DOUBLES
Singles Withdrawals 6 days Singles Withdrawals after the ADVANCE ENTRY
Singles Withdrawals 13-6 days Singles Withdrawals After No Show/Failure
(14:00hrs GMT) before Freeze Deadline DOUBLES -After
LATE WITHDRAWALS (14:00hrs GMT) before
Monday of Main Draw week to Until the Qualifying
Qualifying Sign-In
Freeze to Doubles
to Sign-in
Monday of Main Draw week Deadline After Doubles Sign-
Freeze Deadline Sign-In Deadline Sign-In Deadline
In Deadline

ITF Office / Supervisor

Player to notifiy and report withdrawal to: IPIN IPIN ITF Office / Supervisor Supervisor
Supervisor
Main Draw $150 $250 $400 $600 $150 $600
$60,000, $ 80,000 and WM5713 WM576 WM57QS WM57S DM57DS DM57S
$100,000 (Women's only) Qualifying event $75 $100 $150 $200
WQ5713 WQ576 WQ57QS WQ57S
Main Draw $75 $150 $250 $400 $50 $400
WM1213 WM126 WM12QS WM12S DM12DS DM12S
$15,000, $25,000 & $40,000
Qualifying event $50 $50 $75 $100
WQ1213 WQ126 WQ12QS WQ12S
NO SHOW / FAILURE TO SIGN-IN FINES Offence To be reported by ITF Supervisor Fine amount Offence code
$60,000, $80,000 & Main Draw No Show $1,000 ZM57S
$100,000 (Women's only) Qualifying event Failure to Sign-In (No Show) $200 ZQ57AS
Main Draw No Show $500 ZM12S
$15,000, $25,000 & $40,000
Qualifying event Failure to Sign-In (No Show) $100 ZQ12AS

PLAYING ANOTHER EVENT (PAE) Offences To be reported by ITF Office Fine amount Offence code

Singles
$15,000, $25,000 & $40,000 LW Main Draw - PAE (1st offence: $125, 2nd: $250, 3rd: $375, 4th: $500) up to $500 WMNA
$60,000, $ 80,000 and
Women's only LW Main Draw - PAE (1st offence: $250, 2nd: $375, 3rd: $500) up to $500 WMNA
$100,000
Qualifying event (all) LW Qualifying - PAE (1st offence: $125, 2nd: $250, 3rd: $375, 4th: $500) up to $500 WQNA
Men's only Main Draw / Qualifying PAE (1st offence: $125, 2nd: $250) up to $250 PAE
Doubles
$25,000 & $40,000 LW Main Draw - PAE (1st offence: $75/person, 2nd: $150/person) up to $150 WDNA
Women's only $60,000, $ 80,000 and
LW Main Draw - PAE (1st offence: $100/person, 2nd: $200/person) up to $200 WD57NA
$100,000
Men's only $25,000 LW Main Draw - PAE (1st offence: $75/person, 2nd: $150/person) up to $150 MDNA

PLAYER ON-SITE OFFENCES (GUIDELINES) To be reported by ITF Supervisor Qualifying Main Draw
Maximum: $200 Maximum: $500, FCM-$750
Offence * May constitute aggravated behaviour not handled by Supervisor Guidelines Offence code Guidelines Offence code
Punctuality $25-100 Pun (10 or 15) $50-250 Pun (10 or 15)
Audible Obscenity *, Visible Obscenity * $25-50 AOb, VOb $50-100 AOb, VOb
Verbal Abuse * $50 VA $75-150 VA
Physical Abuse * $100 PhA $250 PhA
Ball Abuse, Racket Abuse $25 BA, RA $50-75 BA, RA
Coaching & Coaches * $50 CC $150-$250 CC
Unsportsmanlike Conduct * $50 UnC $75-150 UnC
Dress & Equipment $25-50 D&E $50-100 D&E
Best Efforts, Leaving the Court $100 BE, LC $250 BE, LC
Failure to Complete Match /Tournament * $100 FCM $500-750 FCM
Ceremonies, Media Conference $50-150 Cer, MC
DEFAULTS To be reported by ITF Supervisor Qualifying Main Draw
Default - In addition to any fine(s) for the on-court offences $100 Def, D $250 Def, D

# Please refer to the full Code of Conduct for comprehensive details of all penalties #

192 Code of Conduct